Savana Cargo (2019) - Automotive GMC - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Full-size cargo van
Dimensions (L x W x H)	224 in x 79 in x 82 in
Curb Weight	4,800 lbs
Engine Options	4.3L V6 (276 hp) / 6.0L V8 (341 hp)
Fuel Type	Gasoline
Transmission	6-speed automatic
Payload Capacity	Up to 3,300 lbs
Cargo Volume	Up to 284 cu ft
Towing Capacity	Up to 10,000 lbs
Fuel Economy (city/highway)	14 / 18 mpg
Key Functions	Cargo transport, upfitting capability, fleet management
Maintenance	Oil change every 7,500 miles, tire rotation every 5,000 miles
Safety Features	Dual front airbags, StabiliTrak stability control, rearview camera
Spare Parts Availability	Available at authorized GMC dealers
Warranty	3 years / 36,000 miles basic

Frequently Asked Questions - Savana Cargo (2019) GMC

What type of oil does the 2019 GMC Savana Cargo require?

The recommended oil is SAE 5W-30 meeting GM dexos1 specification. Capacity is about 6 quarts with filter change.

What is the towing capacity of the Savana Cargo?

When properly equipped, the 2019 Savana Cargo can tow up to 10,000 lbs. Check your specific configuration.

How do I reset the tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)?

With the ignition on, press and hold the TPMS reset button (located under the steering wheel) until the tire pressure light blinks three times, then release.

What are the recommended tire pressures?

Front tires: 60 psi (cold), Rear tires: 80 psi (cold) for standard load. Always check the placard on the driver's door.

How do I open the hood?

Pull the hood release lever inside the vehicle (under the dashboard left side), then release the safety latch under the front center of the hood.

What is the cargo volume of the Savana Cargo?

The cargo volume is up to 284 cubic feet for the extended wheelbase model.

Is the 2019 Savana Cargo equipped with a rearview camera?

Yes, a rearview camera is standard on most trims, displayed on the rearview mirror or center screen.

How often should I change the transmission fluid?

Under normal driving conditions, change the transmission fluid every 45,000 miles. For heavy use, consider every 30,000 miles.

What is the maximum payload capacity?

The maximum payload is 3,300 lbs depending on configuration. Check the GVWR sticker on the driver's door.

How do I pair a Bluetooth phone?

Press the Phone button on the steering wheel, then select 'Pair Device' on the audio screen. Ensure your phone is discoverable and follow the prompts.

USER MANUAL Savana Cargo (2019) GMC

2019 GMC Savana Owner's Manual gmc.com (U.S.) gmccanada.ca (Canada) DEP DEALER ePROCESS

Contents

Introduction......2

InBrief....5

Keys, Doors, and Windows.....25

SeatsandRestraints......43

Storage....91

InstrumentsandControls.....93

Lighting....125

InfotainmentSystem......132

ClimateControls.....159

DrivingandOperating......165

VehicleCare....228

ServiceandMaintenance.....316

TechnicalData....330

CustomerInformation......334

ReportingSafetyDefects.....344

OnStar....348

ConnectedServices......356

Index......360

2Introduction

Introduction

Thenames, logos, emblems, slogans, vehiclemodelnames, and vehiclebodydesignsappearing in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMCTruckEmblem, and SAVANA are trademarks and/or service marksof General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

ForvehiclesfirstsoldinCanada, substitutethename"General MotorsofCanadaCompany"for GMCwhereveritappearsinthis manual.

Thismanualdescribesfeaturesthat mayormaynotbeonthevehicle becauseofoptionalequipmentthat wasnotpurchasedonthevehicle, LithoinU.S.A. PartNo.84144863AFirstPrinting

modelvariants, country specifications, features/applications that may not be available in your region, or changess subsequent to the printing of this owner's manual.

If the vehicle has the Duramax Diesel engine, se the Duramax dieselsupplement for additional and specific information on this engine.

Refertothepurchase documentationrelatingtoyour specificvehicletoc confirmthe features.

Keepthismanualinthevehiclefor quickreference.

CanadianVehicleOwners

AFrenchlanguagemanualcanbe obtainedfromyourdealer,at www.helminc.com,orfrom:

Danger, Warning, and Caution

Warning messages found on vehicle labels and this manual describe hazards and what to avoid or reduce them.

8GeneralMotorsLLC.AllRightsReserved.

Danger

Dangerindicatesahazardwitha highlevelofriskwhichwillresult inseriousinjuryordeath.

Warning

Warning indicates ahazard that could result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates ahazard that could result in property or vehicle damage.

Acirclewithaslashthroughitisa safetysymbolwhichmeans“Do Not,”“Donotdothis,”or“Donotlet thishappen.”

Symbols

The vehicle has components and label that uses symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to as specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator.

i : Shown when the owner's manualhasadditionalinstructions orinformation.

☐: Shownwhentheservice manualhasadditionalinstructions orinformation.

→:Shownwhenthereismore informationonanotherpage—"seepage."

DEALER ePROCESS

VehicleSymbolChart

Herearesomeadditionalsymbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. See the features in this manual for information.

AirConditioningSystem

:AirConditioningRefrigerantOil

AirbagReadinessLight

:AntilockBrakeSystem(ABS)

:BrakeSystemWarningLight

:DisposeofUsedComponents operly

DoNotApplyHighPressureater

EngineCoolantTemperature

:Flame/FireProhibited

Flammable

:ForwardCollisionAlert

:FuseBlockCoverLock cation

Fuses

ISOFIX/LATCHSystemChild straints

4Introduction

:KeepFuseBlockCovers ProperlyInstalled

:LaneChangeAlert

:LaneDepartureWarning

:LaneKeepAssist

:MalfunctionIndicatorLamp

:OilPressure

P:ParkAssist

:PedestrianAheadIndicator

Power

→:RearCrossTrafficAlert

:RegisteredTechnician

Ω:RemoteVehicleStart

:SeatBeltReminders

A"B:SideBlindZoneAlert

(A):Stop/Start

①:TirePressureMonitor

: TractionControl/StabiliTrak/

ElectronicStabilityControl(ESC)

:UnderPressure

VehicleAheadIndicator

InBrief

InstrumentPanel

InstrumentPanel......6

InitialDrivelnformation

InitialDriveInformation......8

RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE)

System......8

RemoteVehicleStart......8

DoorLocks......9

Windows....9

SeatAdjustment......10

SeatBelts....11

AirbagOn-OffSwitch.....11

MirrorAdjustment......12

SteeringWheelAdjustment....12

InteriorLighting......13

ExteriorLighting......13

WindshieldWiper/Washer.....14

ClimateControls....15

Transmission......16

VehicleFeatures

InfotainmentSystem......17

Radio(s)......17

SatelliteRadio....18

PortableAudioDevices......18

Bluetooth....19

SteeringWheelControls.....19

CruiseControl......20

ForwardCollisionAlert(FCA)

System......20

LaneDeparture

Warning(LDW)......20

SideBlindZone

Alert(SBZA)....20

RearVisionCamera(RVC)....21

ParkAssist......21

PowerOutlets......21

PerformanceandMaintenance

TractionControl/Electronic

StabilityControl......21

TirePressureMonitor......22

Fuel(Gasoline)......22

Fuel(Diesel)....22

E85orFlexFuel....23

EngineOilLifeSystem......23

DrivingforBetterFuel

Economy......23

Roadside Assistance

Program......24

DEALER ePROCESS

6InBrief

InstrumentPanel

Diagram of a car interior with numbered labels pointing to various components such as dashboard, air conditioner, and control panel.

1. AirVents→164.
   2.DriverInformationCenter(DIC) Buttons(OutofView).See DriverInformationCenter(DIC) →114.
2. TurnSignalLever. See Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals 128. WindshieldWiper/Washer 95.
   4.Horn→95.
   5.HazardWarningFlashers →128.
   6.InstrumentCluster→101.
   7.ShiftLever.SeeAutomatic Transmission→185. ManualMode→188(If Equipped).
3. ClimateControlSystems →159.
4. Infotainment 132.
   10.PowerOutlets→98.
5. USBPort(IfEquipped). See AuxiliaryDevices→146.

12.PowerOutlet110/120Volt AlternatingCurrent.SeePower Outlets→98.
13. RearHeating System 161 (If Equipped). LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) 204 (IfEquipped). ForwardCollisionAlert(FCA) System 201 (IfEquipped).
14.PassengerAirbagOn-Off Switch(IfEquipped).See AirbagOn-OffSwitch→67.
15. TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl→192.
16. Tow/Haul ModeButton(If Equipped). See Tow/Haul Mode⇒189.
17. Steering Wheel Controls 94 (IfEquipped).
18. Steering Wheel Adjustment →94(OutofView),(If Equipped).
19. ParkingBrakeRelease.See ParkingBrake→191.
20. Cruise Control 194 (If Equipped).

FastIdleSystem→180(If Equipped).

1. ParkingBrake→191.
2. DataLinkConnector(DLC) (OutofView). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp 108.
3. InstrumentPanelIllumination Control→129. DomeLampOverride.See DomeLamps→129.
4. Exterior Lamp Controls 125.

8InBrief

InitialDrive Information

Thissectionprovidesabrief overviewaboutsomeofthe importantfeaturesthatmayormay notbeonyourspecificvehicle.

Formoredetailedinformation, refer toeachofthefeatureswhichcanbe foundlaterinthisowner'smanual.

RemoteKeylessEntry (RKE)System

Ifequipped, the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to remotely lock and unlock the doors from 60m (197ft) away from the vehicle.

Close-up of a remote control interface with lock and function buttons (no text or symbols)

RKETransmitterwithRemote StartShown

:Presstolockalldoors.

Lockandunlockfeedbackcanbe personalized.See Vehicle Personalization→120.

:Presstounlockthedriverdoor. Press againwithinfiveseconds tounlockallremainingdoors.

:Presstounlockonlythecargo doors.

Pressandreleasetolocate thevehicle.Press andholdfor more than two seconds to sound the

panicalarm.Press Againto cancelthepanicalarmorturnthe ignitionon.

SeeKeys→25andRemoteKeyless Entry(RKE)SystemOperation→27.

RemoteVehicleStart

Ifequipped, theenginecan be started from outside of the vehicle.

StartingtheVehicle

1. Pressandrelease ☑ on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediatelypressandhold forleastfoursecondsoruntil theturnsignallampsflash.

Startthevehiclenormallyafter entering.

Whenthevehiclestarts, theparking lampswillturnon.

Remotestartcanbeextended.

CancelingaRemoteStart

Tocancelaremotestart,dooneof thefollowing:

• Pressandhold Q until the parkinglampsturnoff.
  • Turnonthehazardwarning flashers.
• Turnthevehicleonandthenoff. SeeRemoteVehicleStart→29.

DoorLocks

ManualDoorLocks

Close-up of a car door handle and compartmental panel showing internal components (no text or symbols visible)

Lockandunlockthedoorfromthe outsideusingthekeyortheRemote KeylessEntry(RKE)transmitter, ifequipped.Fromtheinside,slide themanualleveronthedoorup ordown.

SeeDoorLocks→30.

PowerDoorLocks

Interior view of a vehicle air conditioner unit with a highlighted device (no text or symbols visible)

Ifequipped, press tolockor unlockthedoors.

SeePowerDoorLocks→31.

Windows

ManualWindows

Turnthehandcrankoneachdoor toraiseorlowerthesidedoor windows.

SeeManualWindows→40.

PowerWindows

Interior view of a car air conditioner unit with two labeled buttons (no text or symbols on the main component)

Ifequipped, powerwindowswork whentheignitionison, inACC/ACCESSORY, orwhenRetained AccessoryPower(RAP)isactive. SeeRetainedAccessoryPower (RAP)↔180.

10InBrief

Usingthewindowswitch, pressto openorpulltoclosethewindow.

Thewindowsmaybetemporarily disablediftheyareusedrepeatedly withinashorttime.

SeePowerWindows→40.

SeatAdjustment

ManualSeats

Diagram of a toilet with a curved handle and arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Toadjustthemanualseat:

1. Liftthebarunderthefront edgeoftheseatcushionto unlocktheseat.

2.Slidetheseattothedesired positionandreleasethebar.

1. Trytomovetheseatback and forthobesuretheseatis lockedinplace.

See Seat Adjustment→44.

PowerSeats

Illustration of a car electrical outlet with two switches (no text or symbols)

Toadjustapowerseat,ifavailable, usethecontrolsonthefrontof theseat:

- Adjusttheseatbymovingthe centerknobup,down,right, orleft.

- Raiseandlowerthefrontorrear oftheseatcushionbymoving therightorleftleverupordown.

SeePowerSeatAdjustment→44.

RecliningSeatbacks

Illustration of a tool interacting with a curved object, showing motion direction (no text or symbols)

Toreclinetheseatback:

1. Lifttheleverontheinboard sideoftheseat.

2. Movetheseatbacktothe desiredposition, and then releasethelevertolockthe seatbackinplace.

3. Pushandpullontheseatback tomake sureitislocked.

InBrief11

Toreturntheseatbacktotheupright position:

1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seat back, and these seat back will return to the upright position.

2. Pushandpullontheseatback tomakesureitislocked.

SeeRecliningSeatbacks→45.

SeatBelts

Illustration of a person using a bandage to secure a medical procedure (no text or symbols visible)

Refertothefollowingsectionsfor importantinformationonhowtouse seatbeltsproperly:

• SeatBelts→50
• HowtoWearSeatBeltsProperly 51
• Lap-ShoulderBelt→53
  • LowerAnchorsandTethersfor Children(LATCHSystem)→79

AirbagOn-OffSwitch

Iftheinstrumentpanelhasoneof theswitchespicturedinthe followingillustrations,thevehicle hasanairbagon-offswitchthatyou canusetomanuallyturnonoroff thefrontoutboardpassengerairbag.

PASSenger AIR BAG OFF ■ ON

UnitedStates

Simple diagram showing two stick figures running with a cross symbol inside a circle, no text or labels present.

Canada

Tooperatetheairbagon-offswitch, usethevehiclekey.

12InBrief

SeeAirbagOn-OffSwitch→67for importantinformation.

MirrorAdjustment

ExteriorMirrors

Vehicleswithmanualoutside mirrorscanbeadjustedbymoving themirrorupanddownorleftand rightsoyoucanseealittleofthe sideofthevehicle,andaclearview ofobjectsbehindyou.

3D rendered mechanical component with a highlighted inset showing a spherical object (no text or symbols visible)

Ifequippedwithpowermirrors, selecteachmirrorbyturningthe knobclockwiseforthepassenger sidemirrororcounterclockwisefor

thedriversidemirror.Adjustthe mirroranglebymovingtheknobin thedesireddirection.

Keeptheselectorswitchinthe centerpositionwhennotadjusting eitheroutsidemirror.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with two views (no text or symbols)

Ifequipped, towingmirrorscanbe adjustedmanuallyforaclearview oftheobjectsbehindyou.

Manuallyfoldthemirrorsinwardto preventdamagewhengoing throughanautomaticcarwash.To fold,pullthemirrortowardthe vehicle.Pushthemirroroutwardto return it to the original position.

InteriorMirror

Adjusttherearviewmirrorforaclear viewoftheareabehindyour vehicle.

Pushthetabforwardforddaytime useandpullitrearwardfor nighttimeusetoavoidglareofthe headlampsfrombehind.

SeeManualRearviewMirror→39.

SteeringWheel Adjustment

Diagram of a car's steering wheel and dashboard (no text or symbols)

Ifequippedwithatiltsteeringwheel, theleverisontheleftsideofthe steeringcolumn.

Toadjustthesteeringwheel:

1. Pull the levertomovethe steering wheelupordown into a comfortable position.

2. Releasethevertolockthe steeringwheelinplace.

See Steering Wheel Adjustment →94.

InteriorLighting

DomeLamps

Thedomelampscomeonwhenany doorisopened. Theyturnoffafter allthedoorsareclosed.

AUTO DOME OFF

Theinstrumentpanelbrightness knobextendswhen ispressed. Tomanuallyturnonthedome lamps,press thenturntheknob clockwisetothefarthestposition.In thisposition,thedomelamps remainonwhetheradoorisopened orclosed.

DOMEOFF: Thisbuttonis locatedabovetheinstrumentpanel brightnessknob.

Pressthebuttoninandthedome lampsremainoffwhenadooris opened.Pressthebuttonagainso thatthedomelampscomeonwhen ad oor is opened.

ReadingLamps

Ifequippedwithreadinglamps, pressthebuttonlocatednextto eachlamptoturnitonoroff.

The vehicle may also havereading lamps in other locations. The lamps cannot be adjusted.

Formoreinformationoninterior lighting,see:

- InstrumentPanelIllumination Control⇒129.

- Entry/ExitLighting→130.

ExteriorLighting

AUTO DOME OFF

The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel.

14InBrief

Brieflyturnthecontroltothis positiontoturntheautomatic headlampsandDaytimeRunning Lamps(DRL)offorbackon.

For vehiclesfirstsoldinCanada, theoffpositiononlyworksfor vehiclesthatareshiftedintothe P(Park)position.

AUTO: Automatically turnsthe exteriorlampson and off, depending on outsidelighting.

00:Turnsontheparkinglamps includingallamps,exceptthe headlamps.

D:Turnsontheheadlamps togetherwiththeparkinglampsand instrumentpanellights.

See:

• ExteriorLampControls→125
- DaytimeRunningLamps(DRL) 127
- AutomaticHeadlampSystem →127

WindshieldWiper/Washer

Diagram of a mechanical or electrical component with directional symbols and control icons

Theleverisontheleftsideofthe steeringcolumn.

:Useforasinglewipingcycle.

!:Usetoadjustthedelaytime betweenwipes.Turnthebandupor downformorefrequentwipesor lessfrequentwipes.

:Fastwipes.

:Slowwipes.

○:Usetoturnthewipersoff.

:Pushthepaddleontopofthe turnsignallevertospraywasher fluidonthewindshield.

See WindshieldWiper/Washer→95.

ClimateControls

The vehicle'sheating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these systems.

1 2 3

VehicleswithoutAirConditioning

1.FanControl
2. TemperatureControl

1. AirDeliveryModeControl

DEALER ePROCESS

16InBrief

1 2 3 4 MAX

VehicleswithAirConditioning

1.FanControl
2. TemperatureControl
3. AirDeliveryModeControl
4. RearWindowDefogger

See ClimateControlSystems→159.

SeeRearHeatingSystem→161,

ifequippedorRearClimateControl

System→161,ifequipped.

Transmission

RangeSelectionMode

Simple diagram of a device with a plus and minus button, no text or symbols present

Ifequipped,RangeSelectionMode helpscontrolthevehicle's transmissionandvehiclespeed

DEALER ePROCESS

whiledrivingdownhillortowinga trailerbylettingyouselectadesired rangeofgears.

Tousethisfeature:

1. Movetheshiftleverto M(ManualMode).
2. Pressthe +/- buttonson the shiftlever, toselectthedesired rangeofgearsforcurrent drivingconditions.

WhenM(ManualMode)isselected, thetransmissionwilldownshift and anumberdisplaysintheDriver InformationCenter(DIC)nexttothe Mindicatingthecurrentgear.

GradeBrakingisnotavailablewhen RangeSelectionModeisactive. See Tow/HaulMode→189.

WhileusingRangeSelectionMode, cruisecontrolandtheTow/Haul Modecanbeused.SeeManual Mode→188.

VehicleFeatures

InfotainmentSystem

If the vehicle has abaser radioitis included in this manual. Seethe separate infotainment manual for information on the connected radios, audioplayers, phone, navigation system, and voice or speech recognition. There is also information on settings and downloadable applications (if equipped).

Radio(s)

AM 640 9:38 1 680 750 96.1 98.5 X8 X41 FAV MENU - - - - - - - - EQ CAT EJECT BAND SEEK SEEK REV FWD CD/AUX

RadiowithCD/MP3

:Presstoturnthesystemonand off. Turntoincreaseordecrease the volume.

BAND: Presstochoosebetween FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM, ifequipped.

♪ : Turn to select radio stations.

SEEK or SEEK : Seek or scan stations.

i: Presstoswitchthedisplay betweentheradiostationfrequency andthetime. Whiletheignitionis off, pressthisbuttontodisplaythe time. Presstodisplayadditionaltext informationrelatedtothecurrent

18InBrief

FM-RDSstationorMP3song. Achoiceofadditionalinformation suchasChannel,Song,Artist,and CAT(category)candisplay. Continuepressingtohighlightthe desiredtab,orpressthesoftkey underanyoneofthetabsandthe informationaboutthattabdisplays.

Formoreinformationaboutthese andotherradiofeatures,see Infotainment⇒132.

StoringaFavoriteStation

Dependingonwhichradiothe vehiclehas, radiostationsare storedaseitherfavoritesorpresets.

ForvehicleswithaFAVbutton,a maximumof36stationscanbe storedasfavoritesusingthesix softkeysbelowtheradiostation frequencytabsandbyusingthe radioFAVbutton.PressFAVtogo throughuptosixpagesoffavorites, eachhavingsixfavoritestations availableperpage.Eachpageof favoritescancontainany combinationofAMstations,FM stations,andXMchannels.

Formoreinformationonstoringa favoritestation,see Operation 136.

SettingtheClock

1. Withtheradioon, press and the HR, MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY(hour, minute, month, day, and year) display.

2. Pressthesoftkeyunderany oneofthetabstobechanged.

3. Press KSEEKorSEEK, REVorFWD,orturnclockwiseorcounterclockwise toincreaseordecreasethe timeordate.

Formoreinformationonsettingthe clock,seeClock→98.

SatelliteRadio

SiriusXMisasatelliteradioservice basedinthe48contiguousUnited Statesand10Canadianprovinces. SiriusXMsatelliteradiohasawide varietyofprogramming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound.

Afeeisrequiredtoreceivethe SiriusXMservice.

Formoreinformation, referto:

• www.siriusxm.comorcall 1-888-601-6296(U.S.)
• www.siriusxm.caorcall 1-877-438-9677(Canada)

SeeSatelliteRadio→139.

PortableAudioDevices

This vehicle may have an auxiliary input on the center stack and a USB port on the instrument panel. External device such as an iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player, or USB storage device can be connected to the auxiliary port using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable or the USB port depending on the audio system.

See"UsingtheAuxiliaryInputJack" and "UsingtheUSBPort" in AuxiliaryDevices 146.

Bluetooth

IfequippedwithaBluetoothsystem, itallowsuserswitha Bluetooth-enabledcellphoneto makeandreceivehands-freecalls usingthevehicle'saudiosystem andcontrols.

TheBluetooth-enabledcellphone must be repaired with the Bluetooth system before it can be used in the vehicle. Not all phones will support all functions. Form more information, see www.gm.com/bluetoothandBluetooth 151.

SteeringWheelControls

Diagram showing steering wheel and car interior with directional control buttons and a highlighted section view

Ifequippedwithaudiosteering wheelcontrols, someaudiocontrols canbeadjustedatthesteering wheel.

△:Presstogotothenextfavorite radiostation,trackonaCD, orfolderonaniPodorUSBdevice.

/ ▽ : Press to go to the previousfavoriteradiostation,track onaCD,orfolderonaniPodor USBdevice.Alsopresstorejectan incomingcallorendacurrentcall.

C / w: : Press to silence the vehicle speakersonly. Pressagaintoturn thesoundon. Pressandholdlonger thantwosecondstointeractwith OnStarorBluetoothsystems, ifequipped.

• 📄:Presstoincreasevolume.
• Presstodecreasevolume.

SRCE: Presstoswitch between theradio and CD, and forequipped vehicles, the frontauxiliary.

D: Presstoseektothenextradio station, thenextrackwhilesourced totheCD, ortoselecttracksand foldersonaniPodorUSBdevice.

See Steering Wheel Controls→94.

20InBrief

CruiseControl

+ RES - SET -

: Ifequipped, presstoturn cruisecontrolonoroff. The white indicator comes on the instrument cluster when cruise control is turned on.

+RES:Ifthereisasetspeedin memory,pressbrieflytoresumetoa previouslysetspeed,orpressand holdtoaccelerate.lfcruisecontrol isalreadyactive,usetoincrease vehiclespeed.

SET-:Pressbrieflytosetthe speedandactivatecruisecontrol, orpressandholdtodecelerate. Ifcruisecontrolisalreadyactive, usetodecreasevehiclespeed.

☒: Presstodisengagecruise controlwithoutouterasingtheset speedfrommemory.

See Cruise Control 194, ifequipped.

ForwardCollisionAlert (FCA)System

Ifequipped, FCAmayhelpavoidor reducetheharmcausedby front-endcrashes. FCAprovidesa greenindicator, 📋, whenavehicle isdetectedahead. Thisindicator displaysamberifyoufollowa vehiclemuchtooclosely. When approachingavehicleaheadtoo quickly, FCAprovidesaredflashing alertonthewindshieldandrapidly beeps.

SeeForwardCollisionAlert(FCA) System→201.

LaneDeparture Warning(LDW)

Ifequipped, LDWmayhelpavoid unintentionallanedeparturesat speedsof56km/h(35mph)or greater. LDWusesacamerasensor todetectthelanemarkings. The LDWlight, isgreenifalane markingisdetected. Ifthevehicle departsthelanewithoutusingaturn signalinthatdirection, thelightwill changetoamberandflash. In addition, beepswillsound.

SeeLaneDepartureWarning(LDW) 204.

SideBlindZone Alert(SBZA)

Ifequipped, SBZA will detect moving vehicles in the next lane over the vehicle's side blind zone area. Whenthishappens, the SBZA display will light up the corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signal is on.

SeeSideBlindZoneAlert(SBZA)→202.

RearVision Camera(RVC)

Ifequipped, theRVCdisplaysa viewoftheareabehindthevehicle whenthevehicleisshiftedinto R(Reverse).

Tocleanthecameralens, rinseit withwaterandwipeitwithasoft cloth.

SeeRearVisionCamera(RVC) →198.

ParkAssist

Ifequipped, RearParkAssist(RPA) usesensorsontherearbumperto assistwithparkingandavoiding objectswhileinR(Reverse). Itoperatesatspeedslessthan 8km/h(5mph)andusesaudible beepstoprovidedistance and systeminformation.

Keepthesensorsonthevehicle's rearbumpercleantoensureproper operation.

SeeParkAssist→199.

PowerOutlets

Theaccessorypoweroutletscanbe usedtopluginelectricalequipment, suchasacellphoneoranMP3 player.

The vehicle may have two accessory power outlets on the instrument panel.

Removethecovertoaccessand replacewhennotinuse.

SeePowerOutlets→98.

Performance and Maintenance

TractionControl/ElectronicStability Control

The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) that limits wheel spin and the Stabili Trak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system that assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Both system turn on automatically every time the vehicle is started.

Close-up of a car air conditioner panel with a circular indicator showing 'SOT' and an arrow pointing to it (no readable text or symbols beyond the indicator)

22InBrief

• ToturnoffTCS,pressand release OFF. Theappropriate DriverInformationCenter(DIC) messagewilldisplay.
• ToturnoffbothTCSand StabiliTrak/ESC,pressandhold OFF untiltheStabiliTrak/ESCOFF light 🚫illuminatesandthe appropriateDICmessages display.
• Pressandrelease OFF again to turnonbothsystems.

StabiliTrakwillautomaticallyturn backonifthevehicleexceeds 32km/h(20mph).TCSwillremain offuntil ispressedortheignition iscycledoffthenon.

See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl→192.

TirePressureMonitor

This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

Thelowtirepressurewarninglight alertstoasignificantlossin pressureofoneofthevehicle's tires.Ifthewarninglightcomeson, stopassoonaspossibleandinflate thetirestotherecommended pressureshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabel.See VehicleLoadLimits→172.The warninglightwillremainonuntilthe tirepressureiscorrected.

Thelowtirepressurewarninglight maycomeonincoolweatherwhen thevehicleisfirststarted,andthen turnoffasthevehicleisdriven.This maybeanearlyindicatorthatthe tirepressuresaregettinglowand thetiresneedtobeinflatedtothe properpressure.

The TPMS does not replacen normal monthly tire maintenance. Maintain the correct tire pressures.

See TirePressureMonitorSystem ⇒278.

Fuel(Gasoline)

RegularUnleadedFuel

UseonlyRegular87octane—(R +M)/2—orhigherunleaded gasolineinyourvehicle.TOPTIER DetergentGasolineis recommended.Donotusegasoline withanoctaneratinglowerasitwill resultinreducedperformanceand lowerfueleconomy.See RecommendedFuel→206.

Fuel(Diesel)

Fordieselvehicles, donotuse gasoline. See "FuelforDiesel Engines" in the Duramax diesel supplement.

E85orFlexFuel

FlexFuelPossible

Certainmodelsarecompatiblewith E85fuel.SeeE85orFlexFuel 207.

EngineOilLifeSystem

Theengineoillifesystemcalculates engineoillifebasedonvehicleuse anddisplaystheCHANGEENGINE OILSOONmessagewhenitistime tochangetheengineoilandfilter. Theoillifesystemshouldbereset to100%onlyfollowinganoil change.

ResettingtheOilLifeSystem

1. Display the OILLIFE REMAINING on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 114.

2. Pressandhold √ontheDIC while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. The oil lifewill change to 100%.

Theoillifesystemcanalsobereset asfollows:

1. DisplaytheOILLIFE REMAININGontheDIC.See DriverInformationCenter(DIC) →114.

2. Fullypressandreleasethe acceleratorpedalthreetimes withinfivesecends. If the displayshows 100%, the systemisreset.

SeeEngineOilLifeSystem→237.

DrivingforBetterFuel Economy

Drivinghabitscanaffectfuel mileage. Herearesomedrivingtips togetthebestfueleconomy possible:

- Settheclimatecontrolstothe desiredtemperatureafterthe engine is started, or turn them off when not required.

• Avoidfaststartsandaccelerate smoothly.
• Brakegraduallyandavoid abruptstops.
• Avoididlingtheengineforlong periodsoftime.
• When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control.
• Alwaysfollowpostedspeed limitsordrivemoreslowlywhen conditionsrequire.
• Keepvehicletiresproperly inflated.
• Combineseveraltripsintoa singletrip.
• Replacethevehicle'stireswith thesameTPCSpecnumber moldedintothetire'ssidewall nearthesize.
• Followrecommended scheduled maintenance.

24InBrief

Roadside Assistance Program

U.S.:1-888-881-3302

TTYUsers(U.S.Only):

1-888-889-2438

Canada:1-800-268-6800

NewGMCownersareautomatically enrolledintheRoadsideAssistance Program.

SeeRoadsideAssistanceProgram →338.

Keys, Doors, and Windows

KeysandLocks

Keys......25

RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE)

System......27

RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE)

SystemOperation......27

RemoteVehicleStart......29

DoorLocks......30

PowerDoorLocks......31

CargoDoorRelocking......31

DelayedLocking......32

AutomaticDoorLocks......32

LockoutProtection......32

SafetyLocks......32

Doors

SideDoor(60/40

Swing-Out)....33

SlidingDoor....34

RearDoors....35

VehicleSecurity

VehicleSecurity......36

VehicleAlarmSystem......36

Immobilizer....37

ImmobilizerOperation......37

ExteriorMirrors

ConvexMirrors......38

ManualMirrors......38

Trailer-TowMirrors......38

PowerMirrors......39

FoldingMirrors......39

HeatedMirrors......39

InteriorMirrors

InteriorRearviewMirrors.....39

ManualRearviewMirror.....39

Windows

Windows......40

ManualWindows......40

PowerWindows......40

Swing-OutWindows......41

EnhancedTechnologyGlass...41

RearWindows....42

SunVisors......42

DEALER ePROCESS

KeysandLocks

Keys

Warning

Leavingchildreninavehiclewith theignitionkeyisdangerousand childrenorotherscouldbe seriouslyinjuredorkilled.They couldoperatethepowerwindows orothercontrolsormakethe vehiclemove.Thewindowswill functionwiththekeysinthe ignition,andchildrenorothers couldbecaughtinthepathofa closingwindow.Donotleave childreninavehiclewiththe ignitionkey.

26Keys, Doors, and Windows

Illustration of a child cleaning a car window with an adult nearby, no text or symbols present

Warning

Ifthekeyisunintentionally rotatedwhilethevehicleis running,theignitioncouldbe movedoutoftheRUNposition. Thiscouldbecausedbyheavy itemshangingfromthekeyring, orbylargeorlongitemsattached tothekeyringthatcouldbe contactedbythedriveror steeringwheel.Iftheignition movesoutoftheRUNposition, theenginewillshutoff,braking andsteeringpowerassistmaybe (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

impacted, andairbagsmaynot deploy. Toreducetheriskof unintentional rotation of the ignition key, donotchangethe way the ignition key and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

Theignitionkeyandkeyrings, and RKEtransmitter, ifequipped, are designedtoworktogetherasa systemtoreducetheriskof unintentionallymovingthekeyout oftheRUNposition. Theignition keyhasasmallholetoallow attachmentoftheprovidedkeyring. It is important that any replacement ignitionkeyshaveasmallhole. See yourdealerifareplacementkeyis required.

The combination and sizeof the ringsthatcamewithyourkeyswere specificallyselectedforyour vehicle. The rings are connected to the key like two links of a chain to

reducetheriskofunintentionally movingthekeyoutoftheRUN position.Donotaddanyadditional itemstotheringattachedtothe ignitionkey.Attachadditionalitems onlytothesecondring,andlimit addeditemstoafewessentialkeys orsmall,lightitemsnolargerthan anRKEtransmitter.

Diagram showing three key states: check, no match, and no match with keys

Simple 3D-rendered object resembling a kettlebell with handle and circular body (no text or symbols)

Interference from radio-frequency identification (RFID) tags may prevent the key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from the key when starting the vehicle.

Thekeyisusedfortheignitionand alldoorlocks.

Thekeyhasabar-codedkeytag thatthedealerorqualifiedlocksmith canusetomakenewkeys.Store thisinformationinasafeplace,not inthevehicle.

Seeyourdealerifareplacement keyoradditionalkeyisneeded.

Ifitbecomesdifficulttoturnakey, inspectthekeybladefordebris. Periodicallycleanwithabrush orpick.

Iflockedoutofthevehicle,see RoadsideAssistanceProgram 338.

WithanactiveOnStarorconnected serviceplan, an OnStarAdvisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 348.

RemoteKeylessEntry (RKE)System

SeeRadioFrequencyStatement 344.

If there is a decrease in the Remote KeylessEntry(RKE) operating range:

• Checkthedistance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle.
• Checkthelocation. Other vehiclesorobjectsmaybe blockingthesignal.

DEALER ePROCESS

• Checkthetransmitter'sbattery. See "BatteryReplacement" later inthissection.
• Ifthetransmitterisstillnot workingcorrectly,seeyour dealeroraqualifiedtechnician forservice.

RemoteKeylessEntry (RKE)SystemOperation

lfequipped, theRKEtransmitter functionsworkupto60m(197ft) awayfromthevehicle.

Otherconditionscanaffectthe performanceofthetransmitter.See RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE) System→27.

28Keys, Doors, and Windows

Close-up of a remote control interface with icons for lock, play, and security (no text or labels)

WithRemoteStart, Without Similar

:Pressoncetolockalldoors. IfenabledthroughtheDriver InformationCenter(DIC),the parkinglampsflashoncetoindicate lockinghasoccurred.

Thehornmaychirpwhen is pressedagainwithinfiveseconds. See VehiclePersonalization→120.

:Presstounlockthedriverdoor.

If ispressedagainwithin fiveseconds, allremainingdoors unlock.

Theinteriorlampscomeonand stayonfor20secondsoruntilthe ignitionisturnedon.lfenabled throughtheDIC,theparkinglamps flashtwicetoindicateunlockinghas occurred.See Vehicle Personalization\$120.

:Presstounlockonlythecargo doors.

Q : If equipped, press 🔒 and then pressandhold Qforatleast foursecondsoruntiltheturnsignal lampsflashtostarttheenginefrom outsidethevehicleusingtheRKE transmitter.SeeRemoteVehicle Start→29.Toturnonoroff,see VehiclePersonalization→120.

Pressandreleasetoinitiate vehiclelocator. Theturnsignal lampsflashandthehornsounds threetimes.

Pressandhold ☐formorethan twosecondstosoundthepanic alarm. Theturnsignallampsflash andthehornsoundsrepeatedly for 30 seconds. Thealarmturnsoff

whentheignitionisturnedonor ispressedagain. Theignitionmust beoffforthepanicalarmtowork.

IfequippedwithanRKEtransmitter andOnStar, referto "TheftAlarm Notification" in OnStar Security 350.

ProgrammingTransmittersto theVehicle

OnlyRKEtransmittersprogrammed tothevehiclewillwork.lfa transmitterislostorstolen,a replacementcanbepurchased and programmedthroughyourdealer. Whenthereplacementtransmitteris programmedtothevehicle,all remainingtransmittersmustalsobe programmed.Anylostorstolen transmittersnolongerworkoncethe newtransmitterisprogrammed. Eachvehiclecanhaveupto fourtransmittersprogrammedtoit.

BatteryReplacement

ReplacethebatteryiftheDIC displaysREPLACEBATTERYIN REMOTEKEY.

Caution

Whenreplacingthebattery,do nottouchanyofthecircuitryon thetransmitter.Staticfromyour bodycoulddamagethe transmitter.

Diagram of an open and closed device with internal components (no text or symbols)

Toreplacethebattery:

1. Separatethetransmitterwitha flat,thinobject,suchasaflat headscrewdriver.

- Carefullyinsertthetoolinto thenotchlocatedalongthe partinglineofthe

transmitter.Donotinsert thetooltoofar.Stopas soonasresistanceisfelt.

- Twistthetooluntilthe transmitterisseparated.

1. Removetheoldbattery.Donot useametalobject.

2. Insertthenewbattery, positive sidefacingdown. Replace with aCR2032orequivalent battery.

3. Snapthetransmitterback together.

RemoteVehicleStart

This vehicle may have a remote start feature. This feature allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle. It may also start the vehicle's heating or air conditioning systems. See Climate Control Systems 159.

Lawsinsomelocalcommunities may restrict the use of remote starters. Forexample, somelaws may require person using remote start to have the vehicle in view

whendoingso.Checklocal regulationsforanyrequirementson remotestartingofvehicles.

Donotusetheremotestartfeature ifthevehicleislowonfuel. The vehiclemayrunoutoffuel.

TheRKEtransmitterrangemaybe lesswhilethevehicleisrunning.

Otherconditionscanaffectthe performanceofthetransmitter.See RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE) System→27.

Q: This button will be on the RKE transmitter if the vehicle has a remote start.

Tostarttheengineusingtheremote startfeature:

1. Pressandrelease transmitter.

onthe

1. Immediatelypressandhold untiltheturnsignallamps flash. If you cannot seethe

Ωforat

30Keys, Doors, and Windows

Whentheenginestarts, the parkinglampswillturnonand remainonwhiletheengineis running. Thedoorswillbe locked.

Theenginewillcontinuetorun for10minutes. After 30seconds, repeatthestepsif a10-minuteextensionis desired. Remotestartcanbe extendedonlyonce.

Afterenteringthevehicleduringa remotestart,turntheignitiononto drivethevehicle.

A maximumoftworemotestartsor astartwithanextensionare allowedbetweenignitioncycles.

Iftheremotestartprocedureisused againbeforethefirst10-minutetime framehasended,thefirst 10minuteswillimmediatelyexpire andthesecond10-minutetime framewillstart.

Aftertheenginehasbeenremote startedtwotimesorastartwithan extension,theignitionmustbe

turnedonandthenoffbeforethe remotestartprocedurecanbeused again.

Tocancelaremotestartdoanyof thefollowing:

• Pressandhold Q until the parkinglampsturnoff.
• Turnonthehazardwarning flashers.
  • Turntheignitiononandthenoff.

Theremotevehiclestartfeaturewill notoperateif:

• Thekeyisintheignition.
- Thehoodisopen.
- Thehazardwarningflashers areon.
- Thereisanemissioncontrol systemmalfunction.See MalfunctionIndicatorLamp 108.
- Theenginecoolanttemperature istoohigh.
• Theoilpressureislow.

- Tworemotestartsorastartwith anextensionhavealreadybeen provided.

Toturnonoroff, see Vehicle Personalization→120.

DoorLocks

Warning

- Passengers, especially children, caneasily open thedoors and fallout of a moving vehicle. When a door is locked, the handle will not open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat belts properly and the door should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

• Youngchildrenwhogetinto unlockedvehiclesmaybe unabletogetout.Achild canbeovercomeby extremeheatandcansuffer permanentinjuriesoreven deathfromheatstroke. Alwayslockthevehicle wheneverleavingit.
• Outsiderscaneasilyenter throughan unlocked door whenyouslowdownorstop the vehicle. Locking the doorscanhelpprevent this from happening.

Close-up of a car interior showing hand handle and door panel (no text or symbols visible)

Tolockthedoorfromtheinside, slidethemanualleveronthedoor down. Tounlockthedoor, slidethe manualleverup.

Fromtheoutside,usethekey. Ifthevehicleisequippedwith KeylessEntry,seeRemoteKeyless Entry(RKE)SystemOperation ^27 .

PowerDoorLocks

Interior view of a vehicle airway with a highlighted device (no text or symbols visible)

lfequipped, press 🔊 tolockor unlockthedoors.

Whenadoorislocked, the inside doorhandle will not work.

CargoDoorRelocking

Ifthecargodoorisopenwhenthe lockbuttonispressedonthedoor ortheRKEtransmitter,alldoorswill lockexceptthecargodoor.The cargodoorwilllockimmediately whenitisclosedorwhenthe delayedlockingfeaturefunctions.

32Keys, Doors, and Windows

DelayedLocking

When locking the doors with the power lock switch and a door open, the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. The horn chirpstosignalthatthedelayed locking feature is in use.

Pressing 📄or 📋ontheRKE transmitterwilloverridethedelayed lockingfeatureandimmediatelylock allthedoors.

Thisfeaturewillnotoperateifthe keyisintheignition.

Thisfeaturecanbeprogrammed usingtheDriverInformation Center(DIC).See“DELAYDOOR LOCK”in Vehicle Personalization 120.

AutomaticDoorLocks

The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization 120.

LockoutProtection

Thisfeatureprotectsyoufrom lockingthekeyinthevehiclewhen thekeyisintheignitionandadoor isopen.

If the power lock switch is pressed when either the driver, passenger, or reardoor is open, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock. This feature does not includetheside cargodoor.

If the vehicle has an ambulance package, this feature is disabled.

SafetyLocks

Securitylocksarelocatedonthe frontportionofthe60/40side swing-outdoorortheside slidingdoor.

Two black padlock icons, one open and one closed, with no text or symbols

60/40 Swing-OutSide Door—DriverSide Shown, Passenger Side Similar

Forthe60/40sideswing-outdoor, movethebuttontotherightforthe driversidedoorortotheleftforthe passengersidedoortoengagethe securityfeature.

Movethebuttontotheleftforthe driversidedoorortotherightfor thepassengersidedoortoreturn thedoorlockstonormaloperation.

Diagram showing two padlock icons with a person silhouette and an upward arrow next to a thermometer-like symbol

SideSlidingDoor

Forthesideslidingdoor, movethe buttonuptoengagethesecurity feature. Movethebuttondownto returnthedoorlockstonormal operation.

Doors

SideDoor(60/40 Swing-Out)

Close-up of a metallic door handle with a black arrow indicating left motion (no text or symbols)

Toopenthefrontportionofa60/40doorfromtheoutside,pullouton thehandleandopenthedoor.

3D rendered image of a door handle with a black arrow pointing to the handle (no text or symbols)

Toopenthefrontportionofa60/40doorfromtheinside, pullthe handletowardyouandpushthe dooropen.

Diagram of a mechanical lock or latch mechanism with a black arrow indicating the locking point (no text or symbols present)

34Keys, Doors, and Windows

Toopentherearportionofa60/40doorfromtheoutside,pullthe handleonthesideofthereardoor andpullthedoortowardyou.

Toclosethe60/40sidedoors, close thereardoorfirst. Thenclosethe frontdoor. Checktomakesurethat bothdoorsarecompletelyclosed.

Theswing-outdoorshaveacheck strapassemblyinthedoorframeto keepthedoorfromopeningbeyond 90degrees.

Toopenthedoorbeyond 90degrees, closetedoorpartially, pullthecheckstraptowardyouand thenopenthedoor. Whenthedoor isclosed, thecheckstrapwill automaticallyre-engage.

SlidingDoor

3D illustration of a door handle with an arrow pointing to the left side (no text or symbols)

Close-up of a metallic door handle with a circular button and handle (no text or symbols visible)

Toopentheslidingsidedoorfrom theoutside,pullthehandletoward therearofthevehicleandslidethe dooropen.

Toclosetheslidingsidedoorfrom theoutside,usethehandletoslide thedoortowardthefrontofthe vehicle.

Whenthedoorisclosed, it will be flushwiththesideofthebody.

Close-up of a telephone handset with an arrow pointing to it, next to a small box (no text or symbols visible)

Toopentheslidingsidedoorfrom theinside,pullthehandletoward therearofthevehicle.Then,slide thedoortowardtherearofthe vehicle.

Toclosetheslidingsidedoorfrom theinside,graspthehandleand slidethedoortowardthefrontofthe vehicle.

Makesurethedooriscompletely closedbeforedrivingaway.

RearDoors

Warning

Unlockeddoorscanbe dangerous.

• Passengers,especially children,caneasilyopen thedoorsandfalloutofa movingvehicle. Thedoors canbeunlockedand openedwhilethevehicleis moving. Thechanceof beingthrownoutofthe vehicleinacrashis increasedifthedoorsare notlocked.So,all passengersshouldwear seatbeltsproperlyandthe doorsshouldbelocked wheneverthevehicleis driven.
• Youngchildrenwhogetinto unlockedvehiclesmaybe unabletogetout.Achild canbeovercomeby extremeheatandcansuffer (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

permanentinjuriesoreven deathfromheatstroke. Alwayslockthevehicle wheneverleavingit.

- Outsiderscaneasilyenter throughanunlockeddoor whenyouslowdownorstop thevehicle. Lockingthe doorscanhelppreventthis fromhappening.

Toopenthereardoorsfromthe outside,pullthehandletowardyou toopenthepassengersiderear doorfirst.

Diagram of a mechanical lock or latch mechanism with a black arrow indicating the locking point (no text or symbols present)

Toopenthedriversidereardoor, pullthelatchreleaseattheinside edgeofthedoor.

Toclosethereardoors, closethe driversidereardoorfirst. Then closethepassengersidereardoor. Checktomakesurebothdoorsare completelyclosed.

VehicleSecurity

This vehicle has the theft-deterrent features; however, they donot make the vehicle impossible to steal.

VehicleAlarmSystem

This vehicle has an anti-theftalarm system.

ArmingtheAlarmSystem

1. Closethesidedoor/reardoors andthehood. Turnoff the vehicle.

2. Lockthevehicleinoneof twoways:

3. UsetheRKEtransmitter.

4. Withadooropen, pressthe inside 🔒.

5. After 30 second the alarm system will alarm. Pressing on the RKE transmitter second timewill bypass the 30-second delay and immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarms system will not arm if the doors are locked with the key orthemanual door lock.

Thealarmwillalsobeactivatedifa passengerdoor, sidedoor, rear door, orthehoodisopened without firstdisarmingthesystem. When the alarmisactivated, theturnsignals flashandthehornsoundsforabout 30 seconds. Thealarmsystemwill thenre-armtomonitorforthenext unauthorizedevent.

DisarmingtheAlarmSystem

Todisarmthealarmsystemorturn offthealarmifithasbeenactivated:

• Press 📄 ontheRKEtransmitter.
• Startthevehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:

• Lockthevehicleafterall occupantshaveleftthevehicle andalldoorsareclosed.
  • Alwaysunlockadoorwiththe RKEtransmitter.

DEALER ePROCESS

Unlockingthedriverdoorwiththe keywillnotdisarmthesystemor turnoffthealarm.

HowtoDetectaTamper Condition

If ispressed and the horn chirps and the lights flash three times, the alarm was activated while the alarm system was armed.

If the alarmsystem has been activated, and allowed to complete an event (approximately on minute), am message will appear on the Driver Information Center (DIC) then next time the vehicle is started.

TheftAlarmNotification

Toenablee-mailortextnotification, see "TheftAlarmNotification" in OnStarSecurity→350.

TestingtheAlarm

Totestthealarm:

1. Lowerthedriverwindow and openthedriverdoor.

2. Press on the RKE transmitter.

3. Closethedoorandwaitfora fewseconds.

4. Reachthroughtheopen window, unlockthedoor with the manualdoorlock, and openthedoor.

This should set off the alarm.

Ifthealarmdoesnotsound whenitshouldbutthelamps flash,checktoseeifthehorn works. Thehornfusemaybe blown. Toreplacethefuse,see FusesandCircuitBreakers 263.

Immobilizer

SeeRadioFrequencyStatement 344.

ImmobilizerOperation

Thisvehicleisequippedwiththe PASS-Key ^® III+(Personalized AutomotiveSecuritySystem)

theft-deterrentsystem.PASS-KeyIII +isapassivetheftdeterrent system.

Thesystemisautomaticallyarmed whenthekeyisremovedfromthe ignition.

Youdonothavetomanuallyarmor disarmthesystem.

Thesecuritylightwillcomeonif thereisaproblemwitharmingor disarmingthetheft-deterrent system.

If theenginedoesnotstartandthe securitylightcomeson,thekeymay haveadamagedtransponder.Turn theignitionoffandtryagain.

Iftheenginestilldoesnotstart, and thekeyappearstobeundamaged, tryanotherignitionkey. Iftheengine stilldoesnotstartwiththeotherkey, thevehicleneedsservice. Ifthe vehicledoesstart, thefirstkeymay befaulty. Seeyourdealerora locksmithwhocanservicethe PASS-KeyIII+tohaveanew keymade.

ItispossibleforthePASS-KeyIII+decodertolearnthetranspondervalueofaneworreplacementkey.Uptoeightkeysmaybeprogrammedforthevehicle.Thisprocedureisforlearningadditionalkeysonly.Ifallthecurrentlyprogrammedkeysarelostordonotoperate,youmustseeyourdealeroralocksmithwhocanservicePASS-KeyIII+tohavekeysmadeandprogrammedtothesystem.

Seeyourdealeroralocksmithwho canservicePASS-KeyIII+togeta newkeyblankthatiscutexactlyas theignitionkeythatoperatesthe system.

Toprogramthenewkey:

1. Verifythenewkeyhas stampedonit.

2. Inserttheoriginal, already programmedkeyintothe ignitionlockcylinderandstart theengine. If theenginewill notstart, see your dealer for service.

38Keys, Doors, and Windows

1. After the engine has started, turn the ignition off and remove the key.
2. Insertthekeytobe programmedandturnthe ignitiononwithin10secondsof removingthepreviouskey. Thesecuritymessagewillturn offoncethekeyhasbeen programmed.ltmaynotbe apparentthatthesecurity messagewentonduetohow quicklythekeyisprogrammed.
3. RepeatSteps1–4 if additional keysaretobeprogrammed.

Ifyouloseordamagea PASS-Keyll+key,seeyourdealer oralocksmithwhocanservice PASS-Keyll+tohaveanew keymade.

Donotleavethekeyordevicethat disarmsordeactivatesthe theft-deterrentsysteminthevehicle.

ExteriorMirrors

ConvexMirrors

Warning

Aconvexmirrorcanmakethings, likeothervehicles, lookfarther awaythantheyreallyare. If you cuttoosharplyintothenextlane, you could hit vehicle that is driving next to you. Check the insidemirroror glance over your shoulder before changing lanes.

Ifequipped, the lower portion of the driver and passengers idemirror is convex. A convex mirror's surface is curvesomore can be seen from the river seat. The convex mirror can be adjusted manually to the driver preferred position for better vision.

ManualMirrors

Adjust them mirrors by moving the mirror up and down and left and right.

Themirrorscanbemanuallyfolded inorout.

Onthelowerportionofeachmirror isanauxiliaryconvexmirror.

Aconvexmirror's surface is curved so you can seem more from the driver seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors can be adjusted manually by moving them mirror.

Trailer-TowMirrors

3D rendered mechanical component with two views (no text or symbols)

Vehicleswithtowingmirrorscanbe adjustedmanuallyforaclearview oftheobjectsbehindyou.

Onthelowerportionofeachmirror thereisanauxiliaryconvexmirror thatcanbeadjustedmanuallyto provideanextendedfieldofview.

Themirrorscanbemanuallyfolded inorout.

PowerMirrors

3D rendered diagram of a mechanical device with a highlighted component (no text or symbols visible)

Ifequippedwithpowermirrors, selecteachmirrorbyturningthe knobclockwiseforthepassenger sidemirrororcounterclockwisefor thedriversidemirror. Thecenter positionisneutral.

Adjustthemirroranglebymoving theknobinthedesireddirection. Theauxiliaryconvexmirrorscan onlybeadjustedmanually.

FoldingMirrors

ManualFoldingMirrors

Themirrorscanbefoldedinward towardthevehicletoprevent damagewhengoingthroughan automaticcarwash.Pushthemirror outwardtoreturnittotheoriginal position.

SideBlindZoneAlert

The vehicle may have Side Blind Zone Alert. See Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA)→202.

HeatedMirrors

Forvehicleswithheatedmirrors:

:Presstoheatthemirrors.

Anindicatorlightinthebuttonlights whentheoutsideheatedmirrorsare activated.

See "Rear Window Defogger" under Climate Control Systems 159.

InteriorMirrors

InteriorRearviewMirrors

Adjusttherearviewmirrorforaclear viewoftheareabehindthevehicle.

Donotsprayglasscleanerdirectly onthemirror.Useasofttowel dampenedwithwater.

ManualRearviewMirror

Pushthetabforwardforddaytime useandpullitrearwardfor nighttimeusetoavoidglareofthe headlampsfrombehind.

BackupVideoManualMirror

Ifequipped, this manual dimming mirror provides acameraview of the are abehind the vehicle. The videodisplay feature comes on when the vehicle is shifted in R(Reverse), and turn soff when the vehicle is shifted out of R(Reverse).

40Keys, Doors, and Windows

Troubleshooting

IfthevehicleisinR(Reverse)and abluescreenisdisplayedinthe mirrorandthenthedisplayshuts off,seeyourdealerforservice.

SeeRearVisionCamera(RVC) →198.

Windows

Warning

Neverleaveachild,ahelpless adult,orapetaloneinavehicle, especiallywiththewindows closedinwarmorhotweather. Theycanbeovercomebythe extremeheatandsuffer permanentinjuriesorevendeath fromheatstroke.

Interior view of a car with a child seated in the seat, no visible text or symbols

ManualWindows

Operatethemanualwindowsby turningthehandcrankoneachdoor toraiseorlowerthesidedoor windows.

PowerWindows

Warning

Childrencouldbeseriously injuredorkilledifcaughtinthe pathofaclosingwindow.Never leavekeysinavehiclewith children.SeeKeys→25.

Keys, Doors, and Windows41

AUTO

Ifequipped, powerwindowswork whentheignitionison, inACC/ACCESSORY, orwhenRetained AccessoryPower(RAP)isactive. SeeRetainedAccessoryPower (RAP) 180.

Usingthewindowswitch, pressto openorpulltoclosethewindow.

Thewindowsmaybetemporarily disablediftheyareusedrepeatedly withinashorttime.

Express-Down

Thedriverwindowswitchhasan express-downfeaturethatallows thewindowtobeloweredwithout

holdingtheswitch. Pressfully and releasetheswitchmarkedAUTOto activatetheexpress-downmode. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To openthewindowpartway, lightly taptheswitch until the window is at the desired position.

Swing-OutWindows

Close-up of a car seatbelt buckle with a black arrow pointing to the buckle (no text or symbols visible)

SideSwing-OutWindow

Toopenthesidedoorswing-out window, pulluponthelatchatthe edgeofthewindow. Swingthe windowoutandpushdownonthe latch to lock the window into place.

Toclosethewindow, pullthelatch towardyouandpushdownonthe latchtolockit.

Mechanical component diagram showing a highlighted pad or bracket with an arrow indicating force (no text or symbols present)

RearSwing-OutWindows

The vehicle also has rear swing-out windows. Therearswing-out windowsworkthesamewayasthe sideswing-outwindow,butthelatch islocatedatthebottomedgeofthe window.

EnhancedTechnology Glass

The vehicle may be equipped with Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG). ETG is part of the overall occupant

42Keys, Doors, and Windows

protectionsystemonpassengerand crewvans.ETGmayhelpkeep passengerssittingnexttothese fixedwindowsfrombeingejected throughtheglassinsome,butnot allcrashes.Evenwiththisglass, seatbeltsmuststillbewornatall times.Forpassengerandcrew vans,useonlyETGglassapproved forthevehicleforreplacementwhen damaged.

The following tables shows laminated glass location, based on vehicle model and options.

VehicleConfigurationETGLocations
PassengerVanswithfiveormore seatingpositions	Slidingdoorforwardwindow (ifequipped)andrear-mostside windows
LongWheelbaseCargoVansRear-mostsidewindows
CrewVans	Slidingdoorforwardwindow (ifequipped)andrear-mostside windows.

RearWindows

RearSideDoorWindows (CargoVanOnly)

Warning

The vehicle may have a partition behind the front seats or vertical metal panel on the inside of the rearsided door windows. These are part of the occupant protection system. Donot removethem.

SunVisors

Toblockoutglare, swingdownthe sunvisors. Youcanalsoswingthem totheside.

VisorVanityMirror

The vehicle may have visor vanity mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift them mirror cover to turn the lamps on, if equipped.

SeatsandRestraints43

Seatsand Restraints

HeadRestraints

HeadRestraints......44

FrontSeats

SeatAdjustment......44

PowerSeatAdjustment.....44

RecliningSeatbacks......45

RearSeats

RearSeats......46

SeatBelts

SeatBelts....50

HowtoWearSeatBelts

Properly....51

Lap-ShoulderBelt......53

SeatBeltUseDuring

Pregnancy....57

SeatBeltExtender......58

SafetySystemCheck......58

SeatBeltCare....58

ReplacingSeatBeltSystem

PartsafteraCrash......59

AirbagSystem

AirbagSystem......60

WhereAretheAirbags?......62

WhenShouldanAirbag

Inflate?......64

WhatMakesanAirbag

Inflate?......65

HowDoesanAirbag

Restrain?......65

WhatWillYouSeeafteran

AirbagInflates?......65

AirbagOn-OffSwitch......67

ServicingtheAirbag-Equipped

Vehicle....70

AddingEquipmenttothe

Airbag-EquippedVehicle.....70

AirbagSystemCheck......71

ReplacingAirbagSystemParts

afteraCrash......71

ChildRestraints

OlderChildren....72

InfantsandYoungChildren....73

ChildRestraintSystems.....76

WheretoPuttheRestraint.....77

LowerAnchorsandTethersfor

Children(LATCHSystem)....79

ReplacingLATCHSystemParts

AfteraCrash......85

SecuringChildRestraints(With

theSeatBeltinthe

Rear Seat) 85

SecuringChildRestraints(With

theSeatBeltinthe

FrontSeat)......87

44SeatsandRestraints

HeadRestraints

Onvehicleswithfactoryinstalled seats, thefrontseatshavebuilt-in headrestraintsthatarenot adjustableintheoutboardseating positions.

FrontSeats

SeatAdjustment

Warning

Youcanlosecontrolofthe vehicleifyoutrytoadjustadriver seatwhilethevehicleismoving. Adjustthedriverseatonlywhen thevehicleisnotmoving.

Diagram of a toilet with a curved tube and arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Toadjusttheseat:

1. Liftthebarunderthefront edgeoftheseatcushionto unlocktheseat.
   2.Slidetheseattothedesired positionandreleasethebar.
2. Trytomovetheseatback and forthobesuretheseatis lockedinplace.

PowerSeatAdjustment

Warning

Thepowerseatswillworkwith theignitionoff. Childrencould operatethepowerseatsandbe injured. Neverleavechildren aloneinthevehicle.

SeatsandRestraints45

Illustration of a car electrical outlet with two switches and a bulb (no text or symbols)

Toadjustapowerseat,ifavailable, usethecontrolsonthefrontof theseat:

• Movethecenterknobtothe rightorlefttomovetheseat forwardorrearward.
• Movethecenterknobupor downtoraiseorlowertheseat.
• Movetherightorleftleverupor downtoraiseorlowerthefront orrearoftheseatcushion.

RecliningSeatbacks

Warning

Ifeitherseatbackisnotlocked, it couldmoveforwardinasudden stoporcrash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seat back stobesure they are locked.

Illustration of a gavel being struck by an arrow, with no visible text or symbols

Toreclinetheseatback:

1. Lifttheleverontheinboard side of the seat.

2. Movetheseatbacktothe desiredposition, and then releasethevertolockthe seatbackinplace.

3. Pushandpullontheseatback tomakesureitislocked.

Toreturntheseatbacktotheupright position:

1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and these seat back will return to the upright position.
2. Pushandpullontheseatback tomakesureitislocked.

Warning

Sittinginareclinedpositionwhen thevehicleisinmotioncanbe dangerous.Evenwhenbuckled up,theseatbeltscannotdo theirjob.

(Continued)

DEALER ePROCESS

46SeatsandRestraints

Warning(Continued)

Theshoulderbeltwillnotbe againstyourbody.Instead,itwill beinfrontofyou.Inacrash,you couldgointoit,receivingneckor otherinjuries.

Thelapbeltcouldgoupover yourabdomen. Thebeltforces wouldbethere, notatyourpelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.

Forproperprotectionwhenthe vehicleisinmotion,havethe seatbackupright.Thensitwell backintheseatandwearthe seatbeltproperly.

Illustration of a person lying on their back with a no-smoking symbol above, no text or symbols present.

Donothaveaseatbackreclinedif thevehicleismoving.

RearSeats

RemovingtheRearSeat

Disconnectthemini-latchplatesfor thelap-shoulderbeltsonthebench seattoberemoved.

Diagram of a cable connector with a black arrow indicating a specific component (no text or symbols present)

1. Todothis, pressthetipofa keyintotherleaseholeofthe seatbeltbucklewhilepulling upontheseatbelt.

2. Locatethepins.

Onathree-passengerseat therearetwopinsonthe inboardsidesoftherearseats.

SeatsandRestraints47

Mechanical assembly diagram showing pipe connection and valve components (no text or labels)

Three-PassengerSeat

Theleftsidepinhasagraycap withablack"L"markedonit.

Technical illustration of a pipe fitting inside a mechanical housing (no text or symbols)

Three-PassengerSeat

Therightsidepinhasa blackcapwithawhite“R”markedonit.

Onafour-passengerseat, eachhalfoftheseathasaset ofpins. Theleftsidehasaset marked "L", andtherightside hasasetmarked "R".

If the vehicle has floormats, the pins are under a flap that has been cut into themat.

1. Pullthepinhandleupto disengagethepinfromthe retaining clip, and then pull the pin out.

2. Repeat this procedure for the other pins.

3. Pulltheseatrearwardabout 5cm(2in), and then lift the seat from the floor rails.
4. Removetheseatfromthe vehicle.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a vertical shaft and flange (no text or symbols)

1. For these second and third row seats, stow these seat belt latch by attaching the clip on the seat belt latch to the trim just insidethesidedoor.

48SeatsandRestraints

Diagram of a mechanical device with a rolled sheet and a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols)

Forthelastrowofseats,stow theseatbeltlatchplateonthe clipatthewindowtrim.Rollthe mini-latchintotheseatbelt webbingandthenhookthe seatbeltlatchplateontheclip.

ReinstallingtheRearSeats

Warning

Aseatthatisnotlockedinto placeproperlycanmovearound inacollisionorsuddenstop. Peopleinthevehiclecouldbe

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

injured.Besuretolocktheseat intoplaceproperlywhen installingit.

Warning

Aseatbeltthatisimproperly routed, not properly attached, ortwisted will not provide the protection needed in acrash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the reseatback, always checktobe sure that these seat belts are properly routed and attached, and arenottwisted.

1. Positiontheseatintotheopen slotsinbothrails.Push the seatforwardintherail, hooking bothseatbasesontothepins insideoftherails.

1. Locatetheholeintherailto installthelockingpinsatthe rearoftheseatbase.Ifthe vehiclehasfloormats,pullthe flapthathasbeencutinto themat.

2. Insert the locking pins into the seatbase and push these seats to line up the pins with the base.

Onathree-passengerseat, the pinwiththeblackcap marked "R" mustbeinstalled ontherightsideandthepin withthegraycapmarked"L" mustbeinstalledonthe leftside.

Onafour-passengerseat, the pinsmarked "R" must be installed on the half of these seat on the right side. The pins marked "L" must be installed on the half of these seat on the left side.

SeatsandRestraints49

Mechanical pipe fitting with a black arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

Three-PassengerSeat

1. Pushthepin(s) marked "R" downuntiltheyareinthe retainingclip.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing pipe connection and valve components (no text or labels)

Three-PassengerSeat

1. Pushthepin(s) marked "L" downuntiltheyareinthe retainingclip.

2. If the vehicle has a floor format, put the flap back to its original position.

3. Repeat this procedure for the other seat base.

4. Connectthemini-latchplates forthelap-shoulderbeltsby insertingthelatchplatesinto themini-bucklesattachedat theoutboardpositionsofthe benchseat.Donottwistthe belts.

5. Check that all locking pins are locked into place before operating the vehicle.

50SeatsandRestraints

SeatBelts

Thissectiondescribeshowtouse seatbeltsproperly,andsomethings nottodo.

Warning

Donotletanyoneridewherea seatbeltcannotbewornproperly. Inacrash, ifyouoryour passenger(s) are not wearing seatbelts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seatbelts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle.

Itisextremelydangeroustoride inacargoarea,insideoroutside ofavehicle.Inacollision, passengersridingintheseareas aremorelikelytobeseriously injuredorkilled.Donotallow (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

passengerstorideinanyareaof thevehiclethatisnotequipped withseatsandseatbelts.

Alwayswearaseatbelt, and checkthatallpassenger(s) are restrainedproperlytoo.

Thisvehiclehasindicatorsasa remindertobuckletheseatbelts. See SeatBeltReminders→105.

WhySeatBeltsWork

Illustration of a person seated in a car, wearing a helmet and holding a device (no text or symbols visible)

DEALER ePROCESS

Whenridinginavehicle,youtravel asfastasthevehicledoes.Ifthe vehiclestopssuddenly,youkeep goinguntilisomethingstopsyou. Itcouldbethewindshield,the instrumentpanel,ortheseatbelts!

Whenyouwearaseatbelt,youand thevehicleslowdowntogether. Thereismoretimetostopbecause youstopoveralongerdistanceand, whenwornproperly,yourstrongest bonestaketheforcesfromtheseat belts. Thatiswhywearingseatbelts makessuchgoodsense.

QuestionsandAnswersAbout SeatBelts

Q: Willlbetrappedinthevehicle afteracrashiflamwearinga seatbelt?

A: You could be—whether you are wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.

SeatsandRestraints51

Q:Ifmyvehiclehasairbags,why shouldlhavetowearseat belts?

A: Airbagsaresupplemental systemsonly. Theyworkwith seatbelts—notinsteadofthem. Whetherornotanairbagis provided, allooccupantsstillhave tobuckleuptogetthemost protection. Also, innearlyallstatesandin allCanadianprovinces, thelaw requireswearingseatbelts.

HowtoWearSeatBelts Properly

Followtheserulesforeveryone's protection.

Thereareadditionalthingstoknow aboutseatbeltsandchildren, includingsmallerchildrenand infants.Ifachildwillberidinginthe vehicle,seeOlderChildren→72or InfantsandYoungChildren→73. Reviewandfollowtherulesfor childreninadditiontothefollowing rules.

Itisveryimportantforallooccupants tobuckleup.Statisticsshowthat unbeltedpeoplearehurtmoreoften incrashesthanthosewhoare wearingseatbelts.

Thereareimportantthingstoknow aboutwearingaseatbeltproperly.

Illustration of human torso and neck anatomy with a diagonal band crossing, no text or symbols present

• Situpstraightandalwayskeep yourfeetonthefloorinfrontof you(ifpossible).
  • Alwaysusethecorrectbuckle foryourseatingposition.
• Wearthelappartofthebeltlow andsnugonthehips,just touching the thighs. In a crash,

thisappliesforcetothestrong pelvicbonesandyouwouldbe lesslikelytoslideunderthelap belt. If youslidunderit, thebelt wouldapplyforceonyour abdomen. Thiscouldcause seriousorevenfatalinjuries.

- Weartheshoulderbeltoverthe shoulderandacrossthechest. Thesepartsofthebodyarebest abletotakebeltrestraining forces. Theshoulderbeltlocksif thereisasuddenstoporcrash.

Warning

Youcanbeseriouslyinjured, orevenkilled, bynotwearing yourseatbeltproperly.

52SeatsandRestraints

Medical illustration showing human skeletal anatomy with a no-smoking symbol, overlaid on a grid for comparison.

Medical illustration showing human skeletal anatomy with a no-smoking symbol, including left and right views of the spine and shoulder.

Neverallowthelaporshoulderbelt tobecomelooseortwisted.

Medical illustration showing human torso and pelvis with a no-smoking symbol, overlaid on a grid map.

Medical illustration showing skeletal anatomy with a no-smoking symbol and a curved arrow indicating movement or force.

Neverweartheshoulderbeltunder botharmsorbehindyourback.

Diagram showing a human skeleton with a diagonal band crossing it, accompanied by a no-smoking symbol.

Alwaysusethecorrectbucklefor yourseatingposition.

Diagram illustrating a human skeleton with a diagonal line crossing the torso, accompanied by a prohibition symbol and directional arrows.

Neverroutethelaporshoulderbelt overanarmrest.

SeatsandRestraints53

Lap-ShoulderBelt

Allseatingpositionsinthevehicle havealap-shoulderbelt.Ifyouare usingarearseatingpositionwitha detachableseatbeltandtheseat beltisnotattached,see

"ReinstallingtheRearSeats" under RearSeats46forinstructionson reconnectingtheseatbelttothe mini-buckle.

The following instructionsexplain howtowearalap-shoulderbelt properly.

1. Adjusttheseat, if theseatis adjustable, so you cansit up straight. Toseehow, see "Seats" in the Index.
2. Pickupthelatchplateandpull thebeltacrossyou.Donotletit gettwisted.

Thelap-shoulderbeltmaylock ifyoupullthebeltacrossyou veryquickly. Ifthishappens, let thebeltgobackslightlyto unlockit. Thenpullthebelt acrossyoumoreslowly.

Iftheshoulderportionofa passengerbeltispulledoutall theway,thechildrestraint lockingfeaturemaybe engaged.Ifthishappens,let thebeltgobackalltheway andstartagain.

Illustration of a person adjusting a seatbelt with a bandage (no text or symbols)

1. Pushthelatchplateintothe buckleuntilclicks.

Pulluponthelatchplateto makesureitissecure.Ifthe beltisnotlongenough,see SeatBeltExtender→58.

Positionthereleasebuttonon thebucklesothattheseatbelt couldbequicklyunbuckledif necessary.

1. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See "Seatbelt Height Adjuster" later in this section for instruction on use and important safety information.

Illustration of a person using a bandage to lift a sword (no text or symbols present)

1. Tomakethelapparttight, pull upontheshoulderbelt.

54SeatsandRestraints

It may be necessary to pull stitching on these seat belt through the latch platetofully tight enthelapbeltonsmaller occupants.

Illustration of a person performing a medical procedure with a bandage and suture (no text or symbols)

Tounlatchthebelt, pushthebutton onthebuckle. Thebelt should return to its stowed position. Slide the latch plate up these at belt webbing when these at belt is not in use. Thelatch plates should rest on the stitching on these at belt, near the guidelooponthesidewall.

Alwaysstowtheseatbeltslowly. If theseatbeltwebbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the

retractormaylockandcannotbe pulledout. Ifthishappens, pullthe seatbeltstraightoutfirmlytounlock thewebbing, and thenreleaseit. Ifthewebbingisstilllockedinthe retractor, seeyourdealer.

Beforeadoorisclosed,besurethe seatbeltisoutoftheway.Ifadoor isslammedagainstaseatbelt,damagecanoccurtoboththeseat beltandthevehicle.

SeatBeltHeightAdjuster

The vehicle has a seat belt height adjuster forth driver and front outboard passenger positions.

Adjusttheheightsotheshoulder portionofthebeltisontheshoulder andnotfallingoffofit.Thebelt shouldbecloseto,butnot contacting,theneck.Improper shoulderbeltheightadjustment couldreducetheeffectiveness of theseatbeltinacrash.SeeHowto WearSeatBeltsProperly→51.

Close-up of a puller with arrows indicating movement direction (no text or symbols)

Squeezebothsidesoftherelease buttonandpulloutward. Thenmove theheightadjusterupordownto thedesiredpositionandreleasethe button.

Aftertheadjusterissettothe desiredposition,trytomoveitupor downwithoutsqueezingtherelease buttonomakesureithaslocked intoposition.

SeatBeltPretensioners

If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact air bags and roof-rail air bags, it also has seat belt pretensioners for the front outboard occupants.

Although these seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the seat belt assembly. They can help tightent these seat belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash ifthethreshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. And, if the vehicle has roof-rail airbags, seat belt pretensioners can help tightent these seat belts in aside crashorarollover event.

Pretensionersworkonlyonce.Ifthe pretensionersactivateinacrash, thepretensionersandprobably otherpartsofthevehicle'sseatbelt systemwillneedtobereplaced. SeeReplacingSeatBeltSystem PartsafteraCrash59.

Donotsitontheoutboardseatbelt whileenteringorexitingthevehicle oratanytimewhilesittinginthe seat.Sittingontheseatbeltcan damagethewebbingandhardware.

RearSeatBeltComfortGuides

This vehicle may haverearseatbelt comfort guides. The guides may provide added seat belt comfort for

olderchildrenwhohaveoutgrown boosterseatsandforsomeadults. Wheninstalledandproperly adjusted, thecomfortguide positionstheshoulderbeltaway fromtheneckandhead.

Diagram of a mechanical component with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

Thecomfortguidesfortherightrear outboardseatingpositionsof three-passengerbenchseatsare storedinapocketonthesideofthe seatback.

Illustration of a metallic object resembling a stylus or clip, attached with a loop handle (no text or symbols)

Adjustablecomfortguidesare availablethroughyourdealerforthe leftrearoutboardseatingpositions ofthethree-passengerbenchseats andfortheoutboardseating positionsofthefour-passenger benchseats.Fortheseating positions,theadjustablecomfort guideattachestoalooponthe outboardsideoftheseatback.

56SeatsandRestraints

ComfortGuidel Installation and Removal(PocketStyle)

Toinstall:

3D diagram of a vehicle rear seat with ribbed seating and an upward arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Locatetheguideinapocketon thesideoftheseatback.

Illustration of hands using a tool to adjust or install a cylindrical object (no text or symbols visible)

1. Placetheguideoverthebelt, andinsertthetwoedgesofthe beltintotheslotsoftheguide.

Close-up of a metallic cable with a strap, showing rope routing (no text or symbols)

DEALER ePROCESS

1. Besurethatthebeltisnot twistedanditliesflat. The elasticcordmustbebehindthe beltwiththeplasticguideon thefront.

Warning

Aseatbeltthatisnotproperly wornmaynotprovidethe protectionneededinacrash. The personwearingthebeltcouldbe seriouslyinjured. Theshoulder beltshouldgooverthesthoulder andacrossthechest. Theseparts ofthebodyarebestabletotake beltrestrainingforces.

SeatsandRestraints57

Illustration of a person sitting in a chair holding a stringed object (no text or symbols visible)

1. Buckle, position, and release theseatbeltas described previously in this section. Make sure that the shoulder belt crossestheshoulder. The belt should be closeto, but not contacting, theneck.

Toremoveandstorethecomfort guide, squeeze thebeltedges togethersothattheseatbeltcanbe removedfromtheguide.Slidethe guidebackintoitsstoragepocket onthesideoftheseatback.

ComfortGuidel Installation and Removal(AdjustableStyle)

Warning

Aseatbeltthatisnotproperly wornmaynotprovidethe protectionneededinacrash. The personwearingthebeltcouldbe seriouslyinjured. Theshoulder beltshouldgooverthesthoulder andacrossthechest. Theseparts ofthebodyarebestabletotake beltrestrainingforces.

Illustration of a person seated in a chair holding a long stringed instrument (no text or symbols visible)

DEALER ePROCESS

Adjustablecomfortguidesare availablethroughyourdealerforthe leftrearoutboardseatingpositions ofthethree-passengerbenchseats andfortheoutboardseating positionsofthefour-passenger benchseats.Instructionsare includedwiththeguides.

SeatBeltUseDuring Pregnancy

Seatbeltsworkforeveryone, includingpregnantwomen.Likeall occupants,theyaremorelikelyto beseriouslyinjurediftheydonot wearseatbelts.

58SeatsandRestraints

Illustration of a person wearing a seatbelt and headband, seated in a car (no text or symbols visible)

Apregnantwomanshouldweara lap-shoulderbelt, and the lap portions should bewornaslowas possible, belowtherounding, throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is to protect them other. When a seat belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making seat belt effective is wearing them properly.

SeatBeltExtender

Ifthevehicle'sseatbeltwillfasten aroundyou,youshoulduseit.

Butifaseatbeltisnotlongenough, yourdealerwillorderyouan extender.Whenyougointoorderit, taketheheaviestcoatyouwillwear, sotheextenderwillbelongenough foryou.Tohelpavoidpersonal injury,donotletsomeoneelseuse it,anduseitonlyfortheseatitis madetofit.Theextenderhasbeen designedforadults.Neveruseitfor securingchildrestraints.Formore informationontheproperuseandfit ofseatbeltextendersseethe instructionsheetthatcomeswith theextender.

SafetySystemCheck

Periodically check these seat belt reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, shoulder belt height adjusters (ifequipped), and seat belt anchorage stomakesure they are all in working order. Look for any other loose ordamaged seat belt system parts that might keep a

seatbeltsystemfromperforming properly. Seeyourdealertohaveit repaired. Torn, frayed, ortwisted seatbeltsmaynotprotectyouina crash. Tornorfrayedseatbeltscan ripapartunderimpactforces. Ifa beltistornorfrayed, haveit replacedimmediately. Ifabeltis twisted, itmaybepossibleto untwistbyreversingthelatchplate onthewebbing. Ifthetwistcannot becorrected, askyourdealerto fixit.

Makesuretheseatbeltreminder lightisworking.SeeSeatBelt Reminders→105.

Keepseatbeltscleananddry.See SeatBeltCare→58.

SeatBeltCare

Keepbeltscleananddry.

Seatbeltsshouldbeproperlycared forandmaintained.

Seatbelthardwareshouldbekept dryandfreeofdustordebris. As necessary, exteriorhardsurfaces andseatbeltwebbingmaybelightly cleanedwithmildsoapandwater.

SeatsandRestraints59

Ensurethereisnotexcessivedust ordebrisinthemechanism. Ifdust ordebrisexistsinthesystemplease seethedealer. Partsmayneedto bereplacedtoensureproper functionalityofthesystem.

Warning

Donotbleachordyeseatbelt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinses at belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing today.

ReplacingSeatBelt SystemPartsaftera Crash

Warning

Acrashcandamagetheseatbelt systeminthevehicle.Adamaged seatbeltsystemmaynotproperly protectthepersonusingit, resultinginseriousinjuryoreven deathinacrash.Tohelpmake suretheseatbeltsystemsare workingproperlyafteracrash, havetheminspectedandany necessaryreplacementsmadeas soonaspossible.

Afteraminorcrash, replacement of seatbeltsmaynotbenecessary. Buttheseatbeltassemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressedordamaged. Seeyourdealertohavetheseat beltassemblies inspected or replaced.

Newpartsandrepairsmaybe necessaryeveniftheseatbelt systemwasnotbeingusedatthe timeofthecrash.

Havetheseatbeltpretensioners checkedifthevehiclehasbeenina crash,oriftheairbagreadinesslight staysonafteryoustartthevehicle orwhileyouaredriving.SeeAirbag ReadinessLight→105.

60SeatsandRestraints

AirbagSystem

Thevehiclehasthefollowing airbag:

• Afrontalairbagforthedriver
The vehicle may have the following airbags:
- Afrontalairbagforthefront outboardpassenger
- Aseat-mountedsideimpact airbagforthedriver
- Aseat-mountedsideimpact airbagforthefrontoutboard passenger
Seat-mountedsideimpact airbagsareonlyavailableon vehiclesequippedwithroof-rail airbags.
- Aroof-railairbagforthedriver onvanswithsinglerowseating
- Aroof-railairbagforthefront outboardpassengeronvans withsinglerowseating

• Aroof-railairbagforthedriver andthepassengerseated directlybehindthedriveron vanswithtworowseating
• Aroof-railairbagforthefront outboardpassengerandthe passengerseateddirectly behindthefrontoutboard passengeronvanswithtworow seating
  Ifthevanisequippedwitha slidingdoor,theroof-railairbag forthefrontoutboardpassenger isseparatefromtheroof-rail airbagforthepassengerseated directlybehindthefrontoutboard passenger.Ifthevanis equippedwitha60/40swing-out door,asingleroof-railairbag coversbothseatingpositions.
• Aroof-railairbagforthedriver andthesecondandthirdrow passengersseateddirectly behindthedriveronvanswith threeormoreseatingrows
• Aroof-railairbagforthefront outboardpassengerandthe second and third row

passengersseateddirectly behindthefrontoutboard passengeronvanswiththreeor moreseatingrows

Ifthevanisequippedwitha slidingdoor,theroof-railairbag forthefrontoutboardpassenger isseparatefromtheroof-rail airbagforthesecondandthird rowpassengersseateddirectly behindthefrontoutboard passenger.Ifthevanise equippedwitha60/40swing-out door,asingleroof-railairbag coversallthreeseating positions.

Additionally:

- Vehiclesthathavearaisedor modifiedroof—suchasschool buses,ambulances,vehicles withadaptiveequipmentfor mobility,andrecreational vehicles—mayormaynotbe equippedwithroof-railairbags.

- VehicleswithaGVWRabove 4536kg(10,000lb)arenot equippedwithroof-railairbags.

SeatsandRestraints61

Allvehicleairbagshavetheword AIRBAGonthetrimoronan attachedlabelnearthedeployment opening.

Forfrontalairbags, theword AIRBAGisonthecenterofthe steeringwheelforthedriverandon theinstrumentpanelforthefront outboardpassenger.

Forseat-mountedsideimpact airbags, thewordAIRBAGisonthe sideoftheseatbackclosestto thedoor.

Forroof-railairbags, theword AIRBAGisontheceilingortrim.

Airbagsaredesignedtosupplement theprotectionprovidedbyseat belts. Eventhoughtoday'sairbags arealsodesignedtohelpreduce theriskofinjuryfromtheforceofan inflatingairbag,allairbagsmust inflateveryquicklytodotheirjob.

Herearethemostimportantthings toknowabouttheairbagsystem:

Warning

Youcanbeseverelyinjuredor killedinacrashifyouarenot wearingyourseatbelt,evenwith airbags.Airbagsaredesignedto workwithseatbelts,notreplace them.Also,airbagsarenot designedtoinflateineverycrash. Insomecrashesseatbeltsare theonlyrestraint.SeeWhen ShouldanAirbagInflate?64.

Wearingyourseatbeltduringa crashhelpsreduceyourchance ofhittingthingsinsidethevehicle orbeingejectedfromit.Airbags are“supplementalrestraints”to theseatbelts.Everyoneinthe vehicleshouldwearaseatbelt properly,whetherornotthereis anairbagforthatperson.

Warning

Because airbagsinflatewithgreat forceandfasterthantheblinkof aneye,anyonewhoisup against,orverycloseto,any airbagwhenitinflatescanbe seriouslyinjuredorkilled.Donot situnnecessarilyclosetoany airbag,asyouwouldbeifsitting ontheedgeoftheseatorleaning forward.Seatbeltshelpkeepyou inpositionbeforeandduringa crash.Alwayswearaseatbelt, evenwithairbags.Thedriver shouldsitasfarbackaspossible whilestillmaintainingcontrol of thevehicle.Theseatbeltsand thefrontoutboardpassenger airbagsaremosteffectivewhen youaresittingwellback and uprightintheseatwithbothfeet onthefloor.

(Continued)

62SeatsandRestraints

Warning(Continued)

Occupantsshouldnotleanonor sleepagainstthedoororside windowsinseatingpositionswith seat-mountedsideimpactairbags and/orroof-railairbags.

Warning

Childrenwhoareupagainst, orverycloseto,anyairbagwhen itinflatescanbeseriouslyinjured orkilled.Alwayssecurechildren properlyinthevehicle.Toread how,seeOlderChildren→72or InfantsandYoungChildren→73.

Thereisanairbagreadinesslight ontheinstrumentpanel,which showstheairbagsymbol.

Thesystemcheckstheairbag electricalsystemformalfunctions. Thelighttellsyouifthereisan electricalproblem.SeeAirbag ReadinessLight→105.

WhereAretheAirbags?

Illustration of a person inside a car holding a large circular object, no text or symbols visible

Thedriverfrontalairbagisinthe centerofthesteeringwheel.

Illustration of a person sitting inside a vehicle, holding a large circular object (no text or symbols visible)

If the vehicle has a front outboard passenger frontal airbag, it is in the passengers side instrument panel.

SeatsandRestraints63

Illustration of a man in a suit holding a seatbelt, seated inside a car (no text or symbols)

DriverSideShown, Passenger SideSimilar

If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact air bags forth driver and front outboard passenger, they are in the sides of these seat back closest to the door.

Line drawing of a man sitting in a car, holding a steering wheel (no text or symbols)

DriverSideShown, Passenger SideSimilar

If the vehicle has a single seating row and ith as roof-rail air bags for the driver and front outboard passenger, thereof-rail air bags are in the ceiling above the sides of windows.

Illustration of two men in a meeting or interview setting, one seated at a table with a cup, the other standing and looking at a computer (no visible text or symbols)

DriverSideShown, Passenger SideSimilar

If the vehicle hastwoseatingrows, roof-railairbags forthedriver, front outboardpassenger, and second rowoutboardpassengers are in the ceiling abovethesidewindows. If the vehicle hasthreeormore seatingrows, roof-railairbags for the driver, front outboardpassenger, and second and third rowoutboard passengers are in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

64SeatsandRestraints

Warning

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or might force the object into that person causing severe injury overvendence. The pathofan inflating airbag must be kept clear. Donotput anything between an occupant and an airbag, and donot attachorput anything on the steering wheel huboron near any other airbag covering.

Donotuseseataccessoriesthat blocktheinflationpathofa seat-mountedsideimpactairbag.

Neversecureanythingtotheroof ofvehiclewithroof-railairbags byroutingaropeortie-down throughanydoororwindow opening. If youdo, the pathofan inflatingroof-railairbagwillbe blocked.

WhenShouldanAirbag Inflate?

This vehicleisequippedwithoneor moreairbags.SeeAirbagSystem 60.Airbagsaredesignedtoinflate iftheimpactexceedsthespecific airbagsystem'sdeployment threshold.Deploymentthresholds areusedtopredicthowseverea crashislikelytobeintimeforthe airbagstoinflateandhelprestrain theoccupants.Thevehiclehas electronicsensorswhichhelpthe airbagsystemdeterminethe severityoftheimpact.Deployment thresholdscanvarywithspecific vehicledesign.

Frontalairbagsaredesignedto inflateinmoderatetoseverefrontal ornear-frontalcrashestohelp reducethepotentialforsevere injuriesmainlytothedriverorfront outboardpassengerheadand chest.

Whether the frontal air bags willor should deploy is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling.

It depends largely on what you hit, the direction of the impact, and how quickly the vehicles slows down.

Frontalairbagsmayinflateat differentcrashspeedsdependingon whetherthevehiclehitsanobject straightonoratanangle,and whethertheobjectisfixedor moving,rigidordeformable,narrow orwide.

Frontalairbagsarenotintendedto inflateduringvehiclerollovers, rear impacts, orinmanysideimpacts.

Seat-mountedsideimpactairbags, ifequipped, aredesignedtoinflate inmoderatetoseveresidecrashes dependingonthelocationofthe impact. Seat-mountedsideimpact airbagsarenotdesignedtoinflatein frontalimpacts, near-frontalimpacts, rollovers, orrearimpacts.

Aseat-mountedsideimpactairbag isintendedtoinflateonthesideof thevehiclethatisstruck.

The vehicle may or may not be equipped with roof-rail air bags. Roof-rail air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side

SeatsandRestraints65

crashesdependingonthelocation oftheimpact.Inaddition,these roof-railairbagsaredesignedto inflateduringarollover.Roof-rail airbagsarenotdesignedtoinflatein frontal,near-frontal,orrearimpacts. Allroof-railairbagswillinflatewhen eithersideofthevehicleisstruckor ifthesensingsystempredictsthat thevehicleisabouttorolloveron itsside.

Inanyparticularcrash, noonecan saywhetheranairbagshouldhave inflatedsimplybecauseofthe vehicledamageorrepaircosts.

WhatMakesanAirbag Inflate?

Inadeploymentevent,thesensing systemsendsanelectricalsignal triggeringareleaseofgasfromthe inflator.Gasfromtheinflatorfills the airbagcausingthebagtobreakout ofthecover.Theinflator,theairbag, andrelatedhardwareareallpartof theairbagmodule.

Forairbaglocations, see WhereAre theAirbags?→62.

HowDoesanAirbag Restrain?

Inmoderatetoseverefrontalor nearfrontalcollisions, evenbelted occupantscancontactthesteering wheelortheinstrumentpanel. In moderatetoseveresidecollisions, evenbeltedoccupantscancontact theinsideofthevehicle.

Airbagssupplementtheprotection providedbyseatbeltsby distributingtheforceoftheimpact moreevenlyoverthe occupant'sbody.

Rollovercapableroof-railairbags aredesignedtohelpcontainthe headandchestofoccupantsinthe outboardseatingpositionsinthe first,second,andthirdrows, ifequipped. Therollovercapable roof-railairbagsaredesignedto helpreducetheriskoffullorpartial ejectioninrollovererevents,although nosystemcanpreventallsuch ejections.

Butairbagswouldnothelpinmany types of collisions, primarily because the occupant's motion is

nottowardthoseairbags.See WhenShouldanAirbagInflate? 64.

Airbagsshouldneverberegarded asanythingmorethanasupplement toseatbelts.

WhatWillYouSeeafter anAirbagInflates?

Afterfrontalandseat-mountedside impactairbags(ifequipped)inflate, theyquicklydeflate,soquicklythat somepeoplemaynotevenrealize theairbagsinflated.Roof-rail airbags(ifequipped)maystillbeat leastpartiallyinflatedforsometime aftertheyinflate.Somecomponents oftheairbagmodulemaybehotfor severalminutes.Forlocationofthe airbags,seeWhereArethe Airbags?62.

Thepartsoftheairbagthatcome intocontactwithyoumaybewarm, butnottoohottotouch. Theremay besomesmokeanddustcoming fromtheventsinthedeflated airbags. Airbaginflationdoesnot preventthedriverfromseeingoutof

66SeatsandRestraints

thewindshieldorbeingabletosteer thevehicle, nordoesitprevent peoplefromleavingthevehicle.

Warning

Whenanairbaginflates, there maybedustintheair. This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the vehicles should get out as soon as it is safetodoso. If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get fresh hair by opening a window or a door. If you experience breathing problems following an air bag deployment, you should seek medical attention.

The vehicle has a safe feature that may automatically unlock the doors (ifequipped with power door locks), turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut off the fuel system after the air bags

inflate. The feature may also activate, without air bag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. After turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to normal operation; the doors can be locked, the interior lamp scan be turned off, and the hazard warning flashers can be turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of these systems are damaged in the crash they may not operate as normal.

Warning

Acrashsevereenoughtoinflate theairbagsmayhavealso damagedimportantfunctionsin thevehicle,suchasthefuel system,brakeandsteering systems,etc.Evenifthevehicle appearstobedrivableaftera moderatecrash,theremaybe concealeddamagethatcould makeitdifficulttosafelyoperate thevehicle.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

Usecautionifyoushouldattempt torestarttheengineafteracrash hasoccurred.

Inmanycrashessevereenoughto inflatetheairbag, windshieldsare brokenbyvehicledeformation. Additionalwindshieldbreakagemay alsooccurfromthefrontoutboard passengerairbag.

• Airbagsaredesignedtoinflate onlyonce. Afteranairbag inflates, youwillneedsomenew partsfortheairbagsystem. Ifyoudonotgetthem, the airbagsystemwillnotbethere tohelpprotectyouinanother crash. A newsystemwillinclude airbagmodulesandpossibly otherparts. Theservicemanual forthevehiclecoverstheneed toreplaceotherparts.
• Thevehiclehasacrashsensing anddiagnosticmodulewhich recordsinformationaftera crash.

SeatsandRestraints67

See VehicleDataRecording and Privacy→346andEventData Recorders→346.

- Letonlyqualifiedtechnicians workontheairbagsystems. Improperservicecanmeanthat anairbagsystemwillnotwork properly.Seeyourdealerfor service.

AirbagOn-OffSwitch

Iftheinstrumentpanelhasoneof theswitchespicturedinthe followingillustrations,thevehicle hasanairbagon-offswitchthatyou canusetomanuallyturnonoroff thefrontoutboardpassengerairbag. Nootherairbagisaffectedbythe airbagon-offswitch.

PASSenger AIR BAG OFF ■ ON

UnitedStatesCanada

Simple diagram showing two figures with a central rectangle and two marked '2' symbols, no text or labels present.

This switch should only be turned to the OFF position if the person in the front outboard passenger position is a member of a passenger risk group identified by thenational government as follows:

Infant.Aninfant(lessthan 1yearold)mustrideinthefront seatbecause:

• Myvehiclehasnorearseat;
• Myvehiclehasarearseattoo smalltoaccommodatea rear-facinginfantseat;or

68SeatsandRestraints

- Theinfanthasamedical conditionwhich,accordingtothe infant'sphysician,makesit necessaryfortheinfanttoridein thefrontseatsothatthedriver canconstantlymonitorthe child'scondition.

Childage1to12.Achild age1to12mustrideinthefront seatbecause:

• Myvehiclehasnorearseat;
- Althoughchildrenages1to12 rideintherearseat(s)whenever possible,childrenages1to12 sometimesmustrideinthefront becausenospaceisavailablein therearseat(s)ofmyvehicle;or
- Thechildhasamedical conditionwhich,accordingtothe child'sphysician,makesit necessaryforthechildtoridein thefrontseatsothatthedriver canconstantlymonitorthe child'scondition.

MedicalCondition.Apassenger hasamedicalconditionwhich, accordingtohisorherphysician:

• Causesthepassengerairbagto poseaspecialriskforthe passenger; and
• Makesthepotentialharmfrom thepassengerairbaginacrash greaterthanthepotentialharm fromturningofftheairbagand allowingthepassenger,evenif belted,tohittheinstrument panelorwindshieldinacrash.

Warning

Ifthefrontoutboardpassenger frontalairbagisturnedofffora personwhoisnotinariskgroup identifiedbythenational government,thatpersonwillnot havetheextraprotectionofan airbag.Inacrash,theairbagwill notbeabletoinflateandhelp protectthepersonsittingthere. Donotturnoffthefrontoutboard

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

passengerfrontalairbagunless thepersonsittingthereisinarisk group.

PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF

UnitedStates

SeatsandRestraints69

Diagram showing two figures with exclamation marks and a circular symbol containing a rectangle, possibly indicating a hazard or hazard.

Canada

Toturnoffthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbag, insert the ignition key into the air bag on switch, push in, and move the switch to the OFF position.

Theairbagofflightwillcomeonand stayontoletyouknowthefront outboardpassengerairbagisoff. SeeAirbagOn-OffLight→106.The frontoutboardpassengerairbagwill remainoffuntilyouturnitbackon again.

Warning

If the airbagreadinesslightever comeson and stayson, it means that something may be wrong with the airbagsystem. For example, the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag could inflate even though the airbag on-off switchisturned off.

To help avoid injury to yourself for others, have the vehicles serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 105 form more information, including important safety information.

PASSenger AIR BAG OFF ON

UnitedStates

70SeatsandRestraints

graph TD
    A["Figure 1: Cross symbol"] --> B["Circle with rectangle"]
    C["Figure 2: Numbered figure"] --> B
    B --> D["Arrow pointing to the circle"]

Canada

Toturnthefrontoutboardpassenger airbagonagain,inserttheignition keyintotheairbagon-offswitch, pushin,andmovetheswitchtothe ONposition.

Thefrontoutboardpassenger frontalairbagisnowenabled, and mayinflate.SeeAirbagOn-OffLight 106.

Servicingthe Airbag-EquippedVehicle

Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced. There are parts of the air bagsystem in several

placesaroundthevehicle.Your dealerandtheservicemanualhave informationaboutservicingthe vehicleandtheairbagsystem.To purchaseaservicemanual,see PublicationOrderingInformation 343.

Warning

Forupto10secondsafterthe vehicleisturnedoffandthe batteryisdisconnected,anairbag canstillinflateduringimproper service.Youcanbeinjuredifyou areclosetoanairbagwhenit inflates.Avoidyellowconnectors. Theyareprobablypartofthe airbagsystem.Besuretofollow properserviceprocedures,and makesurethepersonperforming workforyouisqualifiedtodoso.

AddingEquipmenttothe Airbag-EquippedVehicle

Addingaccessoriesthatchangethe vehicle'sframe,bumpersystem, height,frontend,orsidesheet metalmaykeeptheairbagsystem fromworkingproperly.

The operation of the air bags system can also be affected by changing, including improperly repairing or replacing, any part so the following:

• Airbagsystem, including airbag modules, frontorside impact sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, orairbag wiring
• Frontseats, includingstitching, seamsorzippers
• Seatbelts
• Steeringwheel, instrument panel, ceilingtrim, orpillar garnishtrim
• Innerdoorseals, including speakers

Yourdealerandtheservicemanual haveinformationaboutthelocation oftheairbagmodulesandsensors,

SeatsandRestraints71

sensinganddiagnosticmodule,and airbagwiringalongwiththeproper replacementprocedures.

If the vehicle has rolloverroof-rail airbags, see Different Size Tires and Wheels 286 for additional important information.

Ifthevehiclemustbemodified becauseyouhaveadisabilityand havequestionsaboutwhetherthe modificationswillaffectthevehicle's airbagsystem,orifyouhave questionsaboutwhethertheairbag systemwillbeaffectedifthevehicle ismodifiedforanyotherreason,call CustomerAssistance.See CustomerAssistanceOffices→336.

AirbagSystemCheck

Theairbagsystemdoesnotneed regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Makesuretheairbag readinesslightisworking. See AirbagReadinessLight ^105 .

Caution

Ifanairbagcoveringisdamaged, opened,orbroken,theairbag maynotworkproperly.Donot openorbreaktheairbag coverings.Ifthereareany openedorbrokenairbag coverings,havetheairbag coveringand/orairbagmodule replaced.Forthelocationofthe airbags,seeWhereArethe Airbags?62.Seeyourdealer forservice.

ReplacingAirbagSystem PartsafteraCrash

Warning

Acrashcandamagetheairbag systemsinthevehicle. Adamagedairbagsystemmay notproperlyprotectyouandyour passenger(s)inacrash,resulting inseriousinjuryorevendeath.To

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

helpmakesuretheairbag systemsareworkingproperly afteracrash,havethem inspectedandanynecessary replacementsmadeassoonas possible.

Ifanairbaginflates, you will need to replace airbagsystemparts. See your dealer for service.

If the airbagreadinesslightstayson after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicles serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 105.

72SeatsandRestraints

ChildRestraints

OlderChildren

Illustration of two people sitting side by side, wearing traditional-style clothing (no text or symbols visible)

Olderchildrenwhohaveoutgrown boosterseatsshouldwearthe vehicle'sseatbelts.

Themanufacturerinstructionsthat comewiththeboosterseatstatethe weightandheightlimitationsforthat booster.Useaboosterseatwitha lap-shoulderbeltuntilthechild passesthefittestbelow:

• Sitallthewaybackontheseat. Dothekneesbendattheseat edge?Ifyes,continue.Ifno, returntotheboosterseat.
• Bucklethelap-shoulderbelt. Doestheshoulderbeltreston theshoulder?Ifyes,continue. Ifno,tryusingtherearseatbelt comfortguide,ifavailable.See "RearSeatBeltComfortGuides" underLap-ShoulderBelt→53. Ifacomfortguideisnot available,oriftheshoulderbelt stilldoesnotrestonthe shoulder,thenreturntothe boosterseat.
• Doesthelapbeltfitlowand snugonthehips,touchingthe thighs?Ifyes,continue.Ifno, returntotheboosterseat.

- Canproperseatbeltfitbe maintainedforthelengthofthe trip?Ifyes,continue.Ifno, returntotheboosterseat.

Q:Whatistheproperwayto wearseatbelts?

A: Anolderchildshouldweara lap-shoulderbeltandgetthe additionalrestraintashoulder beltcanprovide. Theshoulder beltshouldnotcrossthefaceor neck. Thelapbeltshouldfit snuglybelowthehips, just touchingthetopofthethighs. Thisappliesbeltforcetothe child'spelvicbonesinacrash. Itshouldneverbewornoverthe abdomen, whichcouldcause severeorevenfatalinternal injuriesinacrash.

Alsosee"RearSeatBeltComfort Guides"underLap-ShoulderBelt 53.

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rearseating position.

SeatsandRestraints73

Inacrash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to sit these seat belts properly.

Warning

Neverallowmorethanonechild towearthesameseatbelt. The seatbeltcannotproperlyspread theimpactforces.Inacrash,they canbecrushedtogetherand seriouslyinjured.Aseatbeltmust beusedbyonlyonepersonat atime.

Illustration of three people seated in a car, one wearing a seatbelt, with a no-smoking symbol overlaid (no text or symbols present)

Warning

Neverallowachildtowearthe seatbeltwiththeshoulderbelt behindtheirback.Achildcanbe seriouslyinjuredbynotwearing thelap-shoulderbeltproperly.Ina crash,thechildwouldnotbe restrainedbytheshoulderbelt. Thechildcouldmovetoofar forwardincreasingthechanceof headandneckinjury.Thechild mightalsoslideunderthelap belt.Thebeltforcewouldthenbe appliedrightontheabdomen.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

That could cause serious or fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.

Illustration of a person sitting in a chair with a bandaged seat, no text or symbols present

InfantsandYoung Children

Everyoneinavehicleneeds protection! This includes infants and allotherchildren. Neither the distancetravelednortheage and sizeofthetravelerchangesthe

74SeatsandRestraints

need,foreveryone,tousesafety restraints. Infact,thelawinevery stateintheUnitedStatesandin everyCanadianprovincesays childrenuptosomeagemustbe restrainedwhileinavehicle.

Warning

Childrencanbeseriouslyinjured orstrangledifashoulderbeltis wrappedaroundtheirneck. The shoulderbeltcantightenbut cannotbeloosenedifitislocked. Theshoulderbeltlockswhenitis pulledallthewayoutofthe retractor.Itunlockswhenthe shoulderbeltisallowedtogoall thewaybackintotheretractor, butitcannotdothisifitis wrappedarounddachild'sneck. Iftheshoulderbeltislockedand tightenedarounddachild'sneck, theonlywaytoloosenthebeltis tocutit.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

Neverleavechildrenunattended inavehicleandneverallow childrentoplaywiththeseat belts.

Everytimeinfantsandyoung childrenrideinvehicles,theyshould havetheprotectionprovidedby appropriatechildrestraints.Neither thevehicle'sseatbeltsystemnorits airbagsystemisdesignedforthem.

Childrenwhoarenotrestrained properlycanstrikeotherpeople, orcanbethrownoutofthevehicle.

Warning

Neverholdaninfantorachild whileridinginavehicle. Dueto crashforces, aninfantorachild willbecomesoheavyitis not possibletoholditduringacrash. Forexample, inacrashatonly 40km/h(25mph), a5.5kg(12lb)

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

infantwillsuddenlybecomea 110kg(240lb)forceonaperson's arms.Aninfantorchildshouldbe securedinanappropriate restraint.

Illustration of a woman breastfeeding a baby in a car seat, with a no-smoking symbol overlay (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

Warning

Childrenwhoareupagainst, orverycloseto,anyairbagwhen itinflatescanbeseriouslyinjured

(Continued)

SeatsandRestraints75

Warning(Continued)

orkilled.Neverputarear-facing childrestraintinthefront outboardseat.Securea rear-facingchildrestraintinarear seat.Itisalsobettertosecurea forward-facingchildrestraintina rearseat.Ifyoumustsecurea forward-facingchildrestraintin thefrontoutboardseat,always movethefrontpassengerseatas farbackasitwillgo.

Interior view of a car showing a person seated with a seatbelt, no visible text or symbols

Childrestraintsaredevicesusedto restrain,seat,orpositionchildrenin thevehicleandaresometimes calledchildseatsorcarseats.

Therearethreebasictypesof childrestraints:

• Forward-facingchildrestraints
• Rear-facingchildrestraints
- Belt-positioningboosterseats

The proper child restraint for your child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used.

Foreachtypeofchildrestraint, therearemanydifferentmodels available.Whenpurchasingachild restraint,besureitisdesignedtobe usedinamotorvehicle.Ifitis,the restraintwillhavealabelsayingthat itmeetsfederalmotorvehiclesafety standards.Therestraint manufacturer'sinstructionsthat comewiththerestraintstatethe weightandheightlimitationsfora particularchildrestraint.Inaddition,

therearemanykindsofrestraints availableforchildrenwithspecial needs.

Warning

Toreducetheriskofneck and headinjuryinacrash,infantsand toddlersshouldbesecuredina rear-facingchildrestraintuntilage two,oruntiltheyreachthe maximumheightandweightlimits oftheirchildrestraint.

Warning

Ayoungchild'shipbonesarestill sosmallthatthevehicle'sregular seatbeltmaynotremainlowon thehipbones,asitshould. Instead,itmaysettleuparound thechild'sabdomen.Inacrash, thebeltwouldapplyforceona bodyareathatisunprotectedby anybonystructure.Thisalone couldcauseseriousorfatal

(Continued)

76SeatsandRestraints

Warning(Continued)

injuries. Toreducetherisk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints.

ChildRestraintSystems

3D illustration of a mechanical device with handle and internal components (no text or symbols)

Rear-FacingInfantRestraint

Arear-facingchildrestraintprovides restraintwiththeseatingsurface againstthebackoftheinfant.

Theharnesssystemholdstheinfant inplaceand,inacrash,actsto keeptheinfantpositionedinthe restraint.

Illustration of a car seat with visible seats and straps (no text or symbols)

Forward-FacingChildRestraint

Aforward-facingchildrestraint provides restraint for the child's body with the harness.

3D rendered models of two car seat designs, one with a folded seat and the other with a full seat (no text or symbols)

BoosterSeats

Abelt-positioningboosterseatis usedforchildrenwhohave outgrowntheirforward-facingchild restraint.Boostersaredesignedto improvethefitofthevehicle'sseat beltsystemuntilthechilddislarge enoughforthevehicleseatbeltsto fitproperlywithoutaboosterseat. SeetheseatbeltfittestinOlder Children→72.

SeatsandRestraints77

SecuringanAdd-OnChild RestraintintheVehicle

Warning

Achildcanbeseriouslyinjuredor killedinacrashifthechild restraintisnotproperlysecured in thevehicle.Securethechild restraintproperlyinthevehicle usingthevehicle'sseatbeltor LATCHsystem,followingthe instructionsthatcamewiththat childrestraintandtheinstructions inthismanual.

To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap - shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 79 form more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle.

Whensecuringanadd-onchild restraint, refertotheinstructions that comewiththerestraint which maybeontherestraintitselforina booklet, or both, and to this manual. The child restraint instructions are important, so if they are not available, obtain are replacement copy from the manufacturer.

Keepinmindthatanunsecured childrestraintcanmovearoundina collisionorsuddenstopandinjure peopleinthevehicle.Besureto properlysecureanychildrestraintin thevehicle—evenwhennochildis init.

In some areas of the United States and Canada, Certified Child Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect and demonstrate how to correctly use and install child restraints. In the U.S., referto the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST

availabilityinCanada, checkwith TransportCanadaortheProvincial MinistryofTransportationoffice.

SecuringtheChildWithinthe ChildRestraint

Warning

Achildcanbeseriouslyinjuredor killedinacrashifthechildisnot properlysecuredinthechild restraint.Securethechild properlyfollowingtheinstructions thatcamewiththatchildrestraint.

WheretoPutthe Restraint

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint secured in a rear seating position.

Whenever possible, children aged 12 and undershould be secured in arearseating position.

78SeatsandRestraints

Ifachildrestraintissecuredinthe frontoutboardpassengerseat, and thevehiclehasaswitchonthe instrumentpaneltomanuallyturnoff thefrontoutboardpassengerairbag, seeAirbagOn-OffSwitch→67and SecuringChildRestraints(Withthe SeatBeltintheRearSeat)→85or SecuringChildRestraints(Withthe SeatBeltintheFrontSeat)→87for moreinformation, including important safety information.

Neverputarear-facingchild restraintinthefront. Thisisbecause therisktotherear-facingchildisso greatiftheairbagdeploys.

Warning

Achildinarear-facingchild restraintcanbeseriouslyinjured orkilledifthefrontoutboard passengerairbaginflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very closetotheinflating airbag. Achildinaforward-facing (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

childrestraint can be seriously injuredorkilled if the front outboard passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.

Eveniftheairbagswitchhas turnedoffthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbag, no systemisfail-safe. Noonecan guaranteeethatanairbagwillnot deployundersomeunusual circumstance, eventhoughhitis turnedoff.

Securerear-facingchildrestraints inarearseat, eveniftheairbag isoff. Ifyousecurea forward-facingchildrestraintin thefrontoutboardpassenger seat, alwaysmovetheseatasfar backasitwillgo. Itisbetterto securethechildrestraintina rearseat.

Whensecuringachildrestraintwith theseatbeltsinarearseatposition, studytheinstructionsthatcamewith thechildrestrainttomakesureitis compatiblewiththisvehicle.

Childrestraintsandboosterseats varyconsiderablyinsize, and some mayfitincertainseatingpositions betterthanothers.

Dependingonwhereyouplacethe childrestraintandthesizeofthe childrestraint,youmaynotbeable toaccessadjacentseatbeltsor LATCHanchorsforadditional passengersorchildrestraints. Adjacentseatingpositionsshould notbeusedifthechildrestraint preventsaccesstoorinterfereswith theroutingoftheseatbelt.

Ifthevehicledoesnothavearear seatthatwillaccommodatea rear-facingchildrestraint,a rear-facingchildrestraintshouldnot beinstalledinthevehicle,evenif theairbagisoff.

SeatsandRestraints79

Whereverachildrestraintis installed, besuretofollowthe instructionsthatcamewiththechild restraintandsecurethechild restraintproperly.

Keepinmindthatanunsecured childrestraintcanmovearoundina collisionorsuddenstopandinjure peopleinthevehicle.Besureto properlysecureanychildrestraintin thevehicle—evenwhennochildis init.

LowerAnchorsand TethersforChildren (LATCHSystem)

The LATCHsystem secures a child restraint during driving or in ac rash. LATCH attachment on the child restraint are used to attach the child restraint to the anchors in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier.

InordertousetheLATCHsystemin yourvehicle,youneedachild restraintthathasLATCH attachments.LATCH-compatible rear-facingandforward-facingchild seatscanbeproperlyinstalled usingeithertheLATCHanchor thevehicle'sseatbelts.Donotuse boththeseatbeltsandtheLATCH anchoragesystemtosecurea rear-facingorforward-facing childseat.

Boosterseatsusethevehicle'sseat beltstosecurethechildandthe boosterseat.Ifthemanufacturer recommendsthattheboosterseat besecuredwiththeLATCHsystem, thiscanbedoneaslongasthe boosterseatcanbepositioned properlyandthereisnointerference withtheproperpositioningofthe lap-shoulderbeltonthechild.

Makesuretofollowtheinstructions thatcamewiththechildrestraint, andalsotheinstructionsinthis manual.

Wheninstallingachildrestraintwith atoptether,youmustalsouse eithertheloweranchorsortheseat beltstoproperlysecurethechild restraint.Achildrestraintmust never be installed using only the top tether and anchor.

The LATCH anchoragesystem can be used until the combined weight of the child plus the child restraint is 29.5kg (65lbs). Use these at belt alone instead of the LATCH anchoragesystem on the combined weight is more than 29.5kg (65lbs).

See SecuringChildRestraints(With the SeatBeltintheRearSeat)→85 or SecuringChildRestraints(With the SeatBeltintheFrontSeat)→87.

ChildrestraintsbuiltafterMarch 2014willbelabeledwiththe specificchildweightuptowhichthe LATCHsystemcanbeusedto installtherestraint.

The following explain show to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle.

Notallvehicleseatingpositions haveloweranchors. In this case, theseatbeltmustbeused (with top tetherwhereavailable) to secure the child restraint.

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 85

80SeatsandRestraints

or SecuringChildRestraints(With the SeatBeltintheFrontSeat) 87.

LowerAnchors

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with labeled parts 1 and 2, including a close-up inset view of the component.

Loweranchors(1)aremetalbars builtintothevehicle.Therearetwo loweranchorsforeachLATCH seatingpositionthatwill accommodateachildrestraintwith lowerattachments(2).

TopTetherAnchor

Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with labeled parts 2, 3, and 4

Atoptether(3,4)isusedtosecure thetopofthechildrestrainttothe vehicle. Atoptetheranchorisbuilt intothevehicle. Thetoptether attachmenthook(2)onthechild restraintconnectstothetoptether anchorinthevehicleinorderto reducetheforwardmovement and rotationofthechildrestraintduring drivingorinacrash.

Thechildrestraintmayhavea singletether(3)oradualtether(4). Eitherwillhaveasingleattachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to theanch of.

Somechildrestraintsthathavea toptetheraredesignedforusewith orwithoutthetoptetherbeing attached. Othersrequirethetop tetheralwaystobeattached. InCanada, the law require that forward-facing childrestraintshave atoptether, and that theetherbe attached. Besuretoreadandfollow the instructions for your child restraint.

SeatsandRestraints81

LowerAnchorandTopTether AnchorLocations

Illustration of a stylized bed with two sleeping figures on the front and back (no text or symbols)

Second, Third, and Fourth Row with Three-Passenger Seat

Seatingpositions with toptetheranchors.

②: Seating positions with twolower anchors.

Seetheinformationfollowingfor installingachildrestraintwithatop tetherinthesecond,third,and fourthrowcenterpositions.

Neverinstalltwotoptethersusing thesametoptetheranchor.

Two identical empty ceramic or ceramic objects with a small icon above them, no text or symbols present.

FrontPassengerPosition

Seatingpositions with toptetheranchors.

Thesecond, third, and fourth throw with three-passengerseat have exposed metallower anchors in the crease between theseatback and theseat cushion.

Diagram of a device with labeled components, showing a component with parts 1 and 2 and an internal structure.

Second, Third, and Fourth Row with Three-Passenger Seat—Passenger Van

Therearetwotoptetheranchorsin thesecond,third,andfourthrow three-passengerseats.Toinstalla childrestraintinthereardriver-side seatingpositions,useanchor point(1).Toinstallachildrestraint intherearpassenger-sideseating positions,useanchorpoint(2). Toinstallachildrestraintintherear centerseatingpositions,useanchor point(2).Neverinstalltwotop tethersusingthesametoptether anchor.

82SeatsandRestraints

Ifthevehicleisequippedwitha four-passengerfourthorfifthrow seat,itdoesnothaveupperor loweranchors.Ifachildrestraintis placedinthefour-passengerfourth orfifthrowseat,itmustbesecured usingthevehicleseatbelts. SeeSecuringChildRestraints(With theSeatBeltintheRearSeat)→85 orSecuringChildRestraints(With theSeatBeltintheFrontSeat)→87.

Diagram of a car interior showing a vehicle head and dashboard with control buttons (no text or symbols)

FrontPassengerPosition

Thereisatoptetheranchorforthe frontpassengerpositionwithafront passengerseat. Theanchorisat therearoftheseatcushiononthe rightfrontpassengerseat.

Donotsecureachildrestraintina positionwithoutatoptetheranchor ifanationalorlocallawrequires thatthetoptetherbeattached,orif theinstructionsthatcomewiththe childrestraintsaythatthetoptether mustbeattached.

According to accident statistics, children and infants a resafer when properly restrained in a child

restraintsystemorinfantrestraint systemsecuredinarearseating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 77 for additional information.

SecuringaChildRestraint DesignedfortheLATCH System

Warning

Achildcouldbeseriouslyinjured orkilledinacrashifthechild restraintisnotproperlyattached tothevehicleusingeitherthe LATCHanchorsorthevehicle seatbelt.Followtheinstructions thatcamewiththechildrestraint andtheinstructionsinthis manual.

SeatsandRestraints83

Warning

Toreducetheriskofseriousor fatalinjuriesduringacrash,do notattachmorethanonechild restrainttoasingleanchor. Attachingmorethanonechild restrainttoasingleanchorcould causetheanchororattachment tocomelooseorevenbreak duringacrash.Achildorothers couldbeinjured.

Warning

Childrencanbeseriouslyinjured orstrangledifashoulderbeltis wrappedaroundtheirneck.The shoulderbeltcantightenbut cannotbeloosenedifitislocked. Theshoulderbeltlockswhenitis pulledallthewayoutofthe retractor.Itunlockswhenthe shoulderbeltisallowedtogoall thewaybackintotherretractor, (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

butitcannotdothisifitis wrappedaroundachild'sneck. Iftheshoulderbeltislockedand tightenedaroundachild'sneck, theonlywaytoloosenthebeltis tocutit.

Buckleanyunusedseatbelts behindthechildrestraintso childrencannotreachthem.Pull theshoulderbeltallthewayout oftheretractortosetthelock, andtightenthebeltbehindthe childrestraintafterthechild restrainthasbeeninstalled.

Caution

DonotlettheLATCH attachmentsrubagainstthe vehicle'sseatbelts.Thismay damagetheseparts.Ifnecessary, movebuckledseatbeltstoavoid rubbingtheLATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

Donotfoldtherearseatback whentheseatisoccupied.Donot foldtheemptyrearseatwitha seatbeltbuckled.Thiscould damagetheseatbeltortheseat. Unbuckleandreturntheseatbelt toitsstowedposition, before foldingtheseat.

If you need to secure more than one child restraint in there are seat, see Where to Put the Restraint 77.

1. Attachandtightenthelower attachmentstothelower anchors. If thechildrestraint does nothavelower attachmentsorthedesired seatingpositiondoesnothave loweranchors, securethechild restraintwiththetoptether and theseatbelts. Refertothe childrestraintmanufacturer instructionsandthe instructionsinthismanual.

84SeatsandRestraints

1.1.Findtheloweranchors forthedesiredseating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on theseat.
1.3. Attachandtightenthe lowerattachmentsonthe childrestrainttothelower anchors.

1. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the toptether be attached, attach and tightent the top tether to the toptether anchor, if equipped. Referto the child restraint instructions and the following steps:

2.1.Findthetoptether anchor.
2.2.Forthesecond,third,and fourthrowwith three-passengerseats only,intherear driver-sideseating positions,useanchor point(1).Fortherear passenger-sideseating positions,useanchor

point(2). For the center seating positions, use anchorpoint(2). Never install two to optethers using the same to optether anchor.

2.3. Route and tightenthetop tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

Diagram of a mechanical device with a lever and bracket, no visible text or symbols

If the position you are using does not have a head restor head restraint and you are using a singlet ether, rout the tether over these at back.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component or assembly (no text or symbols visible)

If the position you are using does not have a head restor head restraint and you are using adual tether, routethetether overtheseatback.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with straps and mounting feet (no text or symbols)

SeatsandRestraints85

If the position you are using has an integrated head restor head restraint and you are using adual tether, routethetether around the head restor head restraint.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with no visible text or symbols

If the position you are using has an integrated head restorhead restraint and you are using a singletether, rout the tether over the head rest or head restraint.

1. Beforeplacingachildinthe childrestraint, makesureitis securelyheldinplace. To check, graspthechildrestraint attheLATCHpathandattempt tomoveitsidetoside and backandforth. Thereshould benomorethan2.5cm(1in) of movementforproper installation.

ReplacingLATCHSystem PartsAfteraCrash

Warning

AcrashcandamagetheLATCH systeminthevehicle.Adamaged LATCHsystemmaynotproperly securethechildrestraint, resultinginseriousinjuryoreven deathinacrash.Tohelpmake suretheLATCHsystemis workingproperlyafteracrash, seeyourdealertohavethe systeminspectedandany necessaryreplacementsmadeas soon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed.

Newpartsandrepairsmaybe necessaryeveniftheLATCH systemwasnotbeingusedatthe timeofthecrash.

SecuringChildRestraints (WiththeSeatBeltinthe RearSeat)

Whensecuringachildrestraintwith theseatbeltsinarearseatposition, studytheinstructionsthatcamewith thechildrestrainttomakesureitis compatiblewiththisvehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 79 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a seat belt and it uses at option, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 79 for option or anchor locations.

86SeatsandRestraints

Donotsecureachildseatina positionwithoutatoptetheranchor ifanationalorlocallawrequires thatthetoptetherbeanchored,orif theinstructionsthatcomewiththe childrestraintsaythatthetoptether mustbeanchored.

InCanada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraint have adopted, and that the tether be attached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using these seat belt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions that camewith the child restraint.

If more than one child restraint need to be installed in therear seat, besuretoread Where to Put the Restraint 77.

1. Put the child restraint on theseat.
2. Pickupthelatchplate, and run the lapand shoulder portions of the vehicle's seat belt

throughoraroundthechild restraint. Thechildrestraint instructionswillshowyouhow.

Illustration of a person's hand using a belt switch on a car seat (no text or symbols visible)

1. Pushthelatchplate into the buckle until it clicks.

Positionthereleasebuttonon thebuckle,awayfromthechild restraint,sothattheseatbelt couldbequicklyunbuckledif necessary.

Illustration of a person using a seatbelt to lift a car seatbelt (no text or symbols present)

1. Pulltheshoulderbeltallthe wayoutoftheretractortoset thelock.Whentheretractor lockisset,thebeltcanbe tightenedbutnotpulledoutof theretractor.

SeatsandRestraints87

Illustration of hands using a tool to adjust or install a mechanical component (no text or symbols visible)

1. Totightenthebelt, pushdown onthechildrestraint, pullthe shoulderportionofthebelt to tightenthalapportionofthe belt, and feedtheshoulderbelt back intotheretractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your kneetopushdown on the childrestraint as you tightenthebelt.

Trytopullthebeltoutofthe retractortomakesurethe retractorislocked.Ifthe retractorisnotlocked,repeat Steps4and5.

1. If the child restraint has atop tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 79.

2. Beforeplacingachildinthe childrestraint, makesureitis securelyheldinplace. To check, graspthechildrestraint attheseatbeltpathand attempttomoveitsidetoside andbackandforth. When the childrestraintisproperly installed, thereshouldbeno morethan2.5cm(1in)of movement.

Toremovethechildrestraint, unbucklethevehicleseatbeltand letitreturntothestowedposition. Ifthetoptetherisattachedtoatop tetheranchor, disconnectit.

SecuringChildRestraints (WiththeSeatBeltinthe FrontSeat)

Thisvehiclehasairbags.Arear seatisasaferplacetosecurea forward-facingchildrestraint.See WheretoPuttheRestraint77.

Theremaybeaswitchonthe instrumentpanelthatyoucanuseto turnoffthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbag.See AirbagOn-OffSwitch67formore information,includingimportant safetyinformation.

Neverputarear-facingchild restraintinthefront. Thisisbecause therisktotherear-facingchildisso greatiftheairbagdeploys.

Warning

Achildinarear-facingchild restraintcanbeseriouslyinjured orkilledifthefrontoutboard passengerairbaginflates. This is because the back of the

(Continued)

88SeatsandRestraints

Warning(Continued)

rear-facingchildrestraintwould beveryclosetotheinflating airbag.Achildinaforward-facing childrestraintcanbeseriously injuredorkilledifthefront outboardpassengerairbag inflatesandthepassengerseatis inaforwardposition.

Eveniftheairbagswitchhas turnedoffthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbag,no systemisfail-safe.Noonecan guaranteeethatanairbagwillnot deployundersomeunusual circumstance,eventhoughitis turnedoff.

Securerear-facingchildrestraints inarearseat, eveniftheairbag isoff. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always movetheseatasfar back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rearseat.

Warning

If the airbagreadinesslightever comeson and stayson, it means that something may bewrong with the airbagsystem. For example, the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag could inflate even though the airbag on-off switchisturned off.

Tohelpavoidinjurytoyourselfor others,havethevehicleserviced rightaway.SeeAirbagReadiness Light⇒105formoreinformation, includingimportantsafety information.

Ifthevehicledoesnothavearear seatthatwillaccommodatea rear-facingchildrestraint,a rear-facingchildrestraintshouldnot beinstalledinthevehicle,evenif theairbagisoff.

If the child restraint uses atop tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 79 fortoptether anchor locations.

Donotsecureachildrestraintina positionwithoutatoptetheranchor ifanationalorlocallawrequires thatthetoptetherbeanchored,orif theinstructionsthatcomewiththe childrestraintsaythatthetoptether mustbeanchored.

InCanada, the law requires that forward-facing childrestraints have adopted, and that the tether be attached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instruction that camewith the child restraint and the following instructions:

1. Movetheseatasfarbackasit willgobeforesecuringthe forward-facingchildrestraint. Movetheseatupwardorthe seatbacktoanuprightposition,

SeatsandRestraints89

ifneeded, togetatight installation of the child restraint.

Whentheairbagoffswitchhas turnedoffthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbag,the offindicatorintheairbagoff lightshouldlightandstaylit whenyoustartthevehicle.See AirbagOn-OffLight→106.

1. Put the child restraint on theseat.
2. Pickup the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

Illustration of a car gear shift lever and belt mechanism (no text or symbols)

1. Pushthelatchplate into the buckle until it clicks.

Positionthereleasebuttonon thebuckle,awayfromthechild restraint,sothattheseatbelt couldbequicklyunbuckled ifnecessary.

Illustration of a person using a belt buckle to lift a seatbelt (no text or symbols present)

1. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of theretractor to set the lock. When theretractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of theretractor.

90SeatsandRestraints

Illustration of a hand using a tool to lift or adjust a mechanical component (no text or symbols visible)

1. Totightenthebelt, pushdown onthechildrestraint, pullthe shoulderportionofthebelt to tightenthalapportionofthe belt, andfeedtheshoulderbelt backintotheretractor. When installingaforward-facingchild restraint, itmaybehelpfulto useyourkneetopushdownon thechildrestraintasyou tightenthebelt.

Trytopullthebeltoutofthe retractortomakesurethe retractorislocked.Ifthe retractorisnotlocked,repeat Steps5and6.

1. If the vehicle does not have a rearse at and the child restraint manufacturer recommends using to optether anchor, attach the to optether to the to optether anchor. Referto the instruction that camewith the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 79.

2. Beforeplacingachildinthe childrestraint, makesureitis securelyheldinplace. To check, graspthechildrestraint attheseatbeltpathand attempttomoveitsidetoside andbackandforth. When the childrestraintisproperly installed, thereshouldbeno morethan2.5cm(1in)of movement.

Toremovethechildrestraint, unbucklethevehicleseatbeltand letitreturntothestowedposition. Ifthetoptetherisattachedtoatop tetheranchor, disconnectit.

If you turned the air bag off with the switch, turn on the front out board passenger air bag when you remove the child restraint from the vehicle unless the person who will be sitting there is a member of a passenger air bag risk group. See Airbag On-Off Switch 67 form more information, including important safety information.

Storage

StorageCompartments

StorageCompartments.....91

FrontStorage....91

AdditionalStorageFeatures

CargoTie-Downs....92

Storage Compartments

Warning

Donotstoreheavyorsharp objectsinstoragecompartments. Inacrash, theseobjectsmay causethecovertoopenand couldresultinjury.

FrontStorage

Interior view of a car intake section showing a plastic container with a black arrow pointing to it (no text or symbols visible)

DEALER ePROCESS

Ifequipped, thefrontstorage compartmentisatthecenterofthe instrumentpaneextensionnearthe floor. Toopen, pulluponthelatch.

Theremayalsobestorage compartmentsontheinsideofeach frontdoor.

92Storage

AdditionalStorage Features

CargoTie-Downs

Top-down view of a vehicle parked on a road with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Ifequipped, therearesixcargo tie-downsinthecargoareathatcan beusedtosecurecargo.

Donotapplyatotalloadofmore than5000N(1,124lbsofforce)to asinglecargotie-downwhen securingcargo.

See VehicleLoadLimits→172.

Warning

Thechildrestrainttoptetherstrap maybedamagedbycontactwith itemsinthecargoarea.Yourchild couldbeseriouslyinjuredorkilled inacollisionifthetoptetherstrap isdamaged.Properlysecureall cargo.

Warning

Properlysecureallcargowith ropesorstrapstohelppreventit fromslidingorshifting.Donot placecargohigherthanthe seatbacks.Inasuddenstopor collision,unsecuredcargocould causepersonalinjury.Use suitableropesorstrapstosecure cargo.

Warning

Neverallowanyonetorideinthe cargoarea.Itisextremely dangerousstorideinthecargo areaofavehicle.Inacollision, peopleridingintheseareasare morelikelytobeseriouslyinjured orkilled.

Donotallowpeopletorideinany areaofthevehiclethatisnot equippedwithseatsandseat belts.Besureeveryoneinthe vehicleisinaseatandusinga seatbeltproperly.

Instruments and Controls

Controls

SteeringWheelAdjustment....94

SteeringWheelControls.....94

Horn....95

WindshieldWiper/Washer.....95

Compass......96

Clock....98

PowerOutlets......98

CigaretteLighter....99

Ashtrays....100

WarningLights, Gauges, and Indicators

WarningLights, Gauges, and

Indicators......100

InstrumentCluster......101

Speedometer....102

Odometer....102

TripOdometer......102

FuelGauge....102

EngineOilPressure

Gauge....103

EngineCoolantTemperature

Gauge....104

VoltmeterGauge......105

SeatBeltReminders......105

AirbagReadinessLight.....105

AirbagOn-OffLight.....106

ChargingSystemLight......107

MalfunctionIndicatorLamp...108

BrakeSystemWarning

Light....109

AntilockBrakeSystem(ABS)

WarningLight......110

Tow/HaulModeLight......111

LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)

Light....111

VehicleAheadIndicator.....111

StabiliTrakOFFLight.....111

TractionControlSystem(TCS)/

StabiliTrakLight......112

TirePressureLight......112

EngineOilPressureLight.....112

LowFuelWarningLight......113

SecurityLight......113

High-BeamOnLight......113

CruiseControlLight.....114

InformationDisplays

DriverInformation

Center(DIC)......114

VehicleMessages

VehicleMessages......119

Engine Power Messages ..... 119

Vehicle Speed Messages ..... 119

VehiclePersonalization

VehiclePersonalization.....120

94InstrumentsandControls

Controls

SteeringWheel Adjustment

Mechanical component diagram showing a steering wheel and gear assembly (no text or symbols)

Forvehicleswithatiltsteering wheel,theleverislocatedonthe leftsideofthesteeringcolumn.

Toadjustthesteeringwheel:

1. Pullthelevertomovethe steeringwheelupordowninto acomfortableposition.

2. Releasethevertolockthe steeringwheelinplace.

Donotadjustthesteeringwheel whiledriving.

SteeringWheelControls

Diagram showing a car steering wheel and its dashboard with directional control buttons (no text or symbols)

Ifequipped, someaudiocontrols canbeadjustedatthesteering wheel.

△:Presstogotothenextfavorite radiostation,trackonaCD, orfolderonaniPodorUSBdevice.

: Press to go to the previous favoriteradiostation, track onaCD, or folderonaniPodor USB device. Also presstorejectan incoming call or end a current call.

Radio

Toselectpresetorfavoriteradio stations:

Pressandrelease △ or ⚡ / ∇ to gotothenextorpreviousradio stationstoredasapresetor favorite.

CD

ToselecttracksonaCD:

Pressandrelease △ or 📞 / ▽ to gotothenextorprevioustrack.

SelectingTracksonaniPodor USBDevice

1. Pressandhold △or▽/▽ whilelisteningtoasonguntil thecontentsofthecurrent folderappearonthe infotainmentdisplay.

2. Pressandrelease △ or ∇/▽toscrollupordownthelist, thenpressandhold △, orpress ▷toplaythe highlightedtrack.

NavigatingFoldersonaniPodor USBDevice

1. Pressandhold

whilelisteningtoasonguntil thecontentsofthecurrent folderappearonthe infotainmentdisplay.

1. Pressandhold

backtothepreviousfolderlist.

1. Pressandrelease

∇toscrollupordownthelist.

- Toselectafolder, press andhold △, orpress▶ whenthefolder is highlighted.

- Togobackfurtherinthe folderlist,pressandhold

I : Press to silence the vehicle speakersonly. Pressagaintoturn thesoundon.

ForvehicleswithBluetoothor OnStarsystems,pressandholdfor longerthantwosecondstointeract

withthosesystems.

SeeBluetooth→151andOnStar Overview→348,ifequipped.

SRCE: Presstoswitch between theradio and CD, and forequipped vehicles, the frontauxiliary.

D: Presstogotothenextradio stationwhileinAM, FM, orSiriusXM, ifequipped.

IfequippedwithaCDplayeror USBport:

Press togotothenexttrackor chapterwhilesourcedtotheCD.

Press ☑toselectatrackorafolder when navigatingfoldersonaniPod orUSBdevice.

WhilelisteningtoaCD, press and hold Dtoquicklymoveforward throughthe tracks. Releasetostop onthedesiredtrack.

+ :Presstoincreasevolume.

- :Presstodecreasevolume.

DEALER ePROCESS

Horn

Pressthehornsymbolonthe steeringwheeltosoundthehorn.

WindshieldWiper/Washer

Diagram of a mechanical or electrical component with directional symbols and control icons

Theleverisontheleftsideofthe steeringcolumn.

Turnthebandwith thewiperspeed.

onittoselect

:Useforasinglewipe.Holdthe bandon ,thenrelease.For severalwipes,holdthebandon longer.

!:Usetoadjustthedelaytime betweenwipes.Turnthebandup formorefrequentwipesordownfor lessfrequentwipes.

:Fastwipes.

96InstrumentsandControls

:Slowwipes.

○:Usetoturnthewipersoff.

Whendrivingduringthedayandthe wipersareactivated,theheadlamps automaticallyturnonafter completingeightwipecycles.

Cleariceandsnowfromthewiper bladesbeforeusingthem.Iffrozen tothewindshield,carefullyloosenor thawthem.Damagedbladesshould bereplaced.

WindshieldWasher

Thewindshieldwiperpaddleison topoftheturnsignallever.

:Pushthepaddletospray washerfluidonthewindshield. The wiperswillclearthewindowand theneitherstoporreturntothe presetspeed.

Warning

Infreezingweather, donotuse the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the fluid can form mice on the windshield, blocking your vision.

Compass

This vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center(DIC).

CompassZone

Yourdealerwillsetthecorrectzone foryourlocation.

Undercertaincircumstances,such asduringalongdistance cross-countrytripormovingtoa newstateorprovince,itwillbe necessarytocompensatefor compassvariancebyresettingthe zonethroughtheDICifthezoneis notsetcorrectly.

Compassvarianceisthedifference between the earth's magnetic north and true geographic north. If the compass is not set to the zone

whereyoulive, thecompassmay givefalsereadings. Thecompass mustbesettothevariancezonein whichthevehicleistraveling.

Toadjustforcompassvariance, use the following procedure:

CompassVariance(Zone) Procedure

1. Donotsetthecompasszone whenthevehicleismoving. Onlysetitwhenthevehicleis inP(Park).

Press 📋 until PRESS √TO CHANGECOMPASSZONE displays.

Topographic map with numbered contour lines and labeled regions, likely for survey or land use analysis.

1. Find the vehicle's current location and variance zone numberonthemap.

Zones1 through 15 are available.

1. Press √toscrollthroughand selecttheappropriate variancezone.

2. Press until the vehicle heading, forexample, N for North, is displayed in the DIC.

3. If calibration is necessary, calibratethecompass. See "Compass Calibration Procedure" following.

CompassCalibration

Thecompasscanbemanually calibrated.Onlycalibratethe compassinamagneticallyclean andsafelocation,suchasanopen parkinglot,wheredrivingthe vehicleincirclesisnotadanger. Itissuggestedtocalibrateaway fromtallbuildings,utilitywires, manholecovers,orotherindustrial structures,ifpossible.

IfCALshouldeverappearinthe DICdisplay, thecompassshouldbe calibrated.

IftheDICdisplaydoesnotshowa heading,forexample,NforNorth, ortheheadingdoesnotchange aftermakingturns,theremaybea strongmagneticfieldinterferingwith thecompass.Suchinterference maybecausedbyamagneticCBor cellphoneantennamount,a magneticemergencylight,magnetic notepadholder,oranyother magneticitem.Turnoffthevehicle, movethemagneticitem,thenturn onthevehicleandcalibratethe compass.

Tocalibratethecompass, usethe following procedure:

CompassCalibrationProcedure

1. Before calibrating the compass, makes sure the compass zone is set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is located. See "Compass Variance (Zone) Procedure" earlier in this section.

Donotoperateanyswitches suchaswindow,climate controls,seats,etc.duringthe calibrationprocedure.

1. Press 📄 until PRESS √TO CALIBRATECOMPASS displays.

2. Press √tostartthecompass calibration.

3. The DICwilldisplay CALIBRATING:DRIVEIN CIRCLES.Drivethevehiclein tightcirclesatlessthan8km/h (5mph)tocompletethe calibration.TheDICwilldisplay CALIBRATIONCOMPLETEfor afewsecondswhenthe

98InstrumentsandControls

calibrationiscomplete. The DICdisplaywillthenreturnto PRESS √TOCALIBRATE COMPASS.

Clock

SettingtheTimeorDate

1. Withtheradioon, press and the HR, MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY(hour, minute, month, day, and year) display.

2. Pressthesoftkeyunderany oneofthetabstobechanged. Everytimethesoftkeyis pressedagain, thetimeorthe dateifselected, increases byone.

Another way to increase the time ordate istopress SEEKor▷▷FWD (forward).

1. Todecrease, press SEEKor ◀REV.Turnthe knob, on the upperrightsideofthe radio, toadjusttheselected setting.

ChangingtheTimeorDateDefault Settings

1. Withtheradioon, press and thenthesoftkeyunderthe forwardarrowthatiscurrently displayedontheinfotainment displayuntilthetime12H (hour)and24H(hour),andthe dateMM/DD(monthandday) andDD/MM(dayandmonth) aredisplayed.

2. Pressthesoftkeyunderthe desiredoption.

3. Press ⏻againtoapplythe selecteddefault,orletthe screentimeout.

PowerOutlets

PowerOutlets12VoltDirect Current

Theaccessorypoweroutletscanbe usedtopluginelectricalequipment, suchasacellphoneoranMP3 player.

The vehicle may have two accessory power outlets on the instrument panel.

Removethecovertoaccessand replacewhennotinuse.

Certainpoweraccessoryplugsmay notbecompatibletotheaccessory poweroutletandcouldoverload vehicleoradapterfuses.lfa problemisexperienced,seeyour dealer.

Warning

Powerisalwayssuppliedtothe outlets. Donotleaveelectrical equipmentpluggedinwhenthe vehicleisnotinusebecausethe vehiclecouldcatchfireandcause injuryordeath.

Caution

Leavingelectricalequipment pluggedinforanextendedperiod of timewhilethevehicleisoffwill drainthebattery.Alwaysunplug electricalequipmentwhennotin useandonotpluginequipment thatexceedsthemaximum 20amprating.

When adding electrical equipment, besuretofollow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 227.

Caution

Hangingheavyequipmentfrom thepoweroutletcancause damagenotcoveredbythe vehiclewarranty. Thepower outletsaredesignedfor accessorypowerplugsonly,such ascellphonechargecords.

PowerOutlet110/120Volt AlternatingCurrent

Thispoweroutletcanbeusedto pluginelectricalequipmentthat usesamaximumlimitof150watts.

The 110/120 voltpoweroutletison the instrument panel.

Anindicatorlightontheoutletturns ontoshowitisinuse. Thelight comesonwhentheignitionison, equipmentrequiringlessthan150 wattsispluggedintotheoutlet,and nosystemfaultisdetected.

The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is off, or if the equipment is not fully seated into the outlet.

lfequipmentisconnectedusing morethan150wattsorasystem faultisdetected,aprotectioncircuit shutsoffthepowersupplyandthe indicatorlightturnsoff.Toresetthe circuit,unplugtheitemandplugit backinorturntheRetained AccessoryPower(RAP)offand thenbackon.SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 180.

The power outlet is not designed for the following, and may not work properly if they are plugged in:

• Equipmentwithhighinitialpeak wattage,suchas compressor-drivenrefrigerators andelectricpowertools
• Otherequipmentrequiringan extremelystablepowersupply, suchas microcomputer-controlled electricblanketsandtouch sensorlamps

• Medicalequipment

CigaretteLighter

Ifequippedwithacigarettelighter, toheat, pushitinallthewayandlet go. Whenitisreadyforuse, itwill popbackoutbyitself.

Donotusethelightertoplugin accessorydevices. Usethepower outletsprovided.

100InstrumentsandControls

Caution

Holdingacigarettelighterinwhile itisheatingdoesnotletthe lighterbackawayfromthe heatingelementwhenitishot. Damagefromoverheatingcan occurtothelighterorheating element,orafusecouldbe blown.Donotholdacigarette lighterinwhileitisheating.

Ashtrays

Ifequippedwitharemovable ashtray, itcanbeplacedintothe frontfloorconsolecupholder.Open thecovertouse.

Caution

Ifpapers,pins,orother flammableitemsareputinthe ashtray,hotcigarettesorother smokingmaterialscouldignite themandpossiblydamagethe vehicle.Neverputflammable itemsintheashtray.

WarningLights, Gauges,and Indicators

Warninglightsandgaugescan signalthatsomethingiswrong beforeitbecomesseriousenough tocauseanexpensiverepairor replacement.Payingattentiontothe warninglightsandgaugescould preventinjury.

Somewarninglightscomeonbriefly whentheengineisstartedto indicatetheyareworking.When oneofthewarninglightscomeson andstaysonwhiledriving,orwhen oneofthegaugesshowstheremay beaproblem,checkthesectionthat explainswhattodo.Waitingtodo repairscanbecostlyandeven dangerous.

InstrumentCluster

40 30 20 10 0 MPH 210 260 100 OFF 40 80 60 40 20 40 km/h 120 80 140 90 160 100 P R N D M 1 1/2 F F

EnglishShown, MetricSimilar

102InstrumentsandControls

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, seethe Duramax diesels supplement form more information.

Speedometer

Thespeedometershowsthevehicle speedinkilometersperhour(km/h) andmilesperhour(mph).

Odometer

Theodometershowshowfarthe vehiclehasbeendriven,ineither kilometersormiles.

TripOdometer

Thetripodometershowshowfar thevehiclehasbeendrivensince thetripodometerwaslastreset.

The tripodometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Driver Information Center(DIC) 114.

FuelGauge

Circular industrial valve dial with indicator lights and fuel pump symbol (no text or labels)

Metric

1/2 E F

English

Thefuelgauge,whentheignitionis on,indicateshowmuchfuelisleftin thevehiclefueltank.

Anarrowonthefuelgauge indicatesthesideofthevehiclethe fueldoorison.

Thegaugefirstindicatesempty beforethevehicleisoutoffuel,and thefueltankshouldbe refueledsoon.

Listedarefoursituationscustomers mightexperiencewiththefuel gauge.Noneoftheseindicatea problemwiththefuelgauge:

• Atthegasstation, thefuelpump shutsoffbeforethegauge readsfull.
• Ittakesalittlemoreorlessfuel tofillupthanthefuelgauge indicated. Forexample, the gaugemayhaveindicatedthe tankwashalffull, butitactually tookalittlemoreorlessthan halfthetank'scapacitytofill thetank.
• Thegaugemovesalittlewhile turningacornerorspeedingup.
• Thegaugedoesnotgobackto emptywhentheignitionis turnedoff.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, seethe Duramax diesel supplement.

EngineOilPressure Gauge

275 0 kPa 550

Metric

40 O 80

English

Theoilpressuregaugeshowsthe engineoilpressureinpsi(pounds persquareinch)orkPa(kilopascals) whentheengineisrunning.

Oilpressuremayvarywithengine speed,outsidetemperatureandoil viscosity,butreadingsabovethe lowpressurezoneindicatethe normaloperatingrange.

Areadinginthelowpressurezone maybecausedbyadangerously lowoilvelorotherproblem causinglowoilpressure.

104InstrumentsandControls

Caution

Lackofproperengineoil maintenancecandamagethe engine.Drivingwiththeengineoil lowcanalsodamagetheengine. Therepairswouldnotbecovered bythevehiclewarranty.Check theoillevelassoonaspossible. Addoilifrequired,butiftheoil leveliswithintheoperatingrange andtheoilpressureisstillow, havethevehicleserviced.Always followthemaintenanceschedule forchangingengineoil.

EngineCoolant TemperatureGauge

100 40 °C 125

Metric

210 100 260

English

Thisgaugeshowstheengine coolanttemperature.

Italsoprovidesanindicatorofhow hardthevehicleisworking.Duringa majorityoftheoperation,thegauge willread100°C(210°F)orless. Ifthevehicleispullingaloador goinguphills,itisnormalforthe temperaturetofluctuateand approachthe122°C(250°F)mark. Ifthegaugereachesthe125°C (260°F)mark,itindicatesthatthe coolingsystemisworkingbeyond itscapacity.

SeeEngineOverheating→248.

DEALER ePROCESS

VoltmeterGauge

14 9 19 - +

Whentheengineisnotrunning,but theignitionison,thisgaugeshows thebattery'sstateofchargein DCvolts.

Whentheengineisrunning, the gaugeshowstheconditionofthe chargingsystem. Readingsbetween thelowandhighwarningzones indicatethenormaloperatingrange.

Readingsinthelowwarningzone mayoccurwhenalargenumberof electricalaccessoriesareoperating inthevehicleandtheengineisleft atanidleforanextendedperiod.

This condition is normally sincethe charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As enginespeeds are increased, this conditions should correct itself as higher engines speeds allow the charging system to create maximum power.

The vehicle can be only driven for a short time with the reading ineither warning zone. If it must be driven, turnoffall unnecessary accessories.

Readingsineitherwarningzone indicateapossibleprobleminthe electricalsystem.Havethevehicle servicedassoonaspossible.

SeatBeltReminders

SeatBeltReminderLight

Thereisaseatbeltreminderlight ontheinstrumentcluster.

Whenthevehicleisstarted,this lightflashesandachimemaycome ontoremindthedrivertofasten theirseatbelt.Thenthelightstays onsoliduntilthebeltisbuckled. Thiscyclemaycontinueseveral timesifthedriverremainsor becomesunbuckledwhilethe vehicleismoving.

Ifthedriverseatbeltisbuckled, neitherthelightnorthechime comeson.

AirbagReadinessLight

Thislightshowsifthereisan electricalproblemwiththeairbag system. Thesystemcheckincludes theairbagsensor(s),the pretensioners(ifequipped),the airbagmodules,thewiring,andthe crashesensinganddiagnostic

106InstrumentsandControls

module.Formoreinformationonthe airbagsystem,seeAirbagSystem 60.

Theairbagreadinesslightcomeson forseveralsecndswhenthe vehicleisstarted.Ifthelightdoes notcomeonthen,haveitfixed immediately.

Warning

If the airbagreadinesslightstays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the air bagsystem might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate a crash, or they could even inflate without acrash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicles serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also display.

AirbagOn-OffLight

Whenthefrontoutboardpassenger airbagismanuallyturnedoffusing theairbagon-offswitchonthe instrumentpanel,ifequipped,the indicatorlightOFFortheoffsymbol willcomeonandstayonasa reminderthattheairbaghasbeen turnedoff.Thislightwillgooffwhen theairbaghasbeenturnedon.See AirbagOn-OffSwitch→67formore information,includingimportant safetyinformation.

PASSenger AIR BAG OFF ■ ON

UnitedStates

Simple diagram showing two figures with exclamation marks inside a circle, no text or symbols present

Canada

Warning

Ifthefrontoutboardpassenger frontalairbagisturnedofffora personwhoisnotinariskgroup identifiedbythenational government,thatpersonwillnot havetheextraprotectionofan airbag.Inacrash,theairbagwill notbeabletoinflateandhelp protectthepersonsittingthere. Donotturnoffthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbagunless (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

thepersonsittingthereisinarisk groupidentifiedbythenational government.SeeAirbagOn-Off Switch→67formoreinformation, includingimportantsafety information.

Warning

If the airbagreadiness light ever comes on and stay on, it means that something may be wrong with the air bags system. For example, the front outboard passenger frontal air bag could inflate even though the air bag on-off switchisturned off. To help avoid injury to yourself for others, have the vehicles serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 105 form more information, including important safety information.

IfthewordONortheonsymbolis lit, itmeansthatthefrontoutboard passengerfrontalairbagisenabled, and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Switch 67 form more information, including importants safety information.

ChargingSystemLight

Thislightcomesonbrieflywhenthe ignitionkeyisturnedtoSTART,but theengineisnotrunning,asa checktoshowitisworking. Ifitdoesnot,havethevehicle servicedbyyourdealer.

Thelightshouldgooutoncethe enginestarts.lfitstayson, orcomesonwhiledriving,there couldbeaproblemwiththe chargingsystem.Achargingsystem messageintheDriverInformation Center(DIC)canalsoappear.This

108InstrumentsandControls

lightcouldindicatethatthereare problemswithageneratordrivebelt, orthatthereisanelectrical problem.Haveitcheckedright away.Ifthevehiclemustbedrivena shortdistancewiththelighton,turn offaccessories,suchastheradio andairconditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp

Thislightispartofthevehicle's emissioncontrolon-board diagnosticsystem. If this lightison while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running. See Ignition Positions 176.

Malfunctionsareoftenindicated by thesystembeforeanyproblemis noticeable. Beingawareofthelight andseekingservicepromptlywhen itcomesonmaypreventdamage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continually with this lighton, the emission control system may not work as well, the fueleconomym maybe lower, and the vehicle may not run smoothly. This could lead to costly repair that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modificationstotheengine, transmission, exhaust, intake, orfuelsystem, ortheuseof replacementtiresthatdonot meettheoriginaltire specifications, cancausethislight tocomeon. Thiscouldleadto

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

costlyrepairsnotcoveredbythe vehiclewarranty. Thiscouldalso affectthevehicle'sabilitytopass anEmissionsInspection/Maintenancetest.See AccessoriesandModifications 230.

Ifthelightisflashing:A

malfunctionhasbeendetectedthat coulddamagetheemissioncontrol systemandincreasevehicle emissions.Diagnosisandservice mayberequired.

Tohelppreventdamage,reduce vehiclespeedandavoidhard accelerationsanduphillgrades. Iftowingatraler,reducethe amountofcargobeinghauledas soonaspossible.

If the light continuous to flash, find a safe placetopark. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds before starting the engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the

previousguidelinesandseeyour dealerforserviceassoonas possible.

Ifthelightisonsteady:A malfunctionhasbeendetected. Diagnosisandservicemaybe required.

Checkthefollowing:

• Aloeoseormissingfuelcapmay causethelighttocomeon.See Fillingthe Tank208.Afew drivingtripswiththecap properlyinstalledmayturnthe lightoff.
• Poorfuelqualitycancause inefficientengineoperationand poordriveability,whichmaygo awayoncetheengineiswarmed up.Ifthisoccurs,changethe fuelbrand.Itmayrequireat leastonefulltankoftheproper fueltoturnthelightoff.See RecommendedFuel 206.

Ifthelightremainson, see your dealer.

EmissionsInspection and MaintenancePrograms

If the vehiclerequires an Emissions Inspection/Maintenancetest, the test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle's DataLink Connector(DLC).

Technical line drawing of a connector pinout (no text or symbols)

TheDLCisundertheinstrument paneltotheleftofthesteering wheel.Connectingdevicesthatare notusedtoperformanEmissions Inspection/Maintenancetestorto servicethevehiclemayaffect vehicleoperation.SeeAdd-On ElectricalEquipment→227.See yourdealerifassistanceisneeded.

The vehicle may not pass inspection if:

- Thelightisonwhentheengine is running.

• Thelightdoesnotcomeon whentheignitionisonwhilethe engineisoff.
• Criticalemissioncontrolsystems havenotbeencompletely diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or rundown, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced.

Seeyourdealerifthevehiclewill notpassorcannotbemadeready forthetest.

BrakeSystemWarning Light

The vehicle brakesystem consists of two hydraulic circuits. If one circuit is not working, there are remaining circuit can still work to stop the vehicle. Fornormal braking performance, both circuits need to be working.

110InstrumentsandControls

If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake problem. Havethe brakesystem inspection right away.

MetricEnglish

Thislightshouldcomeonbriefly whentheengineisstarted.Ifitdoes notcomeonthen,haveitfixedsoit willbereadytowarnyouifthereis aproblem.

Whentheignitionison,thebrake systemwarninglightalsocomeson whentheparkingbrakeisset.See ParkingBrake→191formore information. Thelightstaysonifthe parkingbrakedoesnotfullyrelease. Ifitstaysonaftertheparkingbrake isfullyreleased, itmeansthe vehiclehasabrakeproblem.

Ifthelightcomesonwhiledriving, pullofftheroadandstopcarefully. Thepedalmightbehardertopush, orthepedalmightgoclosertothe

floor.Itcouldtakelongertostop. Ifthelightisstillon,havethe vehicletowedforservice.See Towingthe Vehicle305.

Warning

Thebrakesystemmightnotbe workingproperlyifthebrake systemwarninglightison. Drivingwiththebrakesystem warninglightoncanleadtoa crash.Ifthelightisstillonafter thevehiclehasbeenpulledoff theroadandcarefullystopped, havethevehicletowedfor service.

AntilockBrakeSystem (ABS)WarningLight

Thislightcomesonbrieflywhenthe engineisstarted.

Ifthelightdoesnotcomeon,haveit fixedsoitwillbereadytowarnif thereisaproblem.

Ifthelightcomesonwhiledriving, stopassoonasitissafelypossible andturnoffthevehicle. Thenstart theengineagaintoresetthe system. IftheABSlightstayson, orcomesonagainwhiledriving, the vehicleneedsservice.

If the ABSlightistheonlylighton, the vehicle has regular brakes, but the antilock brakes are not functioning.

If both the ABS and the brake system warning light are on, the vehicle's antilock brakes are not functioning and there is a problem with there regular brakes. See your dealer for service.

SeeBrakeSystemWarningLight ⇒109.

Tow/HaulModeLight

ForvehicleswiththeTow/Haul Modefeature,thislightcomeson whentheTow/HaulModehasbeen activated.

See Tow/HaulMode→189.

LaneDepartureWarning (LDW)Light

Ifequipped, this light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced.

ThislightisgreenifLDWisonand readytooperate.

Thislightchangestoamberand flashestoindicate that the helane marking has been crossed without using a turn signal in that direction.

SeeLaneDepartureWarning(LDW) 204.

VehicleAheadIndicator

Ifequipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much to closely.

SeeForwardCollisionAlert(FCA) System→201.

StabiliTrakOFFLight

Thislightcomesonbrieflywhile startingtheengine.Ifitdoesnot, havethevehicleservicedbyyour dealer.

Thislightcomesonwhenthe StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control(ESC)systemisturnedoff. IfStabiliTrak/ESCisoff,theTraction ControlSystem(TCS)isalsooff.

IftheStabiliTrak/ESCandTCSare off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the Stabili Trak/ESC systems and the warning light turn soff.

See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl→192.

112InstrumentsandControls

TractionControlSystem (TCS)/StabiliTrakLight

Thislightcomesonbrieflywhenthe engineisstarted.

Ifthelightdoesnotcomeon, have the vehicleservicedbyyourdealer. Ifthesystemisworkingnormally, theindicatorlightturnsoff.

Ifthelightisonandnotflashing,the TCSandpotentiallytheStabiliTrak/ ESCsystemhavebeendisabled. ADriverInformationCenter(DIC) messagemaydisplay.Checkthe DICmessagestodeterminewhich feature(s)isnolongerfunctioning andwhetherthevehiclerequires service.

Ifthelightisonandflashing, the TCSand/ortheStabiliTrak/ESC systemisactivelyworking.

See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl→192.

TirePressureLight

ForvehicleswiththeTirePressure MonitorSystem(TPMS), thislight comesonbrieflywhentheengineis started. Itprovidesinformation abouttirepressuresandtheTPMS.

WhentheLightIsOnSteady

This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated.

ADriverInformationCenter(DIC) tirepressuremessagemayalso display. Stopassoonaspossible, andinflatethetirestothepressure valueshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabel. See Tire Pressure 277.

WhentheLightFlashesFirstand ThenIsOnSteady

Ifthelightflashesforaboutaminate andthenstayson,theremaybea problemwiththeTPMS.Ifthe problemisnotcorrected,thelight willcomeonateveryignitioncycle. See TirePressureMonitor Operation→279.

EngineOilPressureLight

Caution

Lackofproperengineoil maintenancecandamagethe engine.Drivingwiththeengineoil lowcanalsodamagetheengine. Therepairswouldnotbecovered bythevehiclewarranty.Check theoillevelassoonaspossible. Addoilifrequired,butiftheoil leveliswithintheoperatingrange andtheoilpressureisstillow, havethevehicleserviced.Always followthemaintenanceschedule forchangingengineoil.

Thislightshouldcomeonbrieflyas theengineisstarted.Ifitdoesnot comeon,havethevehicleserviced byyourdealer.

Ifthelightcomesonandstayson,it meansthatoilisnotflowingthrough theengineproperly.Thevehicle couldbelowonoilandmighthave someothersystemproblem.See yourdealer.

LowFuelWarningLight

1/2 E F ↓

EnglishShown, MetricSimilar

Thislightcomesonforafew secondswhentheignitionisturned onasachecktoindicateitis working.lfitdoesnotcomeon, haveitfixed.

Thelowfuelwarninglightcomeson andachimesoundswhenthe vehicleislowonfuel. Thelightturns offwhenfuelisaddedtothe fueltank.

SeeDriverInformationCenter(DIC) 114.

SecurityLight

Thesecuritylightshouldcomeon brieflyastheengineisstarted.Ifit doesnotcomeon,havethevehicle servicedbyyourdealer.Ifthe systemisworkingnormally,the indicatorlightturnsoff.

Ifthelightstaysonandtheengine doesnotstart,therecouldbea problemwiththetheft-deterrent system.SeeImmobilizerOperation 37.

High-BeamOnLight

114InstrumentsandControls

Thislightcomesonwhenthe high-beamheadlampsareinuse.

SeeHeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer→126.

CruiseControlLight

Thislightcomesonwhenthecruise controlisset.

Thislightgoesoutwhenthecruise controliscanceled.SeeCruise Control→194.

InformationDisplays

DriverInformation Center(DIC)

ThisvehiclehasaDIC.

AllmessageswillappearintheDIC displayatthebottomofthe instrumentcluster.

The DIC comes on when the ignition is on. After a short delay, the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine wasturned off.

The DIC display strip, fuel, and vehicle system information, and warning messages if a system problem is detected.

If the vehicle has these features, the DIC als display the compass direction and the outside air temperature when viewing the trip and fuel information. The compass direction appears on the top right corner of the DIC display. The outside air temperature automatically appears in the bottom right corner of the DIC display.

If there is a problem with the system that control the temperature display, then numbers will be replaced with dashes. If this occurs, have the vehicles serviced by your dealer.

If the vehicle has adiesel engine, seethe Duramax diesel supplement.

DICOperationandDisplays

The DIChasdifferentdisplays which can be accessed by pressing the DICbutton on the instrument panel, next to the instrument cluster.

DICButtons

Thebuttonsarethetrip/fuel, vehicle information, customization, andset/resetbuttons. Thebuttonfunctions are detailed in the following pages.

:Pressthisbuttontodisplay theodometer, tripodometers, fuel range, averageeconomy, fuelused, timer, averagespeed, anddigital tachometer.

i:Pressthisbuttontodisplaythe oillife,rearparkassist,units,tire pressurereadingsforvehicleswith theTirePressureMonitor System(TPMS),enginehours,Tire PressureMonitorSystem(TPMS)

programmingforvehicleswiththe TPMSandwithoutaRemote KeylessEntry(RKE)transmitter,and compasszoneandcompass calibrationonvehicleswiththis feature.

E::Pressthisbuttontocustomize thefeaturesettingsonthevehicle. See VehiclePersonalization→120 formoreinformation.

√:Pressthisbuttontosetorreset certainfunctionsandtoturnoffor acknowledgedemessagesontheDIC.

Trip/FuelMenultems

:Pressthisbuttontoscroll throughthefollowingmenuitems:

Odometer

Press untilXXkm(mi) displays. This display shows the distance vehicle has been driven neither kilometers(km) or miles(mi).

TripOdometers

Press untilAorBdisplays. Thisdisplayshowsthecurrent distancetraveledineither kilometers(km)ormiles(mi)since thelastresetforeachtripodometer. Bothtripodometerscanbeusedat thesametime.

Eachtripodometercanberesetto zeroseparatelybypassing √while thedesiredtripodometeris displayed.

Thetripodometerhasafeature calledtheretro-activereset. This canbeusedtosethetripodometer tothenumberofkilometers(miles) drivensincetheignitionwaslast turnedon. Thiscanbeusedifthe tripodometerisnotresetatthe beginningofthetrip.

Tousetheretro-activeresetfeature, pressandhold √foratleast fourseconds. Thetripodometerwill displaythenumberof kilometers(km)ormiles(mi)driven sincetheignitionwaslastturnedon andthevehiclewasmoving.Once

116InstrumentsandControls

thevehiclebeginsmoving,thetrip odometerwillaccumulatemileage. Forexample,ifthevehiclewas driven8km(5miles)beforeitis startedagain,andthenthe retro-activeresetfeatureis activated,thedisplaywillshow8km (5miles).Asthevehiclebegins moving,thedisplaywillthen increaseto8.1km(5.1miles), 8.2km(5.2miles),etc.

Iftheretro-activeresetfeatureis activatedafterthevehicleisstarted, butbeforeitbeginsmoving,the displaywillshowthenumberof kilometers(km)ormiles(mi)that weredrivenduringthelastignition cycle.

FuelRange

Press until FUELRANGE displays. This display shows the approximatenumberofremaining kilometers(km)ormiles(mi)the vehiclecanbedrivenwithout refueling.

The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the fuel economy over recent driving history and the

amountoffuelremaininginthefuel tank. Thisestimatewillchangeif drivingconditionschange. For example, ifdrivingintraffic and makingfrequentstops, thisdisplay mayreadonenumber, butifthe vehicleisdrivenonafreeway, the numbermaychangeeevent though thesameamountoffuelisinthe fueltank. Thisisbecausedifferent drivingconditionsproducedifferent fueleconomies. Generally, freeway drivingproducesbetterfuel economythancitydriving.

If the vehicle is slow on fuel, the FUEL LEVELLOW message will be displayed.

AverageEconomy

Press 7 untilAVGECONOMY displays. This display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset.

ToresetAVGECONOMY, press and hold √. Thedisplaywillreturn tozero.

FuelUsed

Press ✗ untilFUELUSED displays. This display shows the number of fliters(L)orgallons(gal) offuel used sincethelastreset of this menu item. To reset the fuel used information, press and hold while FUELUSED is displayed.

Timer

Press 7 until TIMERdisplays. Thisdisplaycanbeusedasatimer.

Tostartthetimer, press √ while TIMERisdisplayed. Thedisplaywill showtheamountoftimethathas passedsincethetimerwaslast reset, notincludingtimetheignition isoff. Timewillcontinuetobe countedaslongastheignitionis on, evenifanotherdisplayisbeing shownontheDIC. Thetimerwill recordupto99hours, 59minutes and 59seconds(99:59:59)after whichthedisplaywillreturntozero.

Tostopthetimer, press √ briefly while TIMERisdisplayed.

Toresetthetimertozero, press and hold √ while TIMERisdisplayed.

AverageSpeed

Press until AVERAGESPEED displays. This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is calculated based on the various vehicles speeds recorded since the last reset of this value. Toreset the value, press and hold √. The display will return to zero.

DigitalTachometer

Press until Tachometer##00RPMdisplays. Thisdisplayshowstheengine speedinrevolutionsper minute(RPM).

BlankDisplay

Thisdisplayshowsnoinformation.

Vehicle Information Menu Items

i:Pressthisbuttontoscroll throughthefollowingmenuitems:

OilLife

Press 📋iuntilOILLIFEREMAININGdisplays.Thisdisplay showsanestimateoftheoil's remainingusefullife.Ifyousee 99%OILLIFEREMAININGonthe display,thatmeans99%ofthe currentoilliferemains.Theengine oillifesystemwillalertyouto changetheoilonaschedule consistentwithyourdriving conditions.

Whentheremainingoillifeislow, theCHANGEENGINEOILSOON messagewillappearonthedisplay. Youshouldchangetheoilassoon aspossible.SeeEngineOil→235. Inadditiontotheengineoillife systemmonitoringtheoillife, additionalmaintenance is recommended.SeeMaintenance Schedule→318.

Remember,youmustresettheOIL LIFEyourselfaftereachoilchange. Itwillnotresetitself.Also,be carefulnottoresettheOILLIFE accidentallyatanytimeotherthan whentheoilhasjustbeenchanged. Itcannotberesetaccuratelyuntil thenextoilchange.Toresetthe engineoillifesystem,seeEngine OilLife System→237.

SideBlindZoneAlert

IfthevehiclehasSideBlindZone Alert(SBZA), thisdisplayallowsthe systemtobeturnedonoroff. Press 📋iuntilSBZAdisplays.Oncein thisdisplay, press √toselect betweenONorOFF.Whenthe SBZAsystemisturnedoff,aDIC messagewilldisplay.SeeSide BlindZoneAlert(SBZA)→202.

ParkAssist

IfthevehiclehastheRearPark Assist(RPA)system,press 📄iuntil PARKASSISTdisplays.This displayallowsthesystemtobe turnedonoroff.Onceinthis display,presstoselectbetweenON

118InstrumentsandControls

orOFF.TheRPAsystem automaticallyturnsbackonafter eachvehiclestart.WhentheRPA systemisturnedoffandthevehicle isshiftedoutofP(Park),theDIC willdisplaythePARKASSISTOFF messageasareminderthatthe systemhasbeenturnedoff.See ParkAssist→199.

Units

Press 📄iuntilUNITSdisplays.This displayallowsyoutoselectbetween metricorEnglishunitsof measurement.Onceinthisdisplay, press √toselectbetweenMETRIC orENGLISHunits.

TirePressure

IfthevehiclehastheTirePressure MonitorSystem(TPMS), the pressureforeachtirecanbeviewed intheDIC. Thetirepressurewillbe shownineitherkilopascals(kPa)or poundspersquareinch(psi).Press 📞iuntiltheDICdisplaysFRONT TIRESPSI(kPa)LEFT##

RIGHT##.Press 📄iagainuntilthe DICdisplaysREARTIRES PSI(kPa)LEFT##RIGHT##.

Ifalowtirepressureconditionis detectedbythesystemwhile driving, amessageadvisingyouto checkthepressureinaspecifictire willappearinthedisplay. See Tire Pressure 277.

If the tire pressured display shows dashes instead of a value, there may be a problem with the vehicle. If this is consistently occurs, see your dealer for service.

EngineHours

Press 📄iuntilENGINEHOURS displays. This display shows the total number of hours the engine has run.

RelearnTirePositions

The vehicle may have this display. To access this display, the vehicle must be in P(Park). If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS), after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor, the system must re-learn the

tirepositions. Tore-learnthe tire positions, see TirePressureMonitor System→278. See TireInspection→282 and Tire Rotation→282.

ChangeCompassZone

The vehicle may have this feature. To can get the compass zone through the DIC, see Compass 96.

CalibrateCompass

The vehicle may have this feature. The compass can be manually calibrated. Tocalibratethe compass through the DIC, see Compass 96.

BlankDisplay

Thisdisplayshowsnoinformation.

VehicleMessages

MessagesdisplayedontheDIC indicatethestatusofthevehicleor someactionthatmaybeneededto correctacondition.Multiple messagesmayappearoneafter another.

Themessagesthatdonotrequire immediateactioncanbe acknowledgedandclearedby pressing √.Themessagesthat requireimmediateactioncannot be cleareduntilthatactionis performed.

Allmessagesshouldbetaken seriously;clearingthemessage doesnotcorrecttheproblem.

IfaSERVICEmessageappears, seeyourdealer.

Followtheinstructionsgiveninthe messages. Thesystemdisplays messagesregardingthefollowing topics:

• ServiceMessages
• FluidLevels

• VehicleSecurity

• Brakes

• Steering
• RideControlSystems
• DriverAssistanceSystems
• CruiseControl
  • LightingandBulbReplacement
  • Wiper/WasherSystems
• DoorsandWindows
• SeatBelts
• AirbagSystems
  • EngineandTransmission
• TirePressure
• Battery

EnginePowerMessages ENGINEPOWERISREDUCED

Thismessagedisplayswhenthe vehicle'spropulsionpoweris reduced. Areductioninpropulsion powercanaffectthevehicle'sability toaccelerate. If thismessageison, butthereisnoobservedreduction in performance, proceed to your destination. The performaremay

bereducedthenexttimethevehicle isdriven. The vehicle may bedriven while this message is on, but maximum acceleration and speed may be reduced. Any time this message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicles should be takentoyour dealer for service as soon as possible.

VehicleSpeedMessages

SPEEDLIMITEDTO XXXKM/H(MPH)

This messages show that the vehicles speed has been limited to the speed displayed. The limited speed is a protection for various propulsion and vehicle systems, such as lubrication, thermal, suspension, ortires.

Vehicle Personalization

This vehicle may have customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features on preferred setting. Customization features can only be programmed to onesetting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers.

Allofthecustomizationoptionsmay notbeavailableonyourvehicle. Onlytheoptionsavailablewillbe displayedontheDIC.

Thedefaultsettingsforthe customizationfeatureswereset whenthevehicleleftthefactory,but mayhavebeenchangedfromtheir defaultstatesincethen.

Thecustomizationpreferencesare automaticallyrecalled.

Tochangecustomization preferences, usethefollowing procedure.

EnteringtheFeature SettingsMenu

1. Turntheignitiononandplace thevehicleinP(Park).
   Toavoidexcessivedrainon thebattery,itisrecommended thattheheadlampsare turnedoff.

2. Press E:toenterthefeature settingsmenu.

Ifthemenuisnotavailable, FEATURESETTINGS AVAILABLEINPARKwill display.Beforeenteringthe menu,makesurethevehicleis inP(Park).

FeatureSettingsMenultems

The following are customization features that allow you to program setting the vehicle:

DISPLAYINENGLISH

Thisfeaturewillonlydisplayifa languageotherthanEnglishhas beenset. Thisfeatureallowsyouto change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English.

Press E:untilthePRESS√TO DISPLAYINENGLISHscreen appearsontheDICdisplay.Press theset/resetbuttononcetodisplay allDICmessagesinEnglish.

LANGUAGE

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectthe languageinwhichtheDIC messageswillappear.

Press 📄untiltheLANGUAGE screenappearsontheDICdisplay. Press √oncetoaccessthesettings forthisfeature.Thenpress 📄to scrollthroughthefollowingsettings:

ENGLISH(default):Allmessages willappearinEnglish.

FRANCAIS: All messages will appear in French.

ESPANOL: Allmessages will appear in Spanish.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press√ while thedesiredsettingisdisplayed on theDIC.Abeepwillsoundoncea languagehasbeenselected.

AUTODOORLOCK

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselect whenthedoorswill automaticallylock.

Press 📄-untilAUTODOORLOCK appearsontheDICdisplay.Press √oncetoaccessthesettingsfor thisfeature.Thenpress 📄-toscroll throughthefollowingsettings:

SHIFTOUTOPARK(default): Thedoorswillautomaticallylock whenthevehicleisshiftedoutof P(Park).

ATVEHICLESPEED: Thedoors will automatically lock when the vehiclespeed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) forth reese seconds.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

AUTODOORUNLOCK

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselect whetherornottoturnoffthe automaticdoorunlockingfeature. Italsoallowsyoutoselectwhich doorsandwhentedoorswill automaticallyunlock.

Press 📄:untilAUTODOOR UNLOCKappearsontheDIC display.Press √oncetoaccessthe settingsforthisfeature.Thenpress ☑:toscrollthroughthefollowing settings:

OFF: Noneofthedoorswill automaticallyunlock.

DRIVERATKEYOUT: Only the driverdoorwillunlockwhenthekey istakenoutoftheignition.

DRIVERINPARK: Onlythedriver doorwillunlockwhenthevehicleis shiftedintoP(Park).

ALLATKEYOUT: Allofthedoors will unlock whenthekeyistaken outoftheignition.

ALLINPARK(default):Allofthe doorswillunlockwhenthevehicleis shiftedintoP(Park).

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

REMOTEDOORLOCK

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectthe typeoffeedbackyouwillreceive whenlockingthevehiclewiththe RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE) transmitter.Youwillnotreceive feedbackwhenlockingthevehicle withtheRKEtransmitterifthedoors areopen.SeeRemoteKeyless Entry(RKE)SystemOperation ^27 .

122InstrumentsandControls

Press until REMOTEDOOR LOCKappearsontheDICdisplay. Press √ oncetoaccessthesettings forthisfeature.Thenpress to scrollthroughthefollowingsettings:

OFF: Therewillbenofeedback whenyoupress 🔒 ontheRKE transmitter.

LIGHTSONLY:Theexteriorlamps willflashwhenyoupress 📄onthe RKEtransmitter.

HORNONLY:Thehornwillsound onthesecondpressof ☑onthe RKEtransmitter.

HORN&LIGHTS(default): The exteriorlampswillflashwhenyou press 📞ontheRKEtransmitter,and thehornwillsoundwhen 🔒is pressedagainwithinfivesecondsof thepreviouscommand.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

REMOTEDOORUNLOCK

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectthe typeoffeedbackyouwillreceive whenunlockingthevehiclewiththe RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE) transmitter.Youwillnotreceive feedbackwhenunlockingthe vehiclewiththeRKEtransmitterif thedoorsareopen.SeeRemote KeylessEntry(RKE)System Operation→27.

Press 📄:untilREMOTEDOOR UNLOCKappearsontheDIC display.Press √oncetoaccessthe settingsforthisfeature.Thenpress ☑:toscrollthroughthefollowing settings:

LIGHTSOFF: The exterior lamps will not flash when you press 📄 on the RKE transmitter.

LIGHTSON(default):The exterior lampswillflashwhenyoupress ontheR KE transmitter.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

DELAYDOORLOCK

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselect whetherornotthelockingofthe doorswillbedelayed.Whenlocking thedoorswiththepowerdoorlock switchandadoorisopen,this featurewilldelaylockingthedoors untilfivesecondsafterthelastdoor isclosed.Youwillhearthreechimes tosignalthatthedelayedlocking featureisinuse.Thekeymustbe outoftheignitionforthisfeatureto work.Youcantemporarilyoverride delayedlockingbypassingthe powerdoorlockswitchtwiceor ontheRKEtransmittertwice.See DelayedLocking→32.

Press until DELAYDOORLOCK appear on the DIC display. Press √ oncetoaccessthesettings for this feature. Then press to scroll through the following settings:

OFF: Therewillbenodelayed lockingofthevehicle'sdoors.

ON(default): Thedoorswillnot lockuntilfivesecondsafterthelast doorisclosed.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

EXITLIGHTING

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectthe amountoftimeyouwantthe exteriorlampstoremainonwhenit isdarkenoughoutside. This happensafterthekeyisturnedfrom ontooff.

Press 📄-untilEXITLIGHTING appearsontheDICdisplay.Press √oncetoaccessthesettingsfor thisfeature.Thenpress 📄-toscroll throughthefollowingsettings:

OFF: The exterior lampswill not turnon.

10SECONDS(default): The exteriorlampswillstayonfor 10seconds.

1MINUTE: The exterior lampswill stay on for one minute.

2MINUTES: The exterior lampswill stay on fortwominutes.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

CHIMEVOLUME

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectthe volumelevelofthechime.

Press 📄untilCHIMEVOLUME appearsontheDICdisplay.Press √oncetoaccessthesettingsfor thisfeature.Thenpress 📄toscroll throughthefollowingsettings:

NORMAL: Thechimevolumewill besettoanormallevel.

LOUD:Thechimevolumewillbe settoaloudlevel.

NOCHANGE: Nochangewillbe madetothisfeature. Thecurrent settingwillremain.

Thereisnodedefaultforchime volume. The volumewillstayatthe lastknownsetting.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

FACTORYSETTINGS

Thisfeatureallowsyoutosetallof thecustomizationfeaturesbackto theirfactorydefaultsettings.

124InstrumentsandControls

Press untilFACTORYSETTINGS appear on the DIC display. Press √ oncetoaccessthesettings for this feature. Then press to scroll through the following settings:

RESTOREALL(default): The customizationfeatureswillbesetto theirfactorydefaultsettings.

DONOTRESTORE:The customizationfeatureswillnotbe settotheirfactorydefaultsettings.

Toselectasetting, press √ while thedesiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

EXITFEATURESETTINGS

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoexitthe featuresettingsmenu.

Press UntilFEATURESETTINGS PRESS √TOEXITappearsinthe DICdisplay.Press √oncetoexit themenu.

If you donotexit, pressing will return out the beginning of the feature settings menu.

ExitingtheFeature SettingsMenu

Thefeaturesettingsmenuwillbe exitedwhenanyofthefollowing occurs:

• Thevehicleisnolongeron.
- The 📄 or 📋 iDICbuttons are pressed.
- Theendofthefeaturesettings menuisreachedandexited.
- A40-secondtimeperiodhas elapsedwithnoselectionmade.

Lighting

ExteriorLighting

ExteriorLampControls.....125

ExteriorLampsOff

Reminder......126

HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam

Changer....126

Flash-to-Pass......126

DaytimeRunning

Lamps(DRL)....127

AutomaticHeadlamp

System......127

HazardWarningFlashers.....128

TurnandLane-Change

Signals......128

InteriorLighting

InstrumentPanelIllumination

Control.....129

DomeLamps....129

ReadingLamps......130

LightingFeatures

EntryLighting......130

Entry/ExitLighting......130

ExitLighting......130

BatteryLoadManagement...130

BatteryPowerProtection.....131

ExteriorLightingBattery

Saver....131

ExteriorLighting

ExteriorLampControls

AUTO +/-

The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel.

Therearefourpositions:

Brieflyturnthecontroltothis positiontoturntheautomatic headlampsandDaytimeRunning Lamps(DRL)offorbackon.

For vehiclesfirstsold in Canada, the off position only works for vehicle that a reshifted into the P(Park) position.

DEALER ePROCESS

126Lighting

AUTO: Automatically turnsthe exteriorlampson and off, depending on outsidelighting.

200:Turnsontheparkinglamps includingallamps,exceptthe headlamps.

D:Turnsontheheadlamps togetherwiththeparkinglampsand instrumentpanellights.

Iftheheadlampsareturnedon whilethevehicleison,the headlampsturnoffautomatically 10minutesaftertheignitionis turnedoff.Iftheheadlampsare turnedonwhilethevehicleisoff, theheadlampswillcontinuetostay on.Topreventthebatteryfrom beingdrained,turnthecontroltothe position.

Awarningchimesoundsifthedriver doorisopenedwhiletheignition switchisoffandtheheadlamps areon.

Tochangetheheadlampsfromlow beamtohighbeam,pulltheturn signalleverallthewaytowardyou. Thenreleaseit.

ExteriorLampsOff Reminder

Ifadoorisopen,areminderchime soundswhentheheadlampsor parkinglampsaremanuallyturned onandthekeyisoutoftheignition. Toturnoffthechime,turnthe headlampswitchto 📍orAUTOand thenbackon,orcloseandre-open thedoor.Intheautomode,the headlampsturnoffoncetheignition isofformayremainonuntilthe headlampdelayends,ifenabledin theDriverInformationCenter(DIC). See“ExitLighting”underVehicle Personalization→120.

HeadlampHigh/ Low-BeamChanger

ID: Pulltheturnsignalleverall thewaytowardyoutochangethe headlampsfromlowtohighbeam. Thenreleaseit.

Pulltheturnsignalleveralltheway towardyouagainandreleaseitto changetheheadlampsbackto lowbeam.

Thisinstrumentclusterlightcomes onwhenthehigh-beamheadlamps areon.

Flash-to-Pass

Thisfeatureisusedtosignaltothe vehicleaheadthatyouwant topass.

Iftheheadlampsareofforinthe low-beamposition,pulltheturn signallevertowardyouto momentarilyswitchtohighbeams.

Releasethevertoturnthe high-beamheadlampsoff.

DaytimeRunning Lamps(DRL)

DRLcanmakeiteasierforothersto seethefrontofthevehicleduring theday.FullyfunctionalDRLare requiredonallvehiclesfirstsoldin Canada.

The DRL system comes on daylight when the following conditions are met:

• Theignitionison.
  • The exterior lamp controlisin the AUTO position.
  • TheshiftleverisnotinP(Park).
• Thelightsensordeterminesitis daytime.

WhentheDRLareon,thetaillamps, sidemarker,instrumentpanellights, andotherlampswillnotbeon.

The automatic headlampsystem automatically switches from DRL to the headlamps depending on the darkness of the surroundings.

ToturnofftheDRL,turntheexterior lampcontrolto ☐andthenrelease it.ForvehiclesfirstsoldinCanada, theDRLcanonlybeturnedoff whenthevehicleisparked.

AutomaticHeadlamp System

Whenitisdarkenoughoutside and theheadlampswitchisinAUTO, theautomaticheadlampsystem turnsontheheadlamps, alongwith thetaillamps,sidemarkerlamps, parkinglamps,andtheinstrument panellights.Theradiolightswill alsobedim.

Toturnofftheautomaticheadlamp system,turntheexteriorlamp controltotheoffpositionandthen release.Forvehiclesfirstsoldin Canada,thetransmissionmustbe intheP(Park)position,beforethe automaticheadlampsystemcanbe turnedoff.

Diagram showing a circular button with an arrow pointing to it, surrounded by rectangular blocks (no text or symbols)

The vehicle has alightsensor on the top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the system will come on whenever the ignition is on.

Thesystemmayalsoturnonthe headlampswhendrivingthrougha parkinggarageortunnel.

Thereisadelayinthetransition betweenthedaytimeandnighttime operationoftheDaytimeRunning Lamps(DRL)andtheautomatic headlampsystemsothatdriving underbridgesorbrightoverhead streetlightsdoesnotaffectthe system.TheDRLandautomatic headlampsystemareonlyaffected whenthelightsensorseesa changeinlightinglastinglonger thanthedelay.

128Lighting

Ifthevehicleisstartedinadark garage,theautomaticheadlamp systemcomesonimmediately. Oncethevehicleleavesthegarage, ittakesapproximately30seconds fortheautomaticheadlampsystem tochangetoDRLifitislight outside.Duringthatdelay,the instrumentclustermaynotbeas brightasusual.Makesurethe instrumentpanelbrightnesscontrol isinthefullbrightposition.See InstrumentPanelIllumination Control→129.

Toidlethevehiclewiththe automaticheadlampsystemoff,turn thecontroloff.

Theheadlampswillalsostayon afterexitingthevehicle. Thisfeature maybeprogrammable.See Vehicle Personalization⇒120.

If the feature is not programmable, exit lighting is automatic. When it's dark enough outside, the exterior lamps remain on for 30 seconds after the ignition is turned off.

LightsOnwithWipers

If the windshieldwipers are activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiperspeed. Wh ent hewipers are not operating, these lamp turn off. Mov the exterior lamp control to or 00 to disable this feature.

HazardWarningFlashers

Diagram of a car dashboard with gauges and a directional arrow indicating clockwise motion, showing vehicle status indicators.

△:Pressthisbuttontomakethe frontandreturnsignallamps flashonandoff.Thiswarnsothers thatyouarehavingtrouble.Press againtoturntheflashersoff.

When the hazard warning flashers are on, the vehicle's turn signals will not work.

TurnandLane-Change Signals

Diagram of a mechanical or electrical component with directional symbols and icons, likely illustrating a control or movement mechanism.

Anarrowontheinstrument clusterflashesinthedirectionofthe turnorlanechange.

Tosignalaturn, movetheleverall thewayupordown.

Tosignalalanechange, raiseor lowertheleveruntilthearrowstarts toflash. Theturnsignal automaticallyflashestreetimes

andifthe Tow/HaulModeisactiveit flashessixtimes.Holdingtheturn signalleverformorethan onesecondcausestheturnsignals toflashcontinuallyuntiltheleveris released.

Theleverreturnstoitsstarting positionwhenreleased.

Ifaftersignalingaturnorlane changethearowflashesrapidlyor doesnotcomeon,asignalbulb maybeburnedout.

Haveanyburnedoutbulbs replaced.Ifabulbisnotburnedout, checkthefuse.SeeFusesand CircuitBreakers→263.

TurnSignalOnChime

If the turn signal is left on form more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), achime sounds at each flash of the turn signal and the message TURN SIGNAL ON also appears in the Driver Information Center (DIC). To turn off the chime and message, mov the turn signal is a vertical to the off position.

InteriorLighting

InstrumentPanel IlluminationControl

Theknobforthisfeatureistothe leftofthesteeringcolumn.

AUTO > DE DOME OFF

:Pushtheknobtoextendand thenturnclockwiseor counterclockwisetobrightenordim theinstrumentpanellightsandthe radiodisplay. Thisonlyworksifthe headlampsorparkinglampsareon.

DomeLamps

Thedomelampscomeonwhenany doorisopened. Theyturnoffafter allthedoorsareclosed.

Theinstrumentpanelbrightness knobextendswhen ispressed. Tomanuallyturnonthedome lamps,press thenturntheknob clockwisetothefarthestposition.In thisposition,thedomelamps remainonwhetheradoorisopened orclosed.

DomeLampOverride

AUTO DOME OFF

130Lighting

Thedomelampoverridesetsthe domelampstoremainofforcome onautomaticallywhenadooris opened.

※DOMEOFF:Presstthisbutton inandthedomelampsremainoff whenadoorisopened.Pressthe buttonagaintoreturnittothe extendedpositionsothatthedome lampscomeonwhenadooris opened.

ReadingLamps

lfequippedwithreadinglamps, pressthebuttonnexttoeachlamp toturnitonoroff.

The vehicle may also havereading lamps in other locations. The lamps cannot be adjusted.

LightingFeatures

EntryLighting

Ifitisdarkenoughoutside,the exteriorlampswillturnonbriefly whenunlockingthevehiclewiththe RKEtransmitter.

Entry/ExitLighting

The vehicle has an illuminated entry/exit feature.

Thedomelampscomeonifthe DOMEOFFbuttonisinthe extendedposition,whenadooris opened,orthekeyisremovedfrom theignition.

ExitLighting

Ifitisdarkenoughoutside, the exteriorlampswillturnonwhenthe ignitionisturnedoff. Thisfeature maybeprogrammable.See Vehicle Personalization 120.

BatteryLoad Management

The vehicle may have Electric Power Management (EPM) that estimates the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery.

Whenthebattery'sstateofcharge islow,thevoltageisraisedslightly toquicklybringthechargebackup. Whenthestateofchargeishigh, thevoltageisloweredslightlyto preventovercharging.Ifthevehicle hasavoltmetergaugeoravoltage displayontheDriverInformation Center(DIC),youmayseethe voltagemoveupordown.This is normal.Ifthereisaproblem,an alertwillbedisplayed.

The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough that let to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads.

Ahighelectricalloadoccurswhen severalofthefollowingareon,such as:headlamps,highbeams,fog lamps,rearwindowdefogger, climatecontrolfanathighspeed, heatedseats,enginecoolingfans, trailerloads,andloadspluggedinto accessorypoweroutlets.

EPMworkstoppreventexcessive dischargeofthebattery.Itdoesthis bybalancingthegenerator'soutput andthevehicle'selectricalneeds. Itcanincreaseengineidlespeedto generatemorepower,whenever needed.Itcantemporarilyreduce thepowerdemandsofsome accessories.

Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest level of corrective action, this action may be notice able to the driver. If so, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message might be displayed, such as SERVICE BATTERY CHARGINGSYSTEM. If this messages displays, it is

recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible.

BatteryPowerProtection

Thisfeatureshutsoffthedome lampsiftheyareleftonformore than10minuteswhentheignitionis off. Thishelpstoppreventthebattery fromrunningdown.

ExteriorLightingBattery Saver

The exterior lampsturnoff about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamp have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. Torestart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the position and then back to the 300 or 40D position.

Tokeepthelampsonformorethan 10minutes, theignitionmustbeon orinACC/ACCESSORY.

132InfotainmentSystem

Infotainment System

Introduction

Infotainment......132

Theft-DeterrentFeature.....133

Overview(AM-FMRadio).....133

Overview(Radiowith CD/MP3)....135

Operation......136

Radio

AM-FMRadio......138

SatelliteRadio....139

RadioReception......140

FixedMastAntenna.....141

Multi-BandAntenna.....141

AudioPlayers

AvoidingUntrustedMedia

Devices......141

CDPlayer....141

Auxiliary Devices.....146

OnStarSystem

OnStarSystem......151

Phone

Bluetooth....151

Introduction

Infotainment

Baseradioinformationisincludedin thismanual.Seetheinfotainment manualforinformationonother availableinfotainmentsystems.

Readthefollowingpagesto becomefamiliarwiththefeatures.

Warning

Takingyoureyesofftheroadfor toolongortoooftenwhileusing anyinfotainmentfeaturecan causeacrash.Youorothers couldbeinjuredorkilled.Donot giveextendedattentionto infotainmenttaskshwiledriving. Limityourglancesatthevehicle displaysandfocusyourattention ondriving.Usevoicecommands wheneverpossible.

Theinfotainmentsystemhasbuilt-in featuresintendedtohelpavoid distraction by disabling some

functionswhendriving. These functionsmaygrayoutwhenthey areunavailable.Manyinfotainment featuresarealsoavailablethrough theinstrumentclusterandsteering wheelcontrols.

Beforedriving:

• Becomefamiliarwiththe operation,centerstackcontrols, andinfotainmentdisplay controls.
• Setuptheaudiobypresetting favoritestations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers.
• Setupphonenumbersin advancesotheycanbecalled easilybypassingasingingle controlorbyusingasinginglevoice commandifequippedwith Bluetoothphonecapability.

SeeDefensiveDriving→166.

Toplaytheinfotainmentsystemwith theignitionoff,seeRetained AccessoryPower(RAP)→180.

ActiveNoiseCancellation(ANC)

Ifequipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle's interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related after market equipment is installed.

Theft-DeterrentFeature

Thetheft-deterrentfeatureworksby learningaportionoftheVehicle IdentificationNumber(VIN)tothe infotainmentsystem.The infotainmentsystemdoesnot operateifitisstolenormovedtoa differentvehicle.

Overview(AM-FMRadio)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FAV MENU EQ CAT SEEK SEEK REV FWD SRCE 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 AM-FMRadio

1. i

- Presstoshowinformation on the current station or track.

2.FAV

- Press to scroll through the favorite pages.

3.MENU

• Presstosetthenumberof favoritepages.
• PresstoselecttheSpeed CompensationVolume setting.

134InfotainmentSystem

- PresstoturnAutoPage TextInformationonoroff.

1. Buttons1-6

- Presstosaveandselect favoritestations.

5.EQ

- Presstoadjustthe equalizer.

1. ♪

- Presstosetthebass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. - Turntomanuallyselect radiostations.

7.CAT

- Presstodisplayalistof SXMcategories, ifequipped.

8.AuxiliaryInputJack(If Equipped)

- Usetoconnectexternal audiodevices.

9.SRCE

- Presstoscrollthrough auxiliarydevices,AM,FM, orSXMifequipped.

1. ▷FWD

- Pressandholdtofast forwardthroughatrack.

1. ◀REV

- Pressandholdtogo backwardfastthrougha track.

1. ⏻

- Presstoturnthe infotainmentsystemon oroff. - Turntoadjustthevolume.

1. ▷SEEK

- Seeksorscanstothenext station.

1. KSEEK

- Seeksorscanstothe previousstation.

1. ⏱

- Presstosettheclock anddate.

InfotainmentSystem135

Overview(RadiowithCD/MP3)

1 2 3 AM 640 9:38° ↑ 680 750 96.1 98.5 99.5 101.1 FAN MENU EQ CAT BAND SEEK SEEK REV FWD CD/AUX 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RadiowithCD/MP3

1. i

- Presstoshowinformation on the current station or track.

2.FAV

- Presstoscrollthroughthe favoritepages.

3.MENU

• Presstosetthenumberof favoritepages.
• PresstoselecttheSpeed CompensationVolume setting.

DEALER ePROCESS

- PresstoturnAutoPage TextInformationonoroff.

4. Buttons1-6

- Savesandselectsfavorite stations.

5.EQ

- Presstoadjustthe equalizer.

6.

• Presstosetthebass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance.
• Turntomanuallyselect radiostations.

7.CAT

- Presstodisplayalistof SXMcategories, ifequipped.

8. △EJECT

- Presstoejectthe loadedCD.

136InfotainmentSystem

9.AuxiliaryInputJack(If Equipped)

- Usetoconnectexternal audiodevices.

10.CD/AUX

- Presstoscrollthrough selectingtheCDoran auxiliarydevice.

1. ▷FWD

- Pressandholdtofast forwardthroughatrack.

1. ◀REV

- Pressandholdtogo backwardfastthrougha track.

1. ⏻

2. Presstoturnthe infotainmentsystemon oroff.

3. Turntoadjustthevolume.

4. ▷SEEK

- Seeksorscanstothenext station.

1. KSEEK

- Seeksorscanstothe previousstation.

16.BAND

- Presstoscrollthroughthe availablebandsFM1, FM2, AM, orSXMifequipped.

1. ⏱

- Presstosettheclock anddate.

Operation

UsingtheRadio

:Presstoturnthesystemon andoff.

Turnclockwiseorcounterclockwise toincreaseordecreasethevolume.

i: Presstoswitchthedisplay betweentheradiostationfrequency andthe time. While the ignition is off, pressthisbuttontodisplay the time. Presstodisplayadditionaltext information related to the current FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of additional information

suchasChannel,Song,Artist,and CAT(category)candisplay. Continuepressingtohighlightthe desiredtab,orpressthesoftkey underanyoneofthetabsandthe informationaboutthattabdisplays.

SpeedCompensatedVolume (SCV):RadioswithSCV automaticallyadjuststheradio volumetocompensateforroadand windnoiseasthevehiclespeed changeswhiledriving,sothatthe volumelevelstaysconsistent.

ToactivateSCV:

1. Settheradiovolumetothe desiredlevel.
2. PresstheMENUbutton to displaytheradiosetupmenu.
3. Pressthesoftkeyunderthe AUTOVOLUM(automatic volume)tabontheinfotainment display.
4. Pressthesoftkeyunderthe desiredSpeedCompensated Volumesetting(OFF, Low, Med, or High) to select the levelofradiovolume

compensation. Thedisplay timesoutafterapproximately 10 seconds. Each higher setting allows formoreradio volume compensation at faster vehicles speeds.

SettingtheTone(Bass/Treble)

Toadjustthebassortreble:

1. Pressthe ♪knobuntilBassor Trebledisplays.

2. To adjust the setting, do one of the following:

- Turnthe ♪knob.

- Press ▷SEEK,or◀SEEK.

EQ:Pressthisbuttontochoose bassandtrebleequalization settingsdesignedfordifferenttypes ofmusic.SelectingMANUAL, orchangingbassortreble, returns theEQtothemanualbassand treblesettings.

UniqueEQsettingscanbesaved foreachsource.

AdjustingtheSpeakers (Balance/Fade)

BAL/FADE: Toadjustthebalance orfade:

1. Pressthe ♪knobuntilthe speakercontroltabsdisplay.

2. Highlight the desired speaker control tabby doing one of the following:

- Pressthe ♪knob.

- Pressthesoftkeyunderthe desiredtab.

1. Adjust the setting by doing one of the following:

- Turnthe ♪knobclockwise orcounterclockwise.

- Press ⚡SEEKorKSEEK.

- Press ▷FWDor▽REV.

Toquicklyadjustallspeakerand tonecontrolstothemiddleposition, pressthe ♪knobformorethan twoseconds.

If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is turned on, theradiodisables FADE and mutestherearspeakers.

RadioMessages

CalibrationError:Theaudio systemhasbeencalibratedforthe vehiclefromthefactory. If CalibrationErrordisplays, it meansthattheradiohasnotbeen configuredproperlyforthevehicle anditmustbereturnedtoyour dealerforservice.

VINorNOVIN:Oneofthese messageswilldisplaywhenthe TheftLocksystemhaslockedupthe radio.Takethevehicletoyour dealerforservice.

Ifanyerroroccursrepeatedlyorif anerrorcannotbecorrected, contactyourdealer.

138InfotainmentSystem

Radio

AM-FMRadio

RadioDataSystem(RDS)

TheradiomayhaveanRDS. The RDSfeatureisavailableforuse onlyonFMstationsthatbroadcast RDSinformation. Thissystemrelies uponreceivingspecificinformation fromthesestationsandonlyworks whentheinformationisavailable. Whiletheradioistunedtoan FM-RDSstation,thestationname orcalllettersdisplay.Inrarecases, aradiostationcouldbroadcast incorrectinformationthatcausesthe radiofeaturestoworkimproperly. Ifthishappens,contacttheradio station.

FindingaStation

BANDorSRCE: Presstoswitch between FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM. Theselectiondisplays.

Turnclockwiseor counterclockwisetoincreaseor decreasestestationfrequency.

KSEEKorKSEEK:PressK SEEKtogotothepreviousorK SEEKtogotothenextstationand staythere.

Toscanstations, press and hold either button for two seconds until beepsounds. Theradiogoestoa station, plays for a few seconds, thengoestoth next station. For AM-FMRadio and Radiowith CD, the station frequency flashes while theradio is in the scan mode. Press either button again to stop scanning.

Theradioseeksandscansstations onlywithastrongsignalthatarein theselectedband.

Scanpresetswithinthecurrent selectedbandbypressingand holdingeitherSEEKbuttonfor foursecondsuntiladoublebeep sounds. Theradiogoestoastored preset,playsforafewsecondsifa strongsignalispresent,thengoes tothenextstoredpreset. The stationfrequencyflasheswhilethe radioisinthescanmode.

StoringaRadioStationasa Favorite

You are encouraged to setup radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tunetofavoritestations using the presets, favorites button, and steering wheel controls, if equipped. See Defensive Driving 166.

FAV: If equipped with a FAV button, a maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites by using the six soft keys below the radio station frequency tabs and by using the radio favorites page button (FAV button). Press FAV to go through up to six pages off favorites, each having six favoritestations available per page. Each page off favorites can contain any combination of AM and FM stations.

The balance/fade and tones settings that were previously adjusted, are stored with the favoritestations.

Tostoreastationasafavorite:

1. Tunetothedesiredradio station.

InfotainmentSystem139

1. PressFAVtodisplaythepage wherethestationistobe stored.
2. Pressandholdoneofthe sixsoftkeysuntilabeep sounds. Whenthatsoftkeyis pressedandreleased, the stationthatwasset, returns.
3. Repeat the steps foreach soft key radiostation to be stored as a favorite.

Thenumberoffavoritespagescan besetupusingtheMENUbutton. Tosetupthenumberoffavorites pages:

1. PressMENU to display the radiosetup menu.
2. Pressthesoftkeybelowthe FAV1-6tab.
3. Select the desired number of favorites pages by expressing the soft key below the displayed pagenumbers.
4. PressFAV, orletthemenutime out, toreturntotheoriginal mainradioscreenshowingthe radiostationfrequencytabs

andtobegintheprocessof programmingfavoritesforthe chosennumberofnumbered pages.

SatelliteRadio

SiriusXM, ifequipped, isasatellite radioservice based in the United States and Canada only.

FindingaCategory(CAT) Station

CAT:TheCATbuttonisusedto findSXMchannels(ifequipped) whiletheradioisintheSXMmode.

FindingaChannel

BANDorSRCE: Presstoswitch between FM1, FM2, AM, and SXMif equipped. Theselectiondisplays.

♪:Turnclockwiseor counterclockwisetoincreaseor decreasestestationfrequency.

KSEEKor|SEEK:Press| SEEKtogotothepreviousor| SEEKtogotothenextstationand stay there.

Toscanstations, press and hold either button for two seconds until beepsounds. Theradiogoestoa station, plays for a few seconds, thengoestoth next station. The station frequency flashes while the radioisinthescan mode. Press either button again to stopscanning.

Theradioseeksandscansstations onlywithastrongsignalthatarein theselectedband.

Toscanpresetswithinthecurrent selectedband,pressandholdeither SEEKbuttonforfoursecondsuntila doublebeepsounds.Theradio goestoastoredpreset,playsfora fewsecondsifastrongsignalis present,thengoestothenext storedpreset.Thestationfrequency flasheswhiletheradioisinthe scanmode.

StoringaRadioStationasa Favorite

You are encouraged to setup radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tunet of favoritestations using the presets, favorites button,

140InfotainmentSystem

andsteeringwheelcontrols, ifequipped.SeeDefensiveDriving →166.

FAV: IfequippedwithaFAVbutton, a maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six soft keys below other radiostation frequency tabs and by using the radio favorites page button (FAV button). Press FAV to go through up to six pages off favorites, each having six favoritestations available per page. Each page off favorites can contain any combination of AM, FM, or SXM stations.

The balance/fade and tones settings that were previously adjusted are stored with the favoritestations.

Tostoreastationasafavorite:

1. Tunetothedesiredradio station.

2. PressFAVtodisplaythepage wherethestationistobe stored.

3. Pressandholdoneofthe sixsoftkeysuntilabeep sounds. Whenthatsoftkeyis pressedandreleased, the stationthatwassetreturns.

4. Repeat the steps foreach soft key radiostation to be stored as a favorite.

Thenumberoffavoritespagescan besetupusingtheMENUbutton. Tosetupthenumberoffavorites pages:

1. PressMENU to display the radiosetup menu.

2. Pressthesoftkeybelowthe FAV1-6tab.

3. Selectthedesirednumberof favoritespagesbypassingthe softkeybelowthedisplayed pagenumbers.

4. PressFAV, orletthemenutime out, toreturntotheoriginal mainradioscreenshowingthe radiostationfrequencytabs andtobegintheprocessof

programmingfavoritesforthe chosennumberofnumbered pages.

RadioReception

Frequencyinterferenceandstatic canoccurduringnormalradio receptionifitemssuchascellphone chargers,vehicleconvenience accessories,andexternalelectronic devicesarepluggedintothe accessorypoweroutlet.Ifthereis interferenceorstatic,unplugthe itemfromtheaccessorypower outlet.

AM

TherangeformostAMstationsis greaterthanforFM,especiallyat night.Thelongerrangecancause stationfrequenciestointerferewith eachother.Forbetterradio reception,mostAMradiostations boostthepowerlevelsduringthe day,andthenreducetheselevels duringthenight.Staticcanalso occurwhentingslikestormsand

powerlinesinterferewithradio reception. Whenthishappens, try reducingthetrebleontheradio.

FMStereo

FMstereogivesthebestsound, but FMsignalsreachonlyabout16to 65km(10to40mi). Tallbuildingsor hillscaninterferewithFMsignals, causingthesoundtofadein andout.

CellularPhoneUsage

Cellularphoneusagemaycause interferencewiththeradio. This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls, charging the phone's battery, or simply having the phone on. This interference causes an increased level of static while listening to the radio. If static is received while listening to other radio, unplug the cellular phone and turnit off.

FixedMastAntenna

Thefixedmastantennawillgo throughmostcarwashesaslongas itissecurelyattached.Ifthe

antennabecomesslightlybent, straightenitoutbyhand. Ifitis badlybent, replace it.

Occasionallycheckthattheantenna istightatthebase.lftighteningis required,protectthepaintfrom damage.

Multi-BandAntenna

Themulti-bandantennaisonthe roofofthevehicle.Theantennais usedfortheNavigationSystem, OnStarandtheSiriusXMSatellite RadioServiceSystemifthevehicle hasthesefeatures.Tallbuildings, hills,trees,heavyfoliage,tunnels, bridges,andgarageswillaffect reception.Keeptheantennaclearof obstructionsforclearreception. Makesurethereissufficient clearancewhenenteringgaragesor parkingstructures.

AudioPlayers

Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices

When using mediadevices such as CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, SD cards, USB devices, and mobile devices, consider the source. Untrusted mediadevices could contain file that affects system operation or performance. Avoid use if the contentor origin cannot be trusted.

CDPlayer

CareoftheCDPlayer

DonotaddanylabeltoaCD. ItcouldgetcaughtintheCDplayer. IfaCDisrecordedonapersonal computerandadescriptionlabelis needed,trylabelingthetopofthe recordedCDwithamarkingpen.

TheuseofCDlenscleanersisnot advised, duetotherisk of contaminatingthelensoftheCD opticswithlubricantsinternaltothe CDplayermechanism.

142InfotainmentSystem

Caution

IfalabelisaddedtoaCD, more thanoneCDisinsertedintothe slotatatime, oranattemptis madetoplayscratchedor damagedCDs, theCDplayer couldbedamaged. While using theCDplayer, useonlyCDsin goodconditionwithoutanyllabel, loadoneCDatatime, and keep theCDplayerandtheloadingslot freeofforeignmaterials, liquids, anddebris.

Ifanerrordisplays,see"CDPlayer Messages"laterinthissection.

CareofCDs

IfplayingaCD-R,thesoundquality canbereducedduetoCD-Ror CD-RWquality,themethodof recording,thequalityofthemusic thathasbeenrecorded,andthe waytheCD-RorCD-RWhasbeen handled.Handlethemcarefully. StoreCD-RsorCD-RWsintheir originalcasesorotherprotective

casesandawayfromdirectsunlight anddust.TheCDplayerscansthe bottomsurfaceofthedisc.Ifthe surfaceofaCDisdamaged,such ascracked,broken,orscratched, theCDdoesnotplayproperlyornot atall.Donottouchthebottomside ofaCDwhilehandlingit;thiscould damagethesurface.PickupCDs bytheouteredgesortheedge of theholeandtheouteredge.

If the surface of a CD is soiled, clean it with as soft, lint-free cloth or dampen a clean, soft cloth in an amild, neutral detergent solution mixed with water. Makes sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge.

InsertingaCD

InsertaCDpartwayintotheslot, labelsideup. Theplayerpullsitin andtheCDshouldbeginplaying.

EjectingaCD

△EJECT:Pressandreleaseto ejectthedisc.RemovetheCD whenRemoveDiscdisplays.Ifthe

discisnotremoved, afterseveral secondsthediscisautomatically pulledbackintotheplayer.

PlayingaCD

If the ignition or radioisturned off with a CD in the player, it stays in the player. When the ignition or radioisturned on, the CD starts playing where it stopped, if it was the last selected audiosource.

WhenaCDisinserted, the CD symboldisplay on the left side of theradiodisplay. Aseachnewtrack startstoplay, the track number displays.

TheCDplayercanplaythesmaller 8cm(3in)singleCDswithan adapterring.Full-sizeCDsandthe smallerCDsareloadedinthesame manner.

CD/AUX: Presstocyclebetween CDorAuxiliarywhenlisteningtothe radio. The CDiconandamessage showingthediscand/ortrack numberwilldisplaywhenaCDisin theplayer. Pressagainandthe systemautomaticallysearchesfor anauxiliaryinputdevice; see

AuxiliaryDevices→146.lfa portableaudioplayerisnot connected, "NoInputDeviceFound" displays.

i: Presstodisplayadditionaltext informationrelatedtothecurrent song. Ifinformationisavailable, the songtitleinformationdisplayson thetoplineofthedisplayandartist informationdisplaysonthebottom line. Wheninformationisnot available, NOINFOdisplays.

♪:TurntoselecttracksontheCD thatiscurrentlyplaying.

KSEEK: Presstogotothestartof thecurrenttrackifmorethan 10secondsontheCDhaveplayed.

Presstogototheprevioustrackif lessthan10secondsontheCD haveplayed.

Pressandhold, or press multiple times, to continue moving backward through the trackson the CD.

DEEKE:Presstogotothenext track.

Pressandhold, or press multiple times, to continue moving forward through the trackson the CD.

◀REV:Pressandholdtoreverse playbackquicklywithinatrack.

FWD:Pressandholdto advance playback quickly within a track.

RDM: Presstolistentotracksin random, rather than sequential order. Touserandom, doone of the following:

FortheAM-FMRadiowithCD/MP3:

1. PresstheRDMbuttonuntilthe randomicondisplays.

2. PresstheRDMbuttonagain untiltherandomicon disappearsfromthedisplay.

FortheRadiowithCD/MP3:

1. Pressthesoftkeypositioned undertheRDMtabuntil RandomCurrentDiscdisplays.

2. Pressthesoftkeyagaintoturn offrandomplay.

DEALER ePROCESS

MP3-SupportedFiles

TheRadiowithCD/MP3havethe capabilityofplayinganMP3CD-R orCD-RWdisc.

Format

Radiosthathavethecapabilityof playingMP3scanplay.mp3or.wma filesthatwererecordedontoa CD-RorCD-RWdisc. Thefilescan berecordedwiththefollowingfixed bitrates:32kbps,40kbps,56kbps, 64kbps,80kbps,96kbps,112kbps, 128kbps,160kbps,192kbps, 224kbps,256kbps,and320kbpsor avariablebitrate.

CompressedAudioorMixedMode Discs

Theradiocanplaydiscsthat containbothuncompressedCD audioandMP3files.Ifbothformats areonthedisc,theradioreadsall MP3filesfirst,thenthe uncompressedCDaudiofiles.

144InfotainmentSystem

CD-R-orCD-RW-SupportedFile andFolderStructure

Theradiosupports:

- Upto50folders.

• Uptoeightfoldersindepth.

- Upto50playlists.

- Upto255files.

- Playlistswithan.m3uor.wpl extension.

- Fileswithan.mp3,.wma,or.cda fileextension.

RootDirectory

Therootdirectoryistreatedasa folder.Filesarestoredintheroot directorywhenthediscorstorage devicedoesnotcontainfolders. Filesaccessedfromtheroot directoryofaCDdisplayas F1ROOT.

EmptyFolder

Foldersthatdonotcontainfilesare skipped, and the player advance to thenext folder that contains files.

OrderofPlay

Compressedaudiofilesare accessedinthefollowingorder:

• Playlists(Px).
• Filesstoredintherootdirectory.
• Filesstoredinfoldersintheroot directory.

Tracksareplayedinthefollowing order:

• Playbeginsfromthefirsttrackin thefirstplaylistandcontinues sequentiallythroughhalltracksin eachplaylist.Whenthelast trackofthelastplaylisthas played,playcontinuesfromthe firsttrackofthefirstplaylist.
• Playbeginsfromthefirsttrackin thefirstfolderandcontinues sequentiallythroughalltracksin eachfolder.Whenthelasttrack ofthelastfolderhasplayed, playcontinuesfromthefirst trackofthefirstfolder.

FileSystemandNaming

Thesongnamethatdisplaysisthe songnamecontainedintheID3tag. Ifthesongnameisnotpresentin theID3tag,thentheradiodisplays thefilenamewithouttheextension (suchas.mp3)asthetrackname.

Tracknameslongerthan32 charactersorfourpagesare shortened. Thedisplaydoesnot showpartsofwordsonthelast pageoftext, andtheextension of thefilenameisnotdisplayed.

PreprogrammedPlaylists

CDsthathavepreprogrammed playlistscreatedusingWinAmp™, MusicMatch™, orRealJukebox™ softwarecanbeaccessed;however, thereisnoplaylist-editingcapability usingtheradio. Theseplaylistsare treatedasspecialfolderscontaining compressedaudiosongfiles.

Playliststhathavean.m3uor.pls fileextensionandarestoredona USBdevicemaybesupportedby theradiowithaUSBport.

InfotainmentSystem145

Playlistscanbechangedbyusing thesoftkeysbelowthe tabs, the 🎶 knob, the 🔊 SEEK button,orthe ⌘SEEKbutton.An MP3CD-RorCD-RWthathasbeen recordedwithoutusingfilefolders canbeplayed.IfaCD-RorCD-RW containsmorethanthemaximumof 50folders,15playlists,and 512foldersandfiles,theplayer allowsaccessandnavigatesupto themaximum,butallitemsoverthe maximumarenotaccessible.

PlayinganMP3

i: Presstodisplayadditionaltext informationrelatedtothecurrent song. Ifinformationisavailable, the songtitleinformationdisplayson thetoplineofthedisplayandartist informationdisplaysonthebottom line. Wheninformationisnot available, NOINFOdisplays.

♪:TurntoselectMP3sontheCD currentlyplaying.

KSEEK: Presstogotothestartof thetrack, if more than 10 seconds have played. Pressandholdor pressmultipletimesto continue moving backward through tracks.

SEEK: Presstogotothenext track. Pressandholdorpress multipletimestocontinuemoving forwardthroughtracks.

◀REV:Pressandholdtoreverse playbackquickly.Soundisheardat areducedvolumeandtheelapsed timeofthefiledisplays.Release REVtoresumeplaying.

DDFWD:Pressandholdto advanceplaybackquickly.Soundis heardatareducedvolumeandthe elapsedtimeofthefiledisplays. Release DDFWDtoresume playing.Theelapsedtimeofthefile displays.

<:Pressthesoftkeybelowthe <:tabtogotothefirsttrackin thepreviousfolder.

Pressthesoftkeybelowthe tab to go to the first track in the next folder.

RDM: Presstolistentotracksin random, rather than sequential order. Touserandom, dooneofthe following:

FortheRadiowithCD/MP3:

1. Pressthesoftkeyunderthe RDMtabuntilRandomCurrent Discdisplays.

2. Pressthesoftkeyagaintoturn offrandomplay.

:Pressthesoftkeybelowthe :tabtoplaythefilesinorderby artistoralbum.

Theplayerscansthedisctosortthe filesbyartistandalbumID3tag information.Itcantakeseveral minutestoscanthediscdepending onthenumberoffilesonthedisc. Theradiomaybeginplayingwhileit isscanninginthebackground.

Whenthescanisfinished,thedisc beginsplayingfilesinorderby artist.Thecurrentartistplayingis shownonthesecondlineofthe display.Onceallsongsbythatartist

146InfotainmentSystem

areplayed, theplayermovestothe nextartistinalphabeticalorderand beginsplayingfilesbythatartist.

Tolistentofilesbyanotherartist, pressthesoftkeybeloweitherarrow tab. Thediscgoestothenextor previousartistinalalphabeticalorder. Continuepressingeithersoftkey belowthearrowtabuntilthedesired artistdisplays.

Tochangefrom playbackbyartistto playbackbyalbum:

1. Pressthesoftkeybelowthe SortBytab.
2. Pressoneofthesoftkeys belowtheAlbumtabfromthe sortscreen.
3. Pressthesoftkeybelowthe Backtabtoreturntothemain music[navigatorscreen.

Thealbumnamedisplaysonthe secondlinebetweenhearrows, and songsfromthecurrentalbum begintoplay.Onceallsongsfrom thatalbumhaveplayed,theplayer movestothenextalbumin

alphabeticalorderontheCDand beginsplayingMP3sfromthat album.

Toexitmusicnavigatormode, press thesoftkeybelowtheBacktabto returntonormalMP3 playback.

CDPlayerMessages

CHECKDISC: If this message displays and/or the CDejects, it could be before one of the following reasons:

• Itisveryhot. Whenthe temperaturereturnstonormal, theCDshouldplay.
• Theroadisveryrough. When theroadbecomessmoother, the CDshouldplay.
• TheCDisdirty, scratched, wet, or upsidedown.
• Theairisveryhumid.Ifso,wait aboutanhourandtryagain.
• Therewasaproblemwhile burningtheCD.
• ThelabeliscaughtintheCD player.

If the CD is not playing correctly, for any other reason, try known good CD.

Ifanyerroroccursrepeatedlyorif anerrorcannotbecorrected, contactyourdealer.Iftheradio displaysanerrormessage, writeit downandprovideittoyourdealer whenreportingtheproblem.

Auxiliary Devices

UsingtheAuxiliaryInputJack

Radioswithanauxiliaryinputjack onthelowerrightsidecanconnect toanexternalaudiodevicesuchas aniPod,MP3player,orCDplayer foruseasanothersourceforaudio listening. Thisinputjackisnotan audiooutput;donotplug headphonesintothefrontauxiliary inputjack.

Driversareencouragedtosetup anyauxiliarydevicewhilethe vehicleisinP(Park).See DefensiveDriving→166formore informationondriverdistraction.

Touseaportableaudioplayer, connecta3.5mm(1/8in)cableto theradio'sfrontauxiliaryinputjack. Whenadeviceisconnected, press theradioCD/AUXbuttontobegin playingaudiofromthedeviceover thevehiclespeakers.

Foroptimalsoundquality, increase theportableaudiodevice'svolume totheloudestlevel.

Itisalwaysbesttopowerthe portableaudiodevicethroughits ownbatterywhileplaying.

☐:Turnclockwiseor counterclockwisetoincreaseor decreasethevolumeoftheportable player. Additional volume adjustmentsmighthavetobemade fromtheportabledeviceifthe volumeisnotloudorsoftenough.

BAND: If equipped, presstolisten totheradiowhenaportableaudio deviceisplaying. Theportable audiodevice continues playing.

CD/AUX: If equipped, presstoplay a CD when a portable audiodevice is playing. Press again and the system begins playing audio from

theconnectedportableaudioplayer. Ifaportableaudioplayerisnot connected, "NoInputDeviceFound" displays.

SRCE: If equipped, presstolisten totheradiowhenaportableaudio deviceisplaying. Theportable audiodevice continues playing.

PresstoplayaCDwhenaportable audiodeviceisplaying.Pressagain andthesystembeginsplaying audiofromtheconnectedportable audioplayer.Ifaportableaudio playerisnotconnected,"NolInput DeviceFound"displays.

UsingtheUSBPort

RadioswithaUSBportcancontrolaUSBstoragedeviceoraniPod usingtheradiobuttonsandknobs. See "PlayinganMP3" in CDPlayer 141 for information about how to connect and control a USB storage device oraniPod.

USBSupport

Diagram showing a control panel with icons for air condition and smartwatch, highlighting a specific device.

Ifequipped, the USB portison the instrument panel and uses the USB2.0 standard.

USB-SupportedDevices

• USBflashdrive
• PortableUSBharddrive
  • FifthgenerationorlateriPod
• iPodnano
• iPodtouch
• iPodclassic

NotalliPodsandUSBdrivesare compatiblewiththeUSBport.

148InfotainmentSystem

MakesuretheiPodhasthelatest firmwarefromAppleforproper operation.iPodfirmwarecanbe updatedusingthelatestiTunes application.Seewww.apple.com/itunes.

ForhelpwithidentifyingtheiPod, go towww.apple.com/support.

RadiosthathaveaUSBportcan play.mp3and.wmafilesthatare storedonaUSBstoragedeviceas wellasAACfilesthatarestoredon aniPod.

USB-SupportedFileandFolder Structure

Theradiosupports:

• Upto700folders.
  • Uptoeightfoldersindepth.
• Upto65,535files.
• Folderandfilenamesupto 64bytes.
• Fileswithan.mp3or.wmafile extension.
  • AACfilesstoredonaniPod.
• FAT16.

- FAT32.

ConnectingaUSBStorage DeviceoriPod

TheUSBportcanbeusedto controlaniPodoraUSBstorage device.

ToconnectaUSBstoragedevice, connectthedevicetotheUSBport ontheinstrumentpanel.

ToconnectaniPod,connectone endoftheUSBcablethatcame withtheiPodtotheiPod'sdock connectorandconnecttheother endtotheUSBportonthe instrumentpanel.Ifthevehicleison andtheUSBconnectionworks,"OK todisconnect"andaGMlogomay appearontheiPod,andiPod appearsontheinfotainmentdisplay. TheiPodmusicappearsonthe infotainmentdisplayandbegins playing.

TheiPodchargeswhileitis connectedtothevehicleifthe ignitionisonorinACC/ACCESSORY.Whenthevehicleis turned off, the iPod automatically

powersoffandwillnotchargeor drawpowerfromthevehicle's battery.

If you have an olderiPodmodel that is not supported, it can still be used by connecting it to the auxiliary input jack using a standard 3.5mm (1/8in) stereocable. See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack" previously in this section.

UsingtheRadiotoControla USBStorageDeviceoriPod

TheradiocancontrolaUSB storagedeviceoraniPodusingthe radiobuttonsandknobs,andcan displaysonginformationonthe infotainmentdisplay.

♪:Turntoselectfiles.

KSEEK: Presstogotothestartof thetrack, if more than 10 seconds have played. Pressandholdor pressmultipletimesto continue moving backward through tracks.

SEEK: Presstogotothenext track. Pressandholdorpress multipletimestocontinuemoving forwardthroughtracks.

InfotainmentSystem149

◀REV:Pressandholdtoreverse playbackquickly.Soundisheardat areducedvolume.Release ◀REV toresumeplaying.Theelapsedtime ofthefiledisplays.
FWD:Pressandholdto advance playback quickly. Soundis heardatureduced volume. Release FWDtoresumeplaying. The elapsed time of the file displays.
i: Presstodisplayadditional informationabouttheselectedtrack.

UsingSoftkeystoControla USBStorageDeviceoriPod

Thefivesoftkeysbelowthe infotainmentdisplayareused to controlthefunctionslistedbelow.

Tousethesoftkeys:

1. Pressthefirstorfifthsoftkey belowtheinfotainmentdisplay todisplaythefunctionslisted below, orpressthesoftkey belowthefunctionifitis currentlydisplayed.

2. Pressthesoftkeybelowthetab withthefunctiononittouse thatfunction.

II: Press the softkey below II to pausethetrack. Thetabappears raised when pause is being used. Pressthesoftkey below llagainto resume playback.

Back: Pressthesoftkeybelowthe Backtabtogobacktothemain displayscreenonaniPod, orthe rootdirectoryonaUSBstorage device.

: Press the softkey below to viewthecontentsofthecurrent folderontheUSBdrive.Tobrowse andselectfiles:

1. Pressthesoftkeybelow

1. Turn ♪toscrollthroughthelist offolders.
2. Press ♪ to select the desired folder. If there is more than one folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until the desired folder is reached.

DEALER ePROCESS

1. Turn ♪toscrollthroughthe filesintheselectedfolder.
2. Press ♪ toselectthedesired filetobeplayed.

Toskipthroughlargelists, thefive softkeyscanbeusedtonavigate in the following order:

• Firstsoftkey,firstiteminthelist.
• Secondsoftkey, 1% through the listeachtimethesoftkey is pressed.
• Thirdsoftkey, 5% throughthelist eachtimethesoftkey is pressed.
• Fourthsoftkey, 10% through the listeachtimethesoftkey is pressed.
  • Fifthsoftkey, endofthelist.

:Pressthesoftkeybelow■toviewandselectafileonaniPod, usingtheiPod'smenusystem.Files aresortedby:

• Playlists
• Artists
• Albums

150InfotainmentSystem

• Genres
• Songs
• Composers

Toselectfiles:

1. Pressthesoftkeybelow
2. Turn ♪toscrollthroughthelist ofmenus.
3. Press ♪ to select the desired menu.
4. Turn 🔍toscrollthroughthe foldersorfilesinthe selectedmenu.
5. Press ♪toselectthedesired filetobeplayed.

Toskipthroughlargelists, thefive softkeyscanbeusedtonavigate in the following order:

• Firstsoftkey,firstiteminthelist.

• Secondsoftkey, 1% through the listeachtimethesoftkey is pressed.

• Thirdsoftkey, 5% throughthelist eachtimethesoftkey is pressed.

• Fourthsoftkey, 10% through the listeachtimethesoftkey is pressed.
  • Fifthsoftkey, endofthelist.

RepeatFunctionality

TouseRepeat:

Pressthesoftkeybelow _or_1 toselectbetweenRepeatAlland RepeatTrack.

: Press the softkey below to repeataltracks. Thetabappears loweredwhenRepeatAllisbeing used. Thisisthedefaultmodewhen aUSBstoragedeviceoriPodisfirst connected.
^1 :Pressthesoftkeybelow ^1 torepeatonetrack. Thetab appearsraisedwhenRepeatTrack isbeingused.

ShuffleFunctionality

TouseShuffle:

Pressthesoftkeybelow ,× S,

A, or F to select between ShuffleOff, ShuffleAllSongs/ ShuffleSongs, ShuffleAlbum, or ShuffleFolder.

→:Pressthesoftkeybelow ✗S toturnshuffleoff. Thisisthedefault modewhenaUSBstoragedevice oriPodisfirstconnected.
XS:Pressthesoftkeybelow XF or AXA to shuffle all songs on theUSBstoragedeviceoriPod.
A:Pressthesoftkeybelow→ toshuffleallsongsinthecurrent albumonaniPod.
XF:Pressthesoftkeybelow→ toshuffleallsongsinthecurrent folderonaUSBstoragedevice.

DEALER ePROCESS

OnStarSystem

OnStarwith4GLTE

4GLTE

IfequippedwithOnStar4GLTE,up tosevendeves,suchas smartphones,tablets,andlaptops, canbeconnectedtohigh-speed Internetthroughthevehicle'sbuilt-in Wi-Fihotspot.

Call1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)toconnecttoan OnStarAdvisorforassistance.See www.onstar.comforadetailed instructionguide,vehicleavailability, details,andsystemlimitations. Servicesandappsvarybymake, model,year,carrier,availability,and conditions.4GLTEserviceis availableinselectmarkets.4GLTE performanceisbasedonindustry averagesandvehiclesystems design.Someservicesrequirea dataplan.

Phone

Bluetooth

Forvehiclesequipped with Bluetoothcapability, the system can interact with many cell phones, allowing:

• Placementandreceiptofcallsin ahands-freemode.
• Sharingofthecellphone's addressbookorcontactlistwith thevehicle.

Tominimizedriverdistraction, beforedriving, and with the vehicle parked:

• Becomefamiliarwiththe featuresofthecellphone. Organizethephonebookand contactlistsclearlyanddelete duplicateorrarelyusedentries. Ifpossible,programspeeddial orothershortcuts.
• Reviewthecontrolsand operationoftheinfotainment system.

152InfotainmentSystem

• Paircellphone(s)tothevehicle. Thesystemmaynotwork with allcellphones.See "Pairing" in thissectionformoreinformation.
• If the cell phone has voice dialing capability, learntouse that feature to access the address book or contact list. See "VoicePass-Thru" in this section form more information.
• See "StoringandDeletingPhone Numbers" in this section for more information.

Warning

When using acellphone, it can be distracting to look to long or too often at the screen of the phone or the infotainment system. Taking you're yes off the road too long or too oft could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.

ABluetoothsystemcanusea Bluetooth-capablecellphonewitha Hands-FreeProfiletomakeand

receivephonecalls.Thesystem canbeusedwhiletheignitionison orinACC/ACCESSORY.Therange oftheBluetoothsystemcanbeup to9.1m(30ft).Notallphones supportallfunctions,andnotall phonesworkwiththein-vehicle Bluetoothsystem.See www.gm.com/bluetoothformore informationoncompatiblephonesin U.S.andCanadaonly.

VoiceRecognition

The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition to interpret voice command stodial phonenumbers and nametags.

Foradditionalinformation, say "Help"whileyouareinavoice recognitionmenu.

Noise: Keepinteriornoiselevelsto a minimum. Thesystemmaynot recognizevoicecommandsifthere istoomuchbackgroundnoise.

WhentoSpeak: Ashorttone soundsafterthesystemresponds indicatingwhenitiswaitingfora voice command. Wait until the tone and then speak.

HowtoSpeak: Speak clearly in a calmandnatural voice.

AudioSystem

When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, sound comesthrough the vehicle's front audiosystem speakers and overridest the audio system. Usethea audiosystem volumeknob, during acall, to changethe volume level. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. Toprevent missed calls, a minimum volume level is used if the volume is turned downtoolow.

BluetoothControls

Usethebuttonsonthesteering wheeltooperatethein-vehicle Bluetoothsystem.SeeSteering WheelControls→94.

/ _^2 : Press to answer incoming calls, confirmsysteminformation, and startspeechrecognition.

/ ▽ : Press to end a call, reject acall, orcancelanoperation.

InfotainmentSystem153

Pairing

ABluetooth-enabledcellphone mustbepairedtotheBluetooth systemandthenconnectedtothe vehiclebeforeitcanbeused.See thecellphonemanufacturer'suser guideforBluetoothfunctionsbefore pairingthecellphone.IfaBluetooth phoneisnotconnected,callswillbe madeusingOnStarHands-Free Calling,ifequipped.See OnStar Overview348.

PairingInformation

• ABluetoothphonewithMP3 capabilitycannotbepaired to the vehicleasaphoneandan MP3playeratthesametime.
• Uptofivecellphonescanbe pairedtotheBluetoothsystem.
• Thepairingprocessisdisabled whenthevehicleismoving.

• Pairingonlyneedstobe completedonce, unless the pairinginformationonthecell phonechangesorthecellphone isdeletedfromthesystem.

• Onlyonepairedcellphonecan beconnectedtotheBluetooth systematatime.

• If multiplepairedcellphones are within range of the system, the system connects to the first available paired cell phone in the order that they were first paired to the system. To connect to a different paired phone, see "Connecting to a Different Phone" later in this section.

PairingaPhone

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.

/lefor

1. Say "Bluetooth." This command can be skipped.

2. Say "Pair." Thesystem responds within instructions and afour-digit Personal Identification Number (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.

4.Startthepairingprocessonthe cellphonethatyouwantto pair.Forhelpwiththisprocess, see the cell phone manufacturer's user guide.

1. Locatethedevicenamed "Your Vehicle"inthelistonthecell phone.Followtheinstructions onthecellphonetoenterthe PINprovidedinStep3.After thePINissuccessfullyentered, thesystempromptsyouto provideanameforthepaired cellphone.Thisnamewillbe usedtoindicatewhichphones arepairedandconnectedto thevehicle.Thesystem respondswith " hasbeensuccessfullypaired" afterthepairingprocessis complete.

2. RepeatSteps1–5 topair additional phones.

ListingAllPairedandConnected Phones

Thesystemcanlistallcellphones pairedtoit.Ifapairedcellphoneis alsoconnectedtothevehicle,the systemrespondswith"isconnected" afterthatphonename.

1. Pressandhold for twoseconds.

154InfotainmentSystem

2.Say"Bluetooth."
3.Say"List."

DeletingaPairedPhone

If the phonename you want to delete is unknown, see "Listing All Paired and Connected Phones."

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.
   for
   2.Say"Bluetooth."
2. Say "Delete." Thesystemasks whichphonetodelete.
3. Saythenameofthephoneyou wanttodelete.

ConnectingtoaDifferentPhone

Toconnecttoadifferentcellphone, theBluetoothsystemlooksforthe nextavailablecellphoneinthe orderinwhichalltheavailablecell phoneswerepaired.Dependingon whichcellphoneyouwantto connectto,youmayhavetouse thiscommandseveraltimes.

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.

for

2.Say"Bluetooth."
3. Say "Changephone."

• Ifanothercellphoneis found,theresponsewillbe "isnow connected."
• Ifanothercellphoneisnot found,theoriginalphone remainsconnected.

StoringandDeletingPhone Numbers

Thesystemcanstoreupto30 phonenumbersasnametagsinthe Hands-FreeDirectorythatisshared betweentheBluetoothandOnStar systems,ifequipped.

The following commands are used to delete and store phonenumbers.

Store: This command will store a phonenumber, oragroup of numbersasanametag.

DigitStore: This command allows a phonenumbertobestoredasa nametagbyenteringthedigitsone atatime.

Delete: This command is used to delete individual nametags.

DeleteAllNameTags: This command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands-Free Calling Directory and the On Star Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, if equipped.

Usingthe"Store"Command

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.
   for
   2.Say"Store."
2. Say the phonenumber or group of numbers you want to store all at once with no pauses, then follow the directions given by the system to save an ametag forth this number.

Usingthe“DigitStore”Command

Ifanunwantednumberis recognizedbythesystem, say "Clear"atanytimetoclearthelast number.

InfotainmentSystem155

Tohearallofthenumbers recognizedbythesystem, say "Verify"atanytime.

1. Pressandhold twoseconds

2.Say"DigitStore."

1. Sayeachdigit, oneatatime, thatyouwanttostore. After eachdigitisentered, the systemrepeatsbackthedigitit heardfollowedbyatone. After thelastdigithasbeenentered, say "Store," and then followthe directionsgivenbythesystem tosaveanametagforthis number.

Usingthe"Delete"Command

1. Pressandhold twoseconds

2.Say"Delete."

1. Saythenametagyouwantto delete.

Usingthe"DeleteAllNameTags" Command

Thiscommanddeletesallstored nametagsintheHands-Free CallingDirectoryandtheOnStar Turn-by-TurnDestinationsDirectory, ifequipped.

Todeleteallnametags:

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.

1. Say "Deleteallnametags."

ListingStoredNumbers

Thelistcommandwilllistallstored numbersandnametags.

Usingthe"List"Command

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.

1. Say "Directory."

2. Say "Hands-FreeCalling."

3. Say "List."

MakingaCall

Callscanbemadeusingthe following commands.

DialorCall: Thedialorcall commandcanbeused interchangeablytodialaphone numberorastorednametag.

DigitDial: This command allows a phonenumbertobedialed by entering the digit's one at time.

Re-dial: This command is used to dial the last number used on the cell phone.

Using the "Dial" or "Call" Command

1. Pressandhold for twoseconds.

2. Say "Dial" or "Call."

3. Saytheentirenumberwithout pausing, or say thenametag.

Onceconnected, thepersoncalled willbeheardthroughtheaudio speakers.

CallingEmergency

1. Pressandhold / for twoseconds. Thesystem responds "Ready," followed by atone.

156InfotainmentSystem

1. Say "Dial" or "Call."
2. Say[emergencynumber].
3. Say "Dial" or "Call."

Onceconnected, thepersoncalled willbeheardthroughtheaudio speakers.

Usingthe“DigitDial”Command

Thedigitdialcommandallowsa phonenumbertobedialedby enteringthedigitsoneatatime. Aftereachdigitisentered, the systemrepeatsbackthedigitit heardfollowedbyatone.

Ifanunwantednumberis recognizedbythesystem, say "Clear"atanytimetoclearthelast number.

Tohearallofthenumbers recognizedbythesystem, say "Verify"atanytime.

1. Pressandhold twoseconds.

for

1. Say "DigitDial."

2. Sayeachdigit, oneatatime, thatyouwanttodial. After eachdigitisentered, the systemrepeatsbackthedigitit heardfollowedbyatone. After thelastdigithasbeenentered, say "Dial."

Onceconnected, thepersoncalled willbeheardthroughtheaudio speakers.

Usingthe"Re-dial"Command

1. Pressandhold twoseconds

/115for

1. Afterthetone, say "Re-dial."

Onceconnected, thepersoncalled willbeheardthroughtheaudio speakers.

ReceivingaCall

When an incoming call is received, the audiosystemmutes and aring tone is heardin the vehicle.

• Press Ⓞ/½toanswerthecall.
• Press 📄/▽toignoreacall.

CallWaiting

Callwaitingmustbesupported on thecellphoneandenabledbythe wirelessservicecarrier.

• Press / toansweran incomingcallwhenanothercall isactive.Theoriginalcallis placedonhold.
• Press / _ againreturnto theoriginalcall.
• Toignoretheincomingcall, no actionisrequired.
• Press ☑/▽todisconnectthe currentcallandswitchtothecall onhold.

Three-WayCalling

Three-way calling must be supported on the cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier.

1. Whileonacall, press

F.

2.Say"Three-waycall."

1. Usethedralorcallcommand todialthenumberofthethird partytobecalled.

2. Oncethecallisconnected, press Ⓞ/n ^2 tolinkallcallers together.

EndingaCall

Press/▽toendacall.

MutingaCall

During acall, all sounds from inside the vehicle can be muted so that the person on the other end of the call can not hear them.

- Tomuteacall, press then say "Mutecall."

- Tocancelmute, press Ⓗ/‖£, andthensay"Un-mutecall."

TransferringaCall

Audiocanbetransferredbetween theBluetoothsystemandthecell phone.

Thecellphonemustbepairedand connectedwiththeBluetooth systembeforeacallcanbe

transferred. The connection process cantakeuptotwominutes after the ignitionisturnedtoon.

TransferringAudiofromthe BluetoothSystemtoaCellPhone

During acallwiththeaudiointhe vehicle:

1. Press / 峰.

2. Say "TransferCall."

TransferringAudiotothe BluetoothSystemfromaCell Phone

During acallwiththeaudioonthe cellphone, press /^12 . Theaudio transferstothevehicle. If theaudio does not transfertothevehicle, use the audiotransferfeature on thecell phone. Seeyourcellphone manufacturer'suserguideformore information.

VoicePass-Thru

Voicepass-thruallowsaccesstothe voicerecognitioncommandsonthe cellphone.Seeyourcellphone manufacturer'suserguidetoseeif thecellphonesupportsthisfeature.

Toaccesscontactsstoredinthecell phone:

1. Pressandhold for twoseconds.

2. Say "Bluetooth." This command can be skipped.

3. Say "Voice." Thesystem responds "OK, accessing "

Thecellphone'snormalprompt messageswillgothroughtheircycle accordingtothephone'soperating instructions.

DualToneMulti-Frequency (DTMF)Tones

TheBluetoothsystemcansend numbersandthenumbersstoredas nametagsduringacall.Youcan usethisfeaturewhencallinga

158InfotainmentSystem

menu-drivenphonesystem. Accountnumberscanalsobe storedforuse.

SendingaNumberorNameTag DuringaCall

1. Press Ⓗ / ⓗ. The system responds "Ready," followed by atone.
   2.Say"Dial."
2. Saythenumberornametag tosend.

ClearingtheSystem

Unlessinformationisdeletedoutof their-vehicleBluetoothsystem,it willberetainedindefinitely.This includesallsavednametagsinthe phonebookandphonepairing information.Forinformationonhow todeletethisinformation,seethe previoussection"DeletingaPaired Phone"andtheprevioussections ondeletingnametags.

OtherInformation

TheBluetoothwordmarkandlogos areownedbytheBluetoothSIG, Inc.andanyuseofsuchmarksby GeneralMotorsisunderlicense. Othertrademarksandtradenames arethoseoftheirrespectiveowners.

SeeRadioFrequencyStatement 344.

ClimateControls

ClimateControlSystems

ClimateControlSystems.....159

RearHeatingSystem......161

RearClimateControl

System......161

AirVents

AirVents....164

Maintenance

Service......164

ClimateControlSystems

Theheating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system.

Diagram illustrating three stages of a mechanical or biological process with labeled components and directional arrows

VehicleswithoutAirConditioning

1.FanControl
2. TemperatureControl
3. AirDeliveryModeControl

:Turntheknobclockwiseor counterclockwisetoincreaseor decreasethefanspeed.

○:Turnsthesystemoff.

DEALER ePROCESS

TemperatureControl: Turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle.

AirDeliveryModeControl: Turn theknobclockwiseor counterclockwisetochangethe currentairflowmode.

Airisdirectedtotheinstrument paneloutlets.

160ClimateControls

:Airisdividedbetweenthe instrumentpanelandflooroutlets, withsomeairdirectedtowardthe windshield.

Airisdirectedtothefloor outletswithsomeairdirectedtothe windshieldandsidewindows.

:Thismodeclearthewindows offogormoisture.Outsideairis directedtotheflooranddefroster outlets.Adjustthetemperatureknob forwarmerorcoolerair.Theair conditioningcompressormightturn oninthissettingtodehumidify theair.

:Thismodeclearsthe windshieldoffogorfrostmore quickly.Airisdirectedtothe windshield,withsometothefloor outletsandfrontsidewindows.The airconditioningcompressormight turnoninthissettingtodehumidify theair.

Donotdrivethevehicleuntilallthe windowsareclear.

1 2 3 4 MAX

VehicleswithAirConditioning

1.FanControl
2. TemperatureControl
3. AirDeliveryModeControl
4. RearWindowDefogger(If Equipped)

Onhotdays, openthewindowsto lethotinsideairescape; thenclose them. This help storeducethetime needed for the vehicle to cooldown and the system operates more efficiently.

☀:Coolsanddehumidifiestheair insideo f the vehicle.

MAX: Coolstheairinsidethevehicle faster, byrecirculatingtheinsideair.

RearWindowDefogger

Ifequippedwitharearwindow defogger,awarminggridisusedto removefogorfrostfromtherear window.

:Presstoturntherearwindow defoggeronoroff.Anindicatorlight onthebuttoncomesontoshowthat therearwindowdefoggerison.

Thedefoggeronlyworkswhenthe ignitionison. Thedefoggerturnsoff iftheignitionisturnedoffortoACC/ACCESSORY.

HeatedMirrors: If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, them mirrors heat to help clear fogor frost from the surface of them mirror when is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 39.

Donotdrivethevehicleuntilallthe windowsareclear.

Caution

Donotusearazorbladeorsharp objecttocleartheinsiderear window.Donotadhereanything tothedefoggergridlinesinthe rearglass.Theseactionsmay damagethereardefogger. Repairswouldnotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.

RearHeatingSystem

Ifequipped, therearheatingsystem letsyouadjusttheamountofair flowingintotherearofthevehicle,

fromthefrontseatingarea. This featureworkswiththemainclimate controlsysteminthevehicle.

AUX

AUX: Thethumbwheelforthis systemisontheinstrumentpanel belowtheaudiosystem.

:Turnthethumbwheelupor downtoincreaseordecreasethe amountofheatedairsenttothe rearseatingarea.

▲: This positions suppliesthemost amount of heat to therear seating area.

■: This positions supplies half the amount of heat to there are seating area.
▼: This positions suppliesthe least amount of heat to therear seating area.
○: Thisturnstherearheating systemoff.

RearClimateControl System

Ifequippedwitharearheatingand airconditioningsystem,itcontrols thetemperature,fanspeed,andair deliveryfortherearseat passengersonly.Thefrontclimate controlpanelisintheoverhead consolebetweenthedriverand frontpassenger.

162ClimateControls

1 2 3 AUX

FrontClimateControlPanel

1.FanControl
2. AirDeliveryModeControl
3. TemperatureControl

Use this control panel to maintain a separate temperature setting. Adjust the direction of the airflow or adjust the fanspeed for there are seat passenger(s).

WhenthefanknobisintheAUX position,therearclimatecontrol panelcanbeusedtoadjustthe climatesettingsintherear seatingarea.

1 2 3

RearClimateControlPanel

1.FanControl
2. AirDeliveryModeControl
3. TemperatureControl

Forvehicleswitharearclimate controlpanel,itislocatedoverhead behindthedriverandfront passenger,centeredinfrontofthe secondrow.Toadjusttherear climatecontrolpanelsettingsbya rearseatpassenger,thefront climatecontrolpanelfanknobmust beintheAUXposition.Thefan speed,airdeliverymode,and temperaturecanthenbeadjusted. AUX: Turnthefanknobonthe frontclimatecontrolpaneltoAUXto letrearseatpassengersusethe controlpanelintherearseating area. Thisdisablesthefrontcontrol panel. Toreturncontroltothefront panel, movthefanknobout ofAUX.

○:Turnsthesystemoff.

Turnclockwiseor counterclockwisetoincreaseor decreasethefanspeedintherear seatingarea.

TemperatureControl: Turn clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease the temperature in therear seating area.

The airconditioningsystemon the mainclimatecontrolpanelmust be turnedontodirectcooledairtothe rearofthevehicle. Ifitisnoton, thenthetemperatureintherearof thevehicleremainsatcabin temperature.

AirDeliveryModeControl: Turn clockwiseorcounterclockwiseto changethedirectionoftheairflowin therearseatingarea.

Tochangethecurrentmode, select oneofthefollowing:

Airisdirectedtotheupper outlets, withsomedirectedtothe flooroutlets.

→:Airisdirectedtothefloor outlets.

164ClimateControls

Besuretokeeptheareaunderthe frontseatsclearofanyobjectsso thattheairinsideofthevehiclecan circulateeffectively.

Forinformationonhowtousethe mainclimatecontrolsystem,see ClimateControlSystems→159.For informationonventilation,seeAir Vents→164.

AirVents

Usetheoutletslocatednearthe centerandonthesidesofthe instrumentpaneltochangethe directionofairflow.

OperationTips

• Clearawayanyice, snowor leavesfromtheairinletsatthe baseofthewindshieldthatmay blocktheflowofairintothe vehicle.
• Useofnon-GMapprovedhood deflectorsmayadverselyaffect theperformanceofthesystem.
• Clearsnowoffthehoodto improvevisibilityandhelp decreasemoisturedrawninto thevehicle.
• Keepthepathunderthefront seatsclearofobjectstohelp circulatetheairinsideofthe vehiclemoreeffectively.

Maintenance

Service

All vehicles have alabelunderhood that identifiestherefrigerantused in the vehicle. Therefrigerantsystem should only beserviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioningevaporator should never berepaired or replaced by one from asalvage vehicle. It should only bereplaced by anew evaporatortoensure proper and safe operation.

Durlingservice, all refrigerants should bereclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns.

Theairconditioningsystemrequires periodicmaintenance.See Maintenance Schedule→318.

DrivingandOperating165

Driving and Operating

DrivingInformation

DistractedDriving......166

DefensiveDriving......166

DrunkDriving......167

ControlofaVehicle......167

Braking......167

Steering......167

Off-RoadRecovery......168

LossofControl......168

DrivingonWetRoads......169

HillandMountainRoads.....170

WinterDriving......170

IftheVehicleIsStuck......172

VehicleLoadLimits......172

StartingandOperating

NewVehicleBreak-In.....176

IgnitionPositions......176

StartingtheEngine......178

FastIdleSystem......180

RetainedAccessory

Power(RAP)......180

EngineCoolantHeater.....180

ShiftingIntoPark......182

ShiftingoutofPark......183

ParkingoverThings

ThatBurn....184

EngineExhaust

EngineExhaust.....184

RunningtheVehicleWhile

Parked....185

AutomaticTransmission

AutomaticTransmission.....185

ManualMode......188

Tow/HaulMode......189

Brakes

AntilockBrake

System(ABS)....190

ParkingBrake......191

BrakeAssist......191

HillStartAssist(HSA)......192

RideControlSystems

TractionControl/Electronic

StabilityControl......192

LockingRearAxle......194

CruiseControl

CruiseControl....194

DriverAssistanceSystems

DriverAssistanceSystems...197

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ... 198

Park Assist 199

ForwardCollisionAlert(FCA)

System......201

SideBlindZone

Alert(SBZA)......202

LaneDeparture

Warning(LDW)......204

Fuel

TopTierFuel......206

RecommendedFuel......206

ProhibitedFuels......206

FuelsinForeignCountries...207

FuelAdditives......207

E85orFlexFuel......207

FillingtheTank......208

FillingaPortableFuel

Container.....209

TrailerTowing

GeneralTowing

Information......210

DrivingCharacteristicsand

TowingTips......210

TrailerTowing......215

TowingEquipment......222

TrailerSwayControl(TSC)...225

ConversionsandAdd-Ons

Add-On Electrical

Equipment......227

DrivingInformation

DistractedDriving

Distractioncomesinmanyforms andcantakeyourfocusfromthe taskofdriving.Exercisegood judgmentandonotletother activitiesdivertyourattentionaway fromtheroad.Manylocal governmentshaveenactedlaws regardingdriverdistraction.Become familiarwiththelocallawsin yourarea.

Toavoiddistracteddriving, keep youreyesontheroad, keep your handsonthesteeringwheel, and focus your attention on driving.

• Donotuseaphonein demandingdrivingsituations. Useahands-freemethodto placeorreceivenecessary phonecalls.

• Watchtheroad.Donotread, takenotes,orlookup informationonphonesorother electronicdevices.

• Designateafrontseat passengertohandlepotential distractions.

• Becomefamiliarwithvehicle featuresbeforedriving,suchas programmingfavoriteradio stationsandadjustingclimate controlandseatsettings. Programalltripinformationinto anynavigationdevicepriorto driving.
• Waituntilthevehicleisparked toretrieveitemsthathavefallen tothefloor.
• Stoporparkthevehicletotend tochildren.
• Keeppetsinanappropriate carrierorrestraint.
• Avoidstressfulconversations whiledriving,whetherwitha passengeroronacellphone.

DEALER ePROCESS

Warning

Takingyoureyesofftheroadtoo longortoooftencouldcausea crashresultinginjuryordeath. Focusyourattentionondriving.

Refertotheinfotainmentsectionfor moreinformationonusingthat systemandthenavigationsystem, ifequipped,includingpairingand usingacellphone.

DefensiveDriving

Defensivedrivingmeans"always expecttheunexpected."Thefirst stepindrivingdefensivelyistowear theseatbelt.SeeSeatBelts→50.

• Assumethatotherroadusers (pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might do and beready.
• Allowenoughfollowingdistance betweenyouandthedriverin frontofyou.

DrivingandOperating167

- Focusonthetaskofdriving.

DrunkDriving

Deathandinjuryassociatedwith drinkinganddrivingisaglobal tragedy.

Warning

Drinkingandthendrivingisvery dangerous.Yourreflexes, perceptions,attentiveness,and judgmentcanbeaffectedbyevenasmallamountofalcohol.You canhaveaserious—oreven fatal—collisionifyoudriveafter drinking.

Donotdrinkanddriveorridewith adriverwhohasbeendrinking. Ridehomeinacab;orifyouare withagroup,designateadriver whowillnotdrink.

ControlofaVehicle

Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control vehicle while driving.

Braking

Brakingactioninvolvesperception timeandreactiontime.Decidingto pushthebrakepedalisperception time.Actuallydoingitis reactiontime.

Averagedriverreactiontimeis aboutthree-quartersofasecond.In thattime,avehiclemovingat 100km/h(60mph)travels20m (66ft),whichcouldbealotof distanceinanemergency.

Helpfulbrakingtipstokeepinmind include:

• Keepenoughdistancebetween youandthevehicleinfront ofyou.
• Avoidneedlessheavybraking.
• Keeppacewithtraffic.

If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but donot pump the brakes. Doings could make the pedal hardertop ush down. If the engine stops, there will become power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied.

Oncethepowerassistisusedup, it cantakelongertostopandthe brakepedalwillbehardertopush.

Steering

HydraulicPowerSteering

Yourvehiclehashydraulicpower steering.Itmayrequire maintenance.SeePowerSteering Fluid 249.

Ifpowersteeringassistislost because the engine stops or because of a system malfunction, the vehicle can best be ered but may require increased effort. See your dealer if there is a problem.

Caution

If the steering wheelisturned until treachestheendofits travel, and sheldin that position form more than 15 seconds, damagemayoccurto the power steering system and therem maybe lossof power steering assist.

168DrivingandOperating

CurveTips

• Takecurvesatareasonable speed.
• Reducespeedbeforeenteringa curve.
• Maintainareasonablesteady speedthroughthecurve.
• Waituntilthevehicleisoutof thecurvebeforeaccelerating gentlyintothestraightaway.

SteeringinEmergencies

• Therearesomesituationswhen steeringaroundaproblemmay bemoreeffectivethanbraking.
• Holdingbothsidesofthe steeringwheelallowsyoutoturn 180degreeswithoutremoving ahand.
• AntilockBrakeSystem(ABS) allowssteeringwhilebraking.

Off-RoadRecovery

Diagram of two cars driving on a road with curved arrows indicating flow direction (no text or symbols)

Thevehicle'srightwheelscandrop offtheedgeofaroadontothe shoulderwhiledriving.Follow thesetips:

1. Easeofftheacceleratorand then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicles that it straddlesthe edge of the pavement.

2. Turnthesteeringwheelabout one-eighthofaturn,untilthe rightfronttirecontactsthe pavementedge.

3. Turnthesteeringwheeltogo straightdowntheroadway.

LossofControl

Skidding

Therearethreetypesofskidsthat correspondtothevehicle'sthree controlsystems:

• BrakingSkid—wheelsarenot rolling.
• SteeringorCorneringSkid—toomuchspeedorsteeringina curvecausestirestoslipand losecorneringforce.
• AccelerationSkid—toomuch throttlecausesthedriving wheelstospin.

Defensivedriversavoidmostskids bytakingreasonablecaresuitedto existingconditions,andbynot overdrivingthoseconditions.But skidsarealwayspossible.

If the vehicle start to slide, follow these suggestions:

• Easeyourfootoffthe acceleratorpedalandsteerthe wayyouwantthevehicletogo. Thevehiclemaystraightenout. Bereadyforasecondskidifit occurs.
• Slowdownandadjustyour drivingaccordingtoweather conditions. Stoppingdistance canbelongerandvehicle controlcanbeaffectedwhen tractionisreducedbywater, snow, ice, gravel, orother materialontheroad. Learnto recognizewarningclues—such asenoughwater, ice, orpacked snowontheroadtomakea mirroredsurface—andslow downwhenyouhaveanydoubt.
• Trytoavoidsuddensteering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehiclespeed by shifting to lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the restoslide.

Remember: Antilockbrakeshelp avoidonlythebrakingskid.

DrivingonWetRoads

Rainandwetroadscanreduce vehicletraction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drives slower in the set types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water.

Warning

Wetbrakescancausecrashes. They might not work as well as quick stop and could cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of the vehicle.

Afterdrivingthroughalarge puddleofwateroracar/vehicle wash, lightlyapplythebrake pedaluntilthebrakeswork normally.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

Flowingorrushingwatercreates strongforces.Drivingthrough flowingwatercouldcausethe vehicletobecarriedaway.Ifthis happens,youandothervehicle occupantscouldrown.Donot ignorepolicewarningsandbe verycautiousabouttryingtodrive throughflowingwater.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaningisdangerous.Water canbuildupunderthevehicle's tiressotheyactuallyrideonthe water.Thiscanhappeniftheroadis wetenoughandyouaregoingfast enough.Whenthevehicleis hydroplaning,ithaslittleorno contactwiththeroad.

Thereisnohardandfastruleabout hydroplaning. Thebestadviceisto slowdownwhentheroadiswet.

170DrivingandOperating

OtherRainyWeatherTips

Besidesslowingdown,otherwet weatherdrivingtipsinclude:

• Allowextrafollowingdistance.
• Passwithcaution.
• Keepwindshieldwiping equipmentingoodshape.
• Keepthewindshieldwasherfluid reservoirfilled.
• Havegoodtireswithproper treaddepth.See Tires→269.
• Turnoffcruisecontrol.

HillandMountainRoads

Drivingonsteephillsorthrough mountainsisdifferentthandriving onflatorrollingterrain. Tipsinclude:

• Keepthevehicleservicedandin goodshape.
• Checkallfluidlevelsandbrakes, tires,coolingsystem,and transmission.
• Shifttoalowergearwhengoing downsteeporlonghills.

Warning

Usingthebrakestoslowthe vehicleonalongdownhillslope cancausebrakeoverheating,can reducebrakeperformance,and couldresultinalossofbraking. Shiftthetransmissiontoalower geartolettheengineassistthe brakesonasteepdownhillslope.

Warning

CoastingdownhillinN(Neutral) orwiththeignitionoffis dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always havethe enginerunning and the vehicleingear.

- Driveatspeedsthatkeepthe vehicleinitsownlane.Donot swingwideorcrossthe centerline.

• Bealertontopofhills; somethingcouldbeinyourlane (e.g.,stalledcar,crash).
• Payattentiontospecialroad signs(e.g.,fallingrocksarea, windingroads,longgrades, passingorno-passingzones) andtakeappropriateaction.

WinterDriving

DrivingonSnoworIce

Snoworicebetweenethetires and theroadcreateslesstraction or grip, sodrivecarefully. Weticecan occuratabout0°C(32°F) when freezingrainbeginstofall. Avoid drivingonweticeorinfreezingrain untilroadscanbetreated.

Forslipperyroaddriving:

• Accelerategently.Accelerating tooquicklycausesthewheelsto spinandmakesthesurface underthetiresslick.

• TurnonTractionControl.See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl→192.

• AntilockBrakeSystem(ABS) improves vehicle stability during hardstops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See AntilockBrakeSystem(ABS) 190.

• Allowgreaterfollowingdistance andwatchforslipperyspots.Icy patchescanoccuronotherwise clearroadsinshadedareas. Thesurfaceofacurveoran overpasscanremainicywhen thesurroundingroadsareclear. Avoidsuddensteering maneuversandbrakingwhile onice.
  • Turnoffcruisecontrol.

BlizzardConditions

Stopthevehicleinasafeplaceand signalforhelp.Staywiththevehicle unlessthereishelpnearby. Ifpossible,useRoadside

Assistance.SeeRoadside AssistanceProgram→338.Toget helpandkeepeveryoneinthe vehiclesafe:

• Turnonthehazardwarning flashers.
• Tiearedclothtoanoutside mirror.

Warning

Snowcantrapengineexhaust underthevehicle. This may cause exhaust gas to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.

Ifthevehicleisstuckinsnow:

- Clearsnowfromthebaseof thevehicle,especiallyany blockingtheexhaustpipe.

(Continued)

DEALER ePROCESS

Warning(Continued)

• Openawindowabout5cm (2in)onthevehicleside thatisawayfromthewind, tobringinfreshair.
• Fullyopentheairoutletson orundertheinstrument panel.
• Adjusttheclimatecontrol systemtocirculatetheair insidethevehicleandset thefanspeedtothehighest setting.See“Climate ControlSystems.”

FormoreinformationaboutCO, seeEngineExhaust→184.

Tosavefuel, runtheengine for shortperiodstowarmthevehicle andthenshuttheengineoff and partiallyclosethewindow. Moving abouttokeepwarmalsohelps.

Ifittakestimeforhelptoarrive, whenrunningtheengine,pushthe acceleratorpedalslightlysothe engineerunsfasterthantheidle

172DrivingandOperating

speed. This keep the battery charged to start the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.

IftheVehiclesIsStuck

Slowlyandcautiouslyspinthe wheelstofreethevehiclewhen stuckinsand,mud,ice,orsnow.

Ifstucktooseverelyforthetraction systemtofreethevehicle,turnthe tractionsystemoffandusethe rockingmethod.See Traction Control/ElectronicStabilityControl 192.

Warning

If the vehicle's stresspinathigh speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).

RockingtheVehicletoGet itOut

Turnthesteeringwheelleftand righttocleartheareaaroundthe frontwheels.Turnoffanytraction system.Shiftbackandforth betweenR(Reverse)andalow forwardgear,spinningthewheels aslittleaspossible.Toprevent transmissionwear,waituntilthe wheelsstopspinningbeforeshifting gears.Releasetheaccelerator pedalwhileshifting,andpress lightlyontheacceleratorpedal whentethransmissionisingear. Slowlyspinningthewheelsinthe forwardandreversedirections causesarockingmotionthatcould freethevehicle.Ifthatdoesnotget thevehicleoutafterafewtries,it mightneedtobetowedout.Ifthe vehicledoesneedtobetowedout, see Towingthe Vehicle⇒305.

VehicleLoadLimits

It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the

vehiclecapacityweightand includestheweightofall occupants,cargo,andall nonfactory-installedoptions. Twolabelsonthevehiclemay showhowmuchweightitwas designedtocarry,theTireand LoadingInformationlabeland theCertification/Tirelabel.

Warning

Donotloadthevehicleany heavierthantheGross VehicleWeightRating (GVWR),oreitherthe maximumfrontorrearGross AxleWeightRating(GAWR). Thiscancausesystemsto breakandchangethewaythe vehiclehandles. Thiscould causelossofcontrolanda crash. Overloadingcanalso reducestoppingdistance, damagethetires,andshorten thelifeofthevehicle.

DrivingandOperating173

TireandLoadingInformation Label

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL FRONT CAR The combined weight of coupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. TIRE ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FRONT REAR SPARE 3 4

LabelExample

AvehiclespecificTire and LoadingInformationlabelis attachedtothecenterpillar (B-pillar). Thetireandloading informationlabelshowsthe numberofoccupantseating positions(1), andthemaximum vehiclecapacityweight(2) in kilogramsandpounds.

The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the sizeofthe originalequipment

tires(3)andtherecommended coldtireinflationpressures(4). Formoreinformationontires andinflationsee Tires→269 and TirePressure→277.

Thereisalsoimportantloading informationonthevehicle Certification/Tirelabel.Itmay showtheGrossVehicleWeight Rating(GVWR)andtheGross AxleWeightRating(GAWR)for thefrontandrearaxle.See "Certification/TireLabel"laterin thissection.

"StepsforDeterminingCorrect LoadLimit—

1. Locatethestatement"The combinedweightof occupantsandcargoshould neverexceedXXXkgor XXXlbs."onyourvehicle's placard.

2. Determinethecombined weightofthedriverand passengers that wbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXXkgor XXXlbs.

4. Theresultingfigureequals theavailableamountof cargoandluggageload capacity. Forexample, ifthe "XXX" amountequals 1400lbs.andtherewillbe five150lbpassengersin yourvehicle, theamountof availablecargoandluggage loadcapacityis650lbs. (1400-750(5x150)=650lbs.)

5. Determinethecombined weightofluggageandcargo beingloadedonthevehicle. Thatweightmaynotsafely exceedtheavailablecargo andluggageloadcapacity calculatedinStep4.

6. If your vehicle will betowing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to

174DrivingandOperating

yourvehicle.Consultthis manualtodeterminehow thisreducestheavailable cargoandluggageload capacityofyourvehicle."

See Trailer Towing→215 for important information on towinga trailer, towingsafety rules and trailering tips.

1 - 2 = 3

Example1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1=453kg (1,000lbs)

2. SubtractOccupantWeight @68kg(150lbs)×2= 136kg(300lbs)

3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight=317kg (700lbs)

1 - 2 = 3

Example2

A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example2=453kg(1,000lbs)

B. SubtractOccupantWeight@ 68kg(150lbs)×5=136kg (750lbs)

C. Available Cargo Weight=113kg(250lbs)

1 - 2 = 3

Example3

1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
2. SubtractOccupantWeight @91kg(200lbs)×5=453kg(1,000lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight=0kg(0lbs)

Refertothevehicletire and loadinginformationlabel for specificinformationabout the vehicle'scapacityweight and seatingpositions. Thecombined

weightofthedriver,passengers, andcargoshouldneverexceed thevehiclecapacityweight.

Certification/TireLabel

GVWR KG LB GAWR FRT KG LB GAWR RR KG LB TYPE: FRT RR SPA RIM MODEL:

AvehiclespecificCertification/Tirelabelisattachedtothereare edgeofthedriverdoor. The labelmayshowthesizeofthe vehicle'soriginaltiresandthe inflationpressuresneededto obtainthegrossweightcapacity ofthevehicle. Thisiscalled GrossVehicleWeightRating

(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tirelabel also may show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual load on the front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer can help you with this. Besure to spread out the load equally on both sides of the centerline.

Warning

Thingsyouputinsidethe vehiclecanstrikeandinjure peopleinasuddenstopor turn, orinacrash.

- Putthingsinthecargo areaofthevehicle.Try to spreadtheweightevenly.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

• Neverstackheavier things,likesuitcases, insidethevehiclesothat someofthemareabove thetopsoftheseats.
• Donotleavean unsecuredchildrestraint inthevehicle.
• When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
• Donotleaveaseat foldeddownunlessyou needto.

Add-OnEquipment

Whencarryingremovableitems, alimitonhowmanypeople carriedinsidethevehiclemay benecessary.Besuretoweigh thevehiclebeforebuyingand installingthenewequipment.

Starting and Operating

NewVehicleBreak-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:

• Keepthevehiclespeedat 88km/h(55mph)orlessfor thefirst805km(500mi).
• Donotdriveatanyone constantspeed, fastorslow, forthefirst805km(500mi). Donotmakefull-throttle starts. Avoiddownshifting to brakeorslowthevehicle.
• Avoidmakinghardstopsfor thefirst322km(200mi)or so.Duringthistimethenew brakeliningsarenotyet brokenin.Hardstopswith newliningscanmean

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

prematurewearandearlier replacement.Followthis breaking-inguidelineevery timeyougetnewbrake linings.

- Donottowatrailerduring break-in.See Trailer Towing 215forthetrailertowing capabilitiesofthevehicle andmoreinformation.

Followingbreak-in, enginespeed and load can be gradually increased.

IgnitionPositions

0 1 2 3

1. StoppingtheEngine/LOCK/OFF

1.ACC/ACCESSORY

2.ON/RUN

1. START

Theignitionswitchhasfour positions.

ToshiftoutofP(Park), theignition mustbeinON/RUNandthebrake pedalmustbeapplied.

0(StoppingtheEngine/LOCK/OFF): This position turn soff the vehicle. Italsolockstheignition, the transmission, and the steering column, if equipped with alocking steering column.

Close-up of a mechanical component with two arrows indicating rotation or adjustment (no text or symbols)

Toturnoffthevehicle:

1. Makesurethatthevehicleis stopped.
   2.ShifttoP(Park).

2. Continuetoholdthebrake pedal, thensettheparking brake. See Parking Brake 191.

3. Push the key all the way in the steering column (1), then turn the key to LOCK/OFF (2).

4. Removethekey.
5. Releasethebrakepedal.

Seeyourdealerifthekeycanbe removedinanyotherposition.

RetainedAccessoryPower(RAP) will remain active. See Retained AccessoryPower(RAP) 180.

Awarningchimewillsoundwhen thedriverdoorisopenedandthe keyisintheignition.

Ifequippedwithalockingsteering column, thesteeringcanbind with thefrontwheelsturnedoffcenter, which may prevent key rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move thesteeringwheelfromrighttoleft while turning thekey to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work, then the vehicleneedsservice.

Warning

Turningoffthevehiclewhile movingmaycauselossofpower assistinthebrakeandsteering systemsanddisabletheairbags. Whiledriving,turnoffthevehicle onlyinanemergency.

Inanemergency, if the vehicle cannot be pulled over and must be turned off while driving:

1. Pushthekeyallthewayin towardthesteeringcolumn, thenturnthekeytoACC/ACCESSORY.
2. Brakeusing firmandsteady pressure. Donotpumpthe brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
3. ShiftthevehicletoN(Neutral). Thiscanbedonewhilethe vehicleismoving. Continue brakingandsteerthevehicleto asafelocation.
4. Cometoacompletestop.

178DrivingandOperating

1. ShifttoP(Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission.
2. Continuetoholdthebrake pedal, thensettheparking brake. See ParkingBrake 191.
3. Push the key all the way in toward the steering column, then turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Removethekey.
5. Releasethebrakepedal.

Caution

Usethecorrectkey, makesureit isallthewayin—orpushedall thewayintowardthesteering columnwhenturningoffthe vehicle—andturnitonlywith yourhand.

1(ACC/ACCESSORY): This positionallowsfeaturessuchasthe infotainmentsystemtooperate

whilethevehicleisoff.Italso unlocksthesteeringcolumn, ifequippedwithalockingsteering column. Usethispositionifthe vehiclemustbepushedortowed. SeeRetainedAccessoryPower (RAP)⇒180.

FromON/RUN, pushthekeyallthe wayintowardthesteeringcolumn, thenturnthekeytoACC/ACCESSORY.

If the key is left in ACC/ ACCESSORY with the engine off, the battery could drain and the vehicle may not start.

A warningchimewillsoundwhen thedriverdoorisopenedandthe keyisintheignition.

2(ON/RUN): Thispositioncanbe usedtooperatetheelectrical accessoriesandtodisplaysome instrumentclusterwarning and indicatorlights. Thispositioncan alsobeusedforservice and diagnostics, andtoverifytheproper operationofthemalfunction indicatorlampasmayberequired foremis sion inspection purposes.

Theswitchstaysinthisposition whentheengineisrunning. The transmissionisalsounlockedinthis position.

If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine off, the battery could drain and the vehicle may not start.

3(START): This is the position that starts the engine. When the engine starts, release the key. The ignition return to ON/RUN for driving.

StartingtheEngine

Ifthevehiclehasadieselengine, seetheDuramaxdiesel supplement.

Toplacethetransmissioninthe propergear:

MovetheshiftlevertoP(Park)or N(Neutral). Theenginewillnotstart inanyotherposition. Torestartthe enginewhenthevehicleisalready moving, useN(Neutral)only.

DrivingandOperating179

Caution

If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 227.

Caution

DonottrytoshifttoP(Park)ifthe vehicleismoving.Ifyoudo,you coulddamagethetransmission. ShifttoP(Park)onlywhenthe vehicleisstopped.

Caution

If the steering wheelisturned until treachesthe end of its travel, and sheld in that position while starting the vehicle, damage (Continued)

Caution(Continued)

mayoccurtothehydraulicpower steeringsystemandtheremaybe lossofpowersteeringassist.

StartingProcedure

1. With your footoff the accelerator pedal, turn the ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let go of the key. The idle speed will go down any engine gets warm. Donot racethe engine immediately after starting it. Operatethe engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts. Whent helow fuel warning light is on and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is displayed in the Driver Information Center (DIC), the Computer-Controlled Cranking System is disabled to prevent possible vehicle component damage. Whent his

happens, hold the ignition switch in the START position to continue engine cranking.

Caution

Crankingtheengineforlong periodsoftime,byreturningthe ignitiontotheSTARTposition immediatelyaftercrankinghas ended,canoverheatanddamage thecrankingmotor,anddrainthe battery.Waitatleast15seconds betweeneachtry,toletthe crankingmotorcooldown.

1. If theenginedoesnotstart afterfiveto10seconds, especiallyinverycoldweather (below-18°C or 0°F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Trypushing the acceleratorpedal alltheway to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cooldown. When the engine

180DrivingandOperating

starts, let goofthekey and accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the samething. This clearsthe extragasoline from the engine. Donotracethe engine immediately after starting it. Operatethe engine and transmissionently until the oil warmsupandlubricates all moving parts.

FastIdleSystem

Ifequipped, thisfeatureisavailable onlywithcruisecontrol. Themanual fastidleswitchisoperatedusingthe cruisecontrolbuttonsontheleft sideofthesteeringwheel.

This system can be used to increase engine idlespeed whenever the following conditions are met:

• Theparkingbrakeisset.
• Thebrakepedalisnotpressed.
- The vehicle must not be moving and the accelerator must not be pressed.

Tocontrolthefastidle:

• ToenabletheFastIdleSystem, pressandreleasethecruise controlon/offbuttonandensure thattheswitchindicatorlight islit.
• Pressandreleasethecruise controlSET-button.Engine speedwillbeheldat approximately1200rpm.

Whenthefastidleisactive, the DriverInformationCenter(DIC) will displayFASTIDLEON.

Oneofthefollowingactionswillturn offthefastidle:

• Pressingthebrake.
• Selectingthecruisecontrol cancelbutton.
  • Releasingtheparkingbrake.
• Movingthetransmissionshift leveroutofP(Park)or N(Neutral).

• Selectingthecruisecontrolon/offbuttonwhenitwas previously on.

• PressingthecruisecontrolSET-buttonasecondtime.

• Pressingtheacceleratormore thanone-quarterofthe waydown.
• Turningtheignitionoff.

RetainedAccessory Power(RAP)

These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off:

• AudioSystem
  • PowerWindows(ifequipped)

Thesefeatureswillworkwhenthe ignitionisonorinACC/ACCESSORY.Oncetheignitionis turnedfromontooff,powertothe radioandpowerwindowswill continuetoworkfor10minutesor untilthedriverdoorisopened.

EngineCoolantHeater

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, seethe Duramax diesel supplement.

DrivingandOperating181

Warning

Donotplugintheengineblock heaterwhilethevehicleisparked inagarageorunderacarport. Propertydamageorpersonal injurymayresult.Alwaysparkthe vehicleinaclearopenareaaway frombuildingsorstructures.

Theenginecoolantheatercan provideeasierstartingandbetter fueleconomyduringengine warm-upincoldweatherconditions atorbelow-18°C(0°F).Vehicles withanenginecoolantheater shouldbepluggedinatleastfour hoursbeforestarting.Aninternal thermostatintheplugendofthe cordmayexistwhichwillprevent enginecoolantheateroperationat temperaturesabove-18°C(0°F).

ToUsetheEngineCoolant Heater

1. Turnofftheengine.

Interior view of a vehicle engine bay with visible hoses and components (no text or symbols)

4.3LV6Engine

Interior view of a car showing engine, airbags, and exhaust system (no visible text or symbols)

6.0LV8Engine

1. Openthehood and unwrap the electrical cord.

ForV6engines, thecordfor theenginecoolantheaterison thedriversideoftheengine compartment.

ForV8engines, thecordfor theenginecoolantheateris behindtheengineaircleaner/ filter.

Checktheheatercordfor damage.Ifitisdamaged,do notuseit.Seeyourdealerfor areplacement.Inspectthe cordfordamageyearly.

5.Plugitintoanormal,grounded 110-voltACoutlet.

Warning

Improperuseoftheheatercord oranextensioncordcandamage thecordandmayresultin overheatingandfire.

- Plugthecordintoa three-prongelectricalutility receptaclethatisprotected byagroundfaultdetection (Continued)

182DrivingandOperating

Warning(Continued)

function.Anungrounded outletcouldcausean electricshock.

• Useawheatherproof, heavy-duty, 15amp-rated extensioncordifneeded. Failuretousethe recommendedextension cordingoodoperating condition,orusinga damagedheateror extensioncord,couldmake itoverheatandcauseafire, propertydamage,electric shock,andinjury.

- Donotoperatethevehicle withtheheatercord permanentlyattachedtothe (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

vehicle.Possibleheater cordandthermostat damagecouldoccur.

• Whileinuse, donotlet the heatercordtouchvehicle partsorsharpedges. Never closethehoodonthe heatercord.

• Beforestartingthevehicle, unplugthecord,reattach thecovertotheplug,and securelyfastenthecord. Keepthecordawayfrom anymovingparts.

• Before starting the engine, be suretounplugandstorethe cordasitwasbeforetokeepit awayfrommovingengineparts andpreventdamage.

Thelengthoftimetheheatershould remainpluggedindependson severalfactors.Askadealerinthe areawhereyouwillbeparkingthe vehicle for the best advice on this.

ShiftingIntoPark

1. Holdthebrakepedaldown, thensettheparkingbrake.
2. Movetheshiftleverintothe P(Park)positionbypullingthe shiftlevertowardyouand movingitupasfarasitwillgo.
3. Pushtheignitionkeyin, towardsthesteeringcolumn andthenturntheignitionoff.
4. Removethekeyandtakeit withyou.Ifyoucanleavethe vehiclewiththeignitionkeyin yourhand,thevehicleis inP(Park).

LeavingtheVehiclewiththe EngineRunning

Warning

Itcanbedangeroustoleavethe vehiclewiththeengine running. Itcouldoverheatandcatchfire.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Donotleavethevehiclewhenthe engineisrunning.Ifyouhaveleft theengineerunning,thevehicle canmovesuddenly.Youorothers couldbeinjured.Tobesurethe vehiclewillnotmove,evenwhen youareonfairlylevelground, alwayssettheparkingbrakeand movetheshiftlevertoP(Park). SeeShiftingIntoPark⇒182. Ifyouaretowingatrailer,see DrivingCharacteristicsand TowingTips⇒210.

If you havetoleavethe vehicle with the engineer running, besure the vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set. After the shift lever is moved into P (Park), hold there regular brake pedaldown. Then, see if you can movetheshift lever away from P (Park) without firstpullingittowardyou.Ifyoucan, itmeansthattheshiftleverwasnot fullylockedintoP(Park).

TorqueLock

If you are parking on a hill and you donot shift the transmission into P(Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle can put to much force on the parking paw in the transmission. It might be difficult to pull the shift lever out of P(Park). This is called torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and thenshift into P(Park) properly before you leaved the driver seat. To find out how, see Shifting Into Park 182.

When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of P (Park) before releasing the parking brake.

Iftorquelockdoesoccur,youmight needtohaveanothervehiclepush yoursalittleuphilltotakesomeof thepressurefromtheparkingpawl inthetransmission.Thenyou shouldbeabletopulltheshiftlever out of P (Park).

ShiftingoutofPark

The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system. You have to fully apply the brakes before you can shift from P(Park) when the ignition is on. See Automatic Transmission 185.

Theshiftlockcontrolsystemis designedto:

• Preventtheignitionkeyfrom beingremovedunlessstheshift leverisinP(Park).
• Preventmovementoftheshift leveroutofP(Park), unless the ignitionisonandtheregular brakepedalisapplied.

Theshiftlockcontrolsystemis alwaysfunctionalexceptinthecase ofadeadbatteryorlowvoltage (lessthan9V)battery.

If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or abattery with low voltage, trycharging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting-North America 301.

184DrivingandOperating

ToshiftoutofP(Park):

1. Applythebrakepedal.
2. Turntheignitionon.
3. Movetheshiftlevertothe desiredposition.

If you still are unable to shift out of P(Park):

1. Easethepressureontheshift lever.
2. While holding down the brake pedal, push the shift leverall the way into P (Park).
3. Movetheshiftlevertothe desiredposition.

If you are still having a problem shifting, havethe vehicles serviced.

ParkingoverThings ThatBurn

Warning

Thingsthatcanburncouldtouch hotexhaustpartsunderthe vehicleandignite.Donotpark overpapers,leaves,drygrass, orotherthingsthatcanburn.

EngineExhaust

Warning

Engineexhaustcontainscarbon monoxide(CO),whichcannot be seenorsmelled.ExposuretoCO cancauseunconsciousness and evendeath.

Exhaustmayenterthevehicleif:

• The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block under body airflow or tail pipes).
• Theexhaustsmellsor soundsstrangeordifferent.
• Theexhaustsystemleaks duetocorrosionordamage.
• Thevehicleexhaustsystem has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

- Thereareholesoropenings inthevehiclebodyfrom damageoraftermarket modificationsthatarenot completelysealed.

Ifunusualfumesaredetectedor ifitissuspectedthatexhaustis comingintothevehicle:

• Driveitonlywiththe windowscompletelydown.
• Havethevehiclerepaired immediately.

Neverparkthevehiclewiththe engineerunninginanenclosed areasuchasagarageora buildingthathasnofreshair ventilation.

RunningtheVehicle WhileParked

Itisbetternottoparkwiththe engineerunning.

Ifthevehicleisleftwiththeengine running,followtheproperstepsto besurethevehiclewillnotmove. See ShiftingIntoPark→182and EngineExhaust→184.

Ifparkingonahillandpullinga trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips→210.

Automatic Transmission

Ashiftpositionindicatorisinthe instrumentcluster.

Thereareseveraldifferentpositions fortheshiftlever.

PRNDM1

See "RangeSelectionMode" under ManualMode→188.

P: Thispositionlockstherear wheels. It is the best positionouse when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the effort to shift out of Park. See "Torque Lock" under Shifting Into Park 182.

186DrivingandOperating

Warning

It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Donotleavethevehiclewhenthe engineisrunning.Ifyouhaveleft theengineerunning,thevehicle canmovesuddenly.Youorothers couldbeinjured.Tobesurethe vehiclewillnotmove,evenwhen youareonfairlylevelground, alwayssettheparkingbrakeand movetheshiftlevertoP(Park). SeeShiftingIntoPark⇒182and DrivingCharacteristicsand TowingTips⇒210.

R:Usethisgeartobackup.

Caution

ShiftingtoR(Reverse)whilethe vehicleismovingforwardcould damagethetransmission. The (Continued)

Caution(Continued)

repairswouldnotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.Shiftto R(Reverse)onlyafterthevehicle isstopped.

Torockthevehiclebackandfortho getoutofsnow,ice,orsandwithout damagingthetransmission,seelf the VehicleIsStuck172.

N: In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. Torestart when you are already moving, use N(Neutral) only. Also, use N(Neutral) when the vehicle is being towed.

Warning

Shiftingintoadrivegearwhilethe engineisrunningathighspeedis dangerous.Unlessyourfootis firmlyonthebrakepedal,the vehiclecouldmoveveryrapidly. Youcouldlosecontrolandhit

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

peopleorobjects.Donotshift intoadrivegearwhiletheengine isrunningathighspeed.

Caution

ShiftingoutofP(Park)or N(Neutral)withtheengine runningathighspeedmay damagethetransmission.The repairswouldnotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.Besurethe engineisnotrunningathigh speedwhenshiftingthevehicle.

Caution

Atransmissionhotmessagemay displayiftheautomatic transmissionfluidistoohot. Drivingunderthisconditioncan damagethevehicle.Stopandidle

(Continued)

DEALER ePROCESS

Caution(Continued)

theenginetocooltheautomatic transmissionfluid. Thismessage clearswhenthetransmissionfluid hascooledsufficiently.

D: This position is for normal driving. It provides the best fuel economy. If you need more power for passing, and you are:

• Goinglessthanabout55km/h (35mph), pushtheaccelerator pedalabouthalfwaydown.
• Goingabout55km/h(35mph)or more,pushtheacceleratorall thewaydown.

Bydoingthis,thevehicleshifts downtothenextgearandhas morepower.

D(Drive)canbeusedwhentowing atrailer,carryingaheavyload, ordrivingsteephills.Youmight wanttoshiftthetransmissiontoa lowergearselectionifthe transmissionshiftstoooften.

Downshiftingthetransmissionin slipperyroadconditionscouldresult inskidding.See "Skidding" under LossofControl 168.

The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature that adjusts the transmission shifting to the current driving conditions in order to reduce rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift stabilization feature is designed to determine, before making an upshift, if the engine is able to maintain vehicles speed by analyzing things such as vehicles speed, throttle position, and vehicle load. If the shift stabilization feature determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the transmission does not upshift and instead hold the current gear. In some cases, this could appear to be delayed shift, however the transmission is operating normally.

The transmission uses adaptive shift controls. Adaptiveshift controls continually compare key shift parameter stop pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the transmission's computer. The

transmissionconstantlymakes adjustmentstoimprovevehicle performanceaccordingtohowthe vehicleisbeingused,suchaswith aheavyloadorwhenthe temperaturechanges.Duringthis adaptiveshiftcontrolprocess, shiftingmightfeeldifferentasthe transmissiondeterminesthebest settings.

Theshiftqualityofanewvehicle maynotbeidealbecausethe adaptiveshiftcontrolprocessmay nothavedeterminedthebest settingsforaparticularshiftor condition.Shiftqualitywillimprove withcontinueddriving.

Whentemperaturesareverycold, thetransmission'sgearshifting could bedelayed, providing more stableshifts until the engine warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable with a cold transmission. This difference in shifting is normal.

M: Thispositionletsdriversselect therangeofgearsappropriatefor currentdrivingconditions. If the

188DrivingandOperating

vehiclehasthisfeature,see"Range SelectionMode"underManual Mode⇒188.

1: Thispositionreducesvehicle speedwithoutusingthebrakes. Youcanuseitformajor/severe downgradeswherethevehicle wouldotherwiseacceleratedueto steepnessofgrade.Whenyoushift to1(First)itprovidesthelowest gearappropriatetocurrentroad speedandcontinuestodownshift asthevehicleslows, eventually downshiftingto1(First)gear.The transmissioncanbeheldin1(First) gearusingRangeSelectionMode ortheshiftlever.See“Range SelectionMode”underManual Mode→188.

Caution

Spinningthetiresorholdingthe vehicleinoneplaceonahill usingonlytheacceleratorpedal maydamagethetransmission. Therepairwillnotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.Ifthevehicle (Continued)

Caution(Continued)

isstuck, donotspinthetires. Whenstoppingonahill, usethe brakestoholdthevehiclein place.

NormalModeGradeBraking

Thismodeisenabledwhenthe vehicleisstarted,butisnotenabled inRangeSelectionMode.Itassists inmaintainingdesiredvehicle speedswhendrivingondownhill gradesbyusingtheengine and transmissiontoslowthevehicle. Thefirsttimethesystemactivates foreachignitionkeycycle.

TodisableorenableNormalMode GradeBrakingwithinthecurrent ignitionkeycycle,pressandhold the Tow/Haulbuttonfor threesecends.

Forotherformsofgradebraking, see Tow/HaulMode→189and CruiseControl→194.

ManualMode

RangeSelectionMode

Simple diagram of a device with a plus and minus button, no text or symbols present

Ifequipped, RangeSelectionMode helpscontrolthevehicle's transmissionandvehiclespeed whiledrivingdownhillortowinga trailerbylettingyouselectadesired rangeofgears.

Tousethisfeature:

1. Movetheshiftleverto M(ManualMode).
2. Pressthe +/- buttonson the shiftlevertoselectthedesired rangeofgearsforcurrent drivingconditions.

WhenM(ManualMode)isselected, thetransmissionwilldownshift and anumberdisplaysintheDriver InformationCenter(DIC)nextto theMindicatingthecurrentgear.

DrivingandOperating189

Thisnumberisthehighestgearthat canbeused. However, the vehicle can automatically shift to lower gears as it adjust to driving conditions. This mean that all gears below that number are available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are automatically shifted by the vehicle, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the +/- button on the shift lever is used to change the gear.

GradeBrakingisnotavailablewhen RangeSelectionModeisactive. See Tow/HaulMode→189.

WhileusingRangeSelectionMode, cruisecontrolandtheTow/Haul Modecanbeused.

Caution

Spinningthetiresorholdingthe vehicleinoneplaceonahill usingonlytheacceleratorpedal maydamagethetransmission. Therepairwillnotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.Ifthevehicle (Continued)

Caution(Continued)

isstuck, donotspinthetires. Whenstoppingonahill, usethe brakestoholdthevehiclein place.

Tow/HaulMode

Interior view of a car dashboard with control panel and touchscreen display (no visible text or symbols)

Ifequipped, Tow/HaulModeadjusts thetransmissionshiftpatternto reduceshiftcycling, providing increased performance, vehicle control, and transmissioncooling when towing or hauling heavy loads.

Turnthe Tow/HaulModeonandoff bypassingthebuttononthe instrumentpanel.When Tow/Haulis on,alightontheinstrumentcluster willcomeon.

See Tow/HaulModeLight→111.

Alsosee "Tow/HaulMode" under TowingEquipment→222.

Tow/HaulModeGradeBraking

Tow/HaulModeGradeBrakingis onlyenabledwhilethe Tow/Haul Modeisselectedandthevehicleis notintheRangeSelectionMode. See "Tow/HaulMode"listed previously and ManualMode→188. Tow/HaulModeGradeBraking assistsinmaintainingdesired vehiclespeedswhendrivingon downhillgradesbyusingtheengine andtransmissiontoslowthe vehicle.

190DrivingandOperating

TodisableorenableTow/HaulMode GradeBrakingwithinthecurrent ignitionkeycycle,pressandhold the Tow/Haulbuttonfor threeseconds.

See TowingEquipment→222.

Forotherformsofgradebraking, see Automatic Transmission→185 and Cruise Control→194.

Brakes

AntilockBrake System(ABS)

ThisvehiclehasanAntilockBrake System(ABS), anadvanced electronicbrakingsystemmathelps preventabrakingskid.

Whenthevehiclebeginstodrive away,ABSchecksitself. Amomentarymotororclickingnoise maybeheardwhilethistestisgoing on,anditmayevenbennoticedthat thebrakepedalmovesalittle.This isnormal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 110.

Ifdrivingsafelyonawetroadandit becomesnecessarytoslamonthe brakesandcontinuebrakingto avoidasuddenobstacle,a computersensesthewheelsare slowingdown.Ifoneofthewheels isabouttostoprolling,thecomputer willseparatelyworkthebrakesat eachwheel.

ABScanchangethebrakepressure toeachwheel, asrequired, faster thananydrivercould. Thiscanhelp yousteeraroundtheobstaclewhile brakinghard.

Asthebrakesareapplied, the computerkeepsreceivingupdates onwheelspeedandcontrols brakingpressureaccordingly.

Remember:ABSdoesnotchange thetimeneededtogetafootupto thebrakepedaloralwaysdecrease stoppingdistance.Ifyougettoo closetothevehicleinfrontofyou, therewillnotbeenoughtimeto applythebrakesifthatvehicle suddenlyslowsorstops.Always leaveenoughroomupaheadto stop,evenwithABS.

DrivingandOperating191

UsingABS

Donotpumpthebrakes.Justhold thebrakepedaldownfirmlyandlet ABSwork.YoumayheartheABS pumpormotoroperatingandfeel thebrakepedalpulsate.This is normal.

BrakinginEmergencies

ABSallowsyoutosteerandbrake atthesametime.Inmany emergencies,steeringcanhelp morethaneventheverybest braking.

ParkingBrake

Diagram of a car dashboard and air vent system (no text or symbols)

Tosettheparkingbrake, hold the regularbrakepedal, then push down the parkingbrakepedal.

If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on.

Toreleasetheparkingbrake, hold theregularbrakepedaldown. Pull thehandle, locatedjustabovethe parkingbrakepedal, withthe parkingbrakesymbol, toreleasethe parkingbrake.

If the ignition is on when the parking brake is released, the brakes system warning light will go off.

Caution

Drivingwiththeparkingbrakeon canoverheatthebrakesystem andcauseprematurewearor damagetobrakesystemparts. Makesurethattheparkingbrake isfullyreleasedandthebrake warninglightisoffbeforedriving.

If you are towing at trailer and are parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 210.

BrakeAssist

The Brake Assist feature is designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehicle speed in emergency driving conditions. This feature uses the stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement the power brakes system under conditions where the driver has quickly and forcefully applied the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stoporslowdown the vehicle. The stability system hydraulic brake control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the vehicle until the ABS activates. Minor brake pedal pulsation or pedalmovement during this time is normal and the drivers should continue to apply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. The Brake Assist feature will automatically disengag when the

192DrivingandOperating

brakepedalisreleasedorbrake pedalpressureisquickly decreased.

HillStartAssist(HSA)

Ifequipped, thisfeaturewillprevent thevehiclefromrollingwhenit attemptstomoveonamoderateto steephill. Duringthetransitionwhen thebrakepedalisreleasedandthe acceleratorpedalispressed,HSA usesbrakingpressuretoholdthe vehiclestationaryforafewseconds dependingonthesteepnessofthe hill. Afterthistransitionorafterthe acceleratorpedalispressed,the brakewillautomaticallyrelease. HSAonlyactivateswhenthedriver doorisclosed.HSAwillnotactivate inaforwarddrivegearwhenfacing downhill,orinR(Reverse)when facinguphill. Ifthebrakepedalis releasedandthenreappliedwhile HSAisactivated,thebrakepedal mayfeelfirmerwithlesspedal travel.

RideControlSystems

TractionControl/ElectronicStability Control

SystemOperation

The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and Stabili Trak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an electronic stability control system. Thesesystemshelplimit wheelspin and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.

TCSactivatesifitsensesanyofthe drivewheelsarespinningor beginningtolosetraction.Whenthis happens,TCSappliesthebrakesto thespinningwheelsandreduces enginepowertolimitwheelspin.

StabiliTrak/ESCactivateswhenthe vehiclesensesadifferencebetween theintendedpathandthedirection thevehicleisactuallytraveling. StabiliTrak/ESCselectivelyapplies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driverinkeepingthevehicleonthe intendedpath.TrailerSwayControl (TSC)isalsoonautomaticallywhen thevehicleisstarted.See Trailer SwayControl(TSC)225.

Ifcruisecontrolisbeingused and tractioncontrolorStabiliTrak/ESC beginstolimitwheelspin, cruise controlwilldisengage. Cruise controlmaybeturnedbackonwhen roadconditionsallow.

Bothsystemscomeon automaticallywhenthevehicleis startedandbeginstomove. The systemsmaybeheardorfeltwhile theyareoperatingorwhile performingdiagnosticchecks. This isnormalanddoesnotmeanthere isaproblemwiththevehicle.

It is recommended to leave both systemson for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Se if the Vehicle Is Stuck 172 and "Turning the Systems Off and On" later in this section.

DrivingandOperating193

The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:

• FlashwhenTCSislimiting wheelspin.
• FlashwhenStabiliTrak/ESCis activated.
• Turnonandstayonwheneither systemisnotworking.

Ifeithersystemfailstoturnonorto activate, amessagedisplaysinthe DriverInformationCenter(DIC), and comesonandstaysonto indicate that the system is inactive and not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safetodrive, but drivings should be adjusted accordingly.

If ≈ comesonandstayson:

1. Stopthevehicle.

2. Turntheengineoffandwait 15seconds.

3.Starttheengine.

Drivethevehicle.If comeson andstayson,thevehiclemayneed moretimetodiagnosetheproblem. Iftheconditionpersists,seeyour dealer.

TurningtheSystemsOff andOn

Close-up of a car air conditioner panel with a circular button labeled 'SUV' and a black arrow pointing to it (no readable text or symbols beyond the button)

Caution

Donotrepeatedlybrakeor accelerateheavilywhenTCSis off. Thevehicledrivelinecouldbe damaged.

ToturnoffonlyTCS,pressand release OFF. Theappropriate message will display in the DIC. To turn TCSonagain, press and release OFF.

IfTCSislimitingwheelspinwhen ispressed, thesystemwillnotturn offuntilthewheelsstopspinning.

ToturnoffbothTCSandStabiliTrak/ESC,pressandhold OFF untilthe StabiliTrak/ESCOFFlight OFF comes onandstaysonintheinstrument cluster,thenrelease.The appropriatemessagewilldisplayin theDIC.

194DrivingandOperating

ToturnTCSandStabiliTrak/ESCon again,pressandrelease OFF. The StabiliTrak/ESCOFFlight OFF inthe instrumentclusterturnsoff.

StabiliTrak/ESCwillautomatically turnbackonifthevehicleexceeds 32km/h(20mph).TCSwillremain offuntil ispressedortheignition iscycledoffthenon.

ThevehiclehasaTrailerSway Control(TSC)featureandaHill StartAssist(HSA)feature. See TrailerSwayControl(TSC) 225orHillStartAssist(HSA) 192.

Addingaccessoriescanaffectthe vehicleperformance.See AccessoriesandModifications 230.

LockingRearAxle

Vehicleswithalockingrearaxlecan givemoretractiononsnow,mud, ice,sand,ogravel.Itworkslikea standardaxlemostofthetime,but whentractionislow,thisfeaturewill allowtherearwheelwiththemost tractiontomovethevehicle.

CruiseControl

Warning

Cruisecontrolcanbedangerous whereyoucannotdrivesafelyat asteadyspeed.Donotuse cruisecontrolonwindingroadsor inheavytraffic.

Cruisecontrolcanbedangerous onslipperyroads. Onsuchroads, fastchangesintiretraction can causeexcessivewheelslip, and youcouldlosecontrol.Donotuse cruisecontrolonslipperyroads.

Ifequippedwithcruisecontrol,a speedofabout40km/h(25mph)or morecanbemaintainedwithout keepingyourfootonthe accelerator.Cruisecontroldoesnot workatspeedsbelowabout40km/h (25mph).

If the Traction Control System (TCS) or Stabili Trak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system begins to limit wheel-spin while using cruise control, the cruise control

DrivingandOperating195

automatically disengages. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 192. When road conditions allowyoutosafelyuseit again, cruise control can be turned back on.

Ifthebrakesareapplied, cruise controldisengages.

RES SET

:Presstoturncruisecontrolon oroff. Thewhiteindicatorcomeson intheinstrumentclusterwhen cruisecontrolisturnedon.

+RES: If thereisasetspeedin memory, pressbrieflytoresumethat speedorpressandholdto

accelerate.lfcruise controlis already active, usetoincrease vehiclespeed.

SET-:Pressbrieflytosetthe speedandactivatecruisecontrol. Ifcruisecontrolisalreadyactive, usetodecreasevehiclespeed.

☒: Presstodisengagecruise controlwithouterasingtheset speedfrommemory.

SettingCruiseControl

If 🎨isonwhennotinuse,the SET-or+RESbuttoncouldget pressedandgointocruisewhennot desired.Keep 🎨offwhencruiseis notbeingused.

Tosetaspeed:

1. Press ☑ toturnthecruise systemon.

2. Getuptothedesiredspeed.

3. PressandreleaseSET-.

4. Remove your foot from the accelerator.

Thecruisecontrolindicatoronthe instrumentclusterturnsgreenafter cruisecontrolhasbeensettothe desiredspeed.SeeInstrument Cluster→101.

ResumingaSetSpeed

If the cruise control lissetata desired speed and then the brakes are applied or is pressed, the cruise control disengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Oncethevehiclespeedreaches about40km/h(25mph)ormore, brieflypress+RES. The vehicle returnstotheprevioussetspeed.

IncreasingSpeedWhileUsing CruiseControl

Ifthecruise control system is already activated:

• Pressandhold+RESuntilthe desiredspeedisreached,then releaseit.
• Toincreasevehiclespeedin smallincrements, briefly press +RES. Foreachpress, the

196DrivingandOperating

vehiclegoesabout 1km/h(Metricdisplay)or 1mph(Englishdisplay)faster.

Thespeedometerreadingcanbe displayedineitherEnglishormetric units.SeeDriverInformationCenter (DIC)⇒114.Theincrementvalue useddependsontheunits displayed.

ReducingSpeedWhileUsing CruiseControl

If the cruise control system is already activated:

• PressandholdSET—until the desiredlowerspeedisreached, thenreleaseit.
• Toslowdowninsmall increments, brieflypressSET-. Foreachpress, the vehiclegoes about 1 km/h (Metric display) or 1 mph (English display) slower.

Thespeedometerreadingcanbe displayedineitherEnglishormetric units.SeeDriverInformationCenter (DIC)⇒114.Theincrementvalue useddependsontheunits displayed.

PassingAnotherVehicleWhile UsingCruiseControl

Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicles speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previous set cruises speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following there leaseto override cruise control, briefly pressing SET-will result in cruise set to the current vehicles speed.

UsingCruiseControlonHills

Howwellthecruisecontrolworks onhillsdependsonthevehicle speed,load,andthesteepnessof thehills.Whengingupsteephills, pressingtheacceleratorpedalmay benecessarytomaintainvehicle speed.Whengingdownhill,Cruise GradeBrakinghelpsmaintainthe driverselectedspeed.

CruiseGradeBrakingisenabled whenthevehicleisstartedand cruisecontrolisactive.Itassistsin maintainingdriverselectedspeed

whendrivingondownhillgradesby usingtheengineandtransmission toslowthevehicle.

Ifthebrakepedalisapplied, cruise controlwilldisengage.

EndingCruiseControl

Therearefourwaystoendcruise control:

• Steplightlyonthebrakepedal.
- Press ⊗.
- Shiftthetransmission to N(Neutral).
- Toturnoffcruisecontrol, press 📷.

ErasingSpeedMemory

Thecruisecontrolsetspeedis erasedfrommemoryif is pressedorifthevehicleis turnedoff.

DriverAssistance Systems

This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using the systems.

Warning

DonotrelyontheDriver AssistanceSystems. These systemsdonotreplacetheneed forpayingattentionanddriving safely. Youmaynothearorsee alertsorwarningsprovidedby thesesystems.Failuretouse propercarewhendrivingmay resultininjury,death,orvehicle damage.SeeDefensiveDriving 166.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

Undermanyconditions, these systemswillnot:

• Detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists, oranimals.
• Detectvehiclesorobjects outside the aream monitored by the system.
  • Workatalldrivingspeeds.
• Warnyouorprovideyou withenoughtimetoavoida crash.
• Workunderpoorvisibility or badweather conditions.
• Workifthedetectionsensor isnotcleanedoriscovered byice,snow,mud,ordirt.
• Workifthedetectionsensor iscoveredup, such as with asticker, magnet, or metal plate.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

- Workiftheareasurrounding thedetectionsensoris damagedornotproperly repaired.

Completeattentionisalways requiredwhiledriving, and you should bereadytotakeaction and applythebrakesand/orsteer thevehicletoavoidcrashes.

AudibleAlert

Somedriverassistancefeatures alertthedriverofobstaclesby beeping. Tochangethevolume of the warningchime, see Vehicle Personalization⇒120.

Cleaning

Dependingonvehicleoptions, keep theseareasofthevehiclecleanto ensurethebestdriverassistance featureperformance.Driver InformationCenter(DIC)messages maydisplaywhenthesystemsare unavailableorblocked.

198DrivingandOperating

3D rendering of a car with visible engine and dashboard components (no text or symbols)

3D rendering of a car front view with no visible text or symbols

• Frontandrearbumpersandthe areabelowthebumpers

• Frontgrilleandheadlamps

• Frontcameralensinthefront grilleornearthefrontemblem

• Frontsideandrearsidepanels
• Outsideofthewindshieldinfront oftherearviewmirrors
• Sidecameralensonthebottom oftheoutsidemirrors
  • Rearsidecornerbumpers
• RearVisionCameraabovethe licenseplate

RearVision Camera(RVC)

Ifequipped, theRVCsystemis designedtohelpthedriverwhen backingupbydisplayingaviewof theareabehindthevehicle.

Warning

Thecamera(s)donotdisplay children,pedestrians,bicyclists, crossingtraffic,animals,orany otherobjectoutsideofthe cameras'fieldofview,belowthe

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

bumper,orunderthevehicle. Showndistancesmaybedifferent fromactualdistances.Donot driveorparkthevehicleusing onlythesecamera(s).Always checkbehindandaroundthe vehiclebeforedriving.Failureto usepropercaremayresultin injury,death,orvehicledamage.

Whenthevehicleisonandshifted intoR(Reverse),thevideoimage appearsontheinsiderearview mirror. Thevideoimagedisappears afterthevehicleisshiftedoutof R(Reverse).

DrivingandOperating199

RVCLocation

Front view of a white van with a black arrow pointing to the side panel (no text or symbols visible)

Thecameraisnexttothelicense plate.

Diagram of a car's side profile showing front wheel and side panel, with no visible text or symbols

1.Viewdisplayedbythe camera

Diagram of a device with labeled parts, showing a 2D object and a triangular screen-like structure.

1.Viewdisplayedbythe camera
2. Cornersoftherearbumper

Displayedimagesmaybefurtheror closerthantheyappear.Thearea displayedislimitedandobjectsthat areclosetoeithercornerofthe bumperorunderthebumperdonot display.

WhentheSystemDoesNot SeemToWorkProperly

TheRVCsystemmightnotwork properlyordisplayaclearimageif:

- Itisdark.

• Thesunorthebeamof headlampsisshiningdirectly intothecameralens.
• Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds upon the cameralens. Cleanthelens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with as soft cloth.
• Thebackofthevehicleisinan accident. Theposition and mountingangleofthecamera canchangeorthecameracan beaffected. Besuretohavethe cameraanditsposition and mountinganglecheckedatyour dealer.

Troubleshooting

IfthevehicleisinR(Reverse)and abluescreenisdisplayedinthe mirrorandthenthedisplayshuts off,seeyourdealerforservice.

ParkAssist

Ifequipped, the Rear Park Assist (RPA) system uses sensor on the rearbumperto assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R(Reverse).

200DrivingandOperating

Warning

The Park Assistsystem does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects below the bumper orthataretoo close to oofar from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before backing.

HowtheSystemWorks

RPAcomesonautomaticallywhen theshiftleverismovedinto R(Reverse).Asinglebeepsounds toindicatethesystemisworking.

RPAoperatesonlyatspeedsless than8km/h(5mph).

Anobstacledetectionisindicated bybeeps. Thetimebetweenbeeps getsshorterasthevehicle

approachestheobstacle. Repeated beepsareheardwhenthedistance islessthan30cm(12in).

Tobedetected, objectsmustbeat least25cm(10in)offtheground andbelowreardoorlevel. Objects mustalsobewithin2.5m(8ft)from therearbumper. Thisdistancemay belessduringwarmerorhumid weather.

TurningtheSystemOnandOff

Thesystemcanbedisabledthrough theDriverInformationCenter(DIC). See "ParkAssist" underDriver InformationCenter(DIC)→114.

RPAdefaultstotheonsettingeach timethevehicleisstarted.

TurnRPAoffwhentowingatrailer.

WhentheSystemDoesNot SeemtoWorkProperly

The following messages maybe displayed on the DIC:

SERVICEPARKASSIST: If this message occurs, takethe vehicle to your dealer for repair.

PARKASSISTOFF: This message occurs if the driver disable the system or if the vehicle is driven above 8 km/h (5 mph) in R (Reverse).

PARKASSTBLOCKEDSEE OWNERSMANUAL:This

messagecanoccurunderthe followingconditions:

• Thesensorsarenotclean.Keep therearbumperfreeofmud, dirt,snow,ice,slush,andfrost. Themessagemaynotclearuntil frostoricehasmeltedallaround andinsidethesensor.
• Atrailerisattachedtothe vehicle,orabicycleoranobject hangingoutofthereardoor duringthecurrentorlastdrive cycle.RPAwillreturntonormal operationafteritisdetermined theobjectisremoved.This couldtakeafewdrivecycles.
• Atowbarisattachedtothe vehicle.

Otherconditionsmayaffectsystem performance,suchasvibrations fromajackhammerorthe compressionofairbrakesonavery largetruck.

ForwardCollisionAlert (FCA)System

Ifequipped, theFCAsystemmay helptoavoidorreducetheharm causedbyfront-endcrashes. When approachingavehicleaheadtoo quickly, FCAprovidesaredflashing alertonthewindshieldandrapidly beeps. FCAalsolightsanamber visualalertiffollowinganother vehiclemuchtooclosely.

FCAdetectsvehicleswithina distanceofapproximately60m (197ft)andoperatesatspeeds above40km/h(25mph).

Warning

FCAisawarningsystemand doesnotapplythebrakes.When approachingaslower-movingor (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

stoppedvehicleaheadtoorapidly, orwhenfollowingavehicletoo closely, FCAmaynotprovidea warningwithenoughtimetohelp avoidacrash. Italsomaynot provideanywarningatall. FCA doesnotwarnofpedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, orotherobjects. Bereadytotake actionandapplythebrakes. See DefensiveDriving→166.

FCAcanbedisabledwiththe buttononthecenterstack.

DetectingtheVehicleAhead

FCAwarningswillnotoccurunless theFCAsystemdetectsavehicle ahead. Whenavehicleisdetected, thevehicleaheadindicatorwill displaygreen. Vehiclesmaynotbe detectedoncurves, highwayexit ramps, orhills, duetopoorvisibility; orifavehicleaheadispartially blockedbypedestriansorother objects. FCAwillnotdetectanother vehicleaheaduntilitiscompletely inthedrivinglane.

Warning

FCAdoesnotprovideawarning tohelpavoidacrash,unless it detectsavehicle.FCAmaynot detectavehicleaheadiftheFCA sensorisblockedbydirt,snow, orice,orifthewindshieldis damaged.Itmayalsonotdetecta vehicleonwindingorhillyroads, orinconditionsthatcanlimit visibilitysuchasfog,rain, orsnow,oriftheheadlampsor windshieldarenotcleanedorin

(Continued)

202DrivingandOperating

Warning(Continued)

propercondition.Keepthe windshield,headlamps,andFCA sensorscleanandingoodrepair.

CollisionAlert

Six black dots arranged horizontally on a light gray background (no text or symbols)

When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle to or rapidly, thered FC display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beepswill sound from the front. Whent his Collision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver braking to occur morerapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continueto apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs.

TailgatingAlert

The vehicleahead indicator will display amber following detected vehicle ahead much to closely.

SelectingtheAlertTiming

TheCollisionAlertbuttonisonthe centerstack.Press 🔍 tosetthe alerttimingtofar, medium, near, oroff. Thefirstbuttonpressshows thecurrentcontrolsettingonthe DIC. Additionalbuttonpresseswill changethissetting. Thechosen settingwillremainuntilitischanged andwillaffectboththeCollision AlertandtheTailgatingAlert features. Thetimingofbothalerts willvarybasedonvehiclespeed. Thefasterthevehiclespeed, the fartherawaythealertwilloccur. Considertrafficandweather conditions when selecting the alert

timing. Therangeofselectablealert timingsmaynotbeappropriatefor alldriversanddrivingconditions.

UnnecessaryAlerts

FCAmayprovideunnecessary alertstoturningvehicles,vehiclesin otherlanes,objectsthatarenot vehicles,orshadows. Thesealerts arenormaloperationandthe vehicledoesnotneedservice.

CleaningtheSystem

If the FCAsystemdoesnotseemto operateproperly, cleaningthe outsideofthewindshieldareain frontofthecamerasensormay correcttheissue.

SideBlindZone Alert(SBZA)

Ifequipped, the SBZAsystemisa lane-changingaidthatassists driverswithavoidingcrashesthat occurwithmovingvehiclesinthe sideblindzone(orspot)areas. The SBZAwarningdisplaywilllightupin

DrivingandOperating203

thecorrespondingoutsideside mirrorandwillflashiftheturnsignal ison.

Warning

SBZAdoesnotalertthedriverto vehiclesrapidlyapproaching outsideofthesideblindzones, pedestrians,bicyclists, oranimals.Itmaynotprovide alertswhenchanginglanesunder alldrivingconditions.Failureureto usepropercarewhenchanging lanesmayresultinjury,death, orvehicledamage.Before makingalanechange,always checkmirrors,glanceoveryour shoulder,andusetheturn signals.

SBZADetectionZones

Diagram showing three car head positions with dashed bounding boxes, no text or symbols present

TheSBZAsensorcoversazoneof approximatelyonelaneoverfrom bothsidesofthevehicle,or3.5m (11ft).Theheightofthezoneis approximatelybetween0.5m(1.5ft) and2m(6ft)offtheground.This zonestartsatapproximatelythe middleofthevehicleandgoesback 8m(26ft).

HowtheSystemWorks

TheSBZAsymbollightsupinthe sidemirrorswhenthesystem detectsamovingvehicleinthenext lane over that is in the side blind zone. This indicates it may be

unsafetochangelanes.Before makingalanechange,checkthe SBZAdisplay,checkmirrors,glance overyourshoulder,andusetheturn signals.

LeftSideMirror Display RightSideMirror Display

Whenthevehicleisstarted,both outsidemirrorSBZAdisplayswill brieflycomeontoindicatethe systemisoperating.Whenthe vehicleisinaforwardgear,theleft orrightsidemirrordisplaywilllight upifamovingvehicleisdetectedin thatblindzone.Iftheturnsignalis activatedinthesamedirectionofa detectedvehicle,thisdisplaywill flashasanextrawarningnotto changelanes.

204DrivingandOperating

SBZAcanbedisabledthroughthe DriverInformationCenter(DIC). SeeDriverInformationCenter(DIC) 114.IfSBZAisdisabledbythe driver,theSBZAmirrordisplayswill notlightup.

WhentheSystemDoesNot SeemtoWorkProperly

SBZAdisplaysmaynotcomeon whenpassingavehiclequickly,for astoppedvehicle,orwhentowinga trailer.TheSBZAdetectionzones thatextendbackfromthesideof thevehicledonotmovefurtherback whenatraileristowed.Usecaution whilechanginglaneswhentowinga trailer.SBZAmayalerttoobjects attachedtothevehicle,suchasa trailer,bicycle,orobjectextending outtoeithersideofthevehicle.This isnormalsystemoperation;the vehicledoesnotneedservice.

SBZAmaynotalwaysalertthe drivertovehiclesinthesideblind zone,especiallyinwetconditions. Thesystemdoesnotneedtobe serviced. Thesystemmaylightup duetoguardrails,signs,trees,

shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normally system operation; the vehicle does not need service.

SBZAmaynotoperatewhenthe SBZAsensorsintheleftorright cornersoftherebumperare coveredwithmud,dirt,snow,ice, orslush,orinheavyrainstorms.For cleaninginstructions,see"Washing theVehicle"underExteriorCare 307.IftheDICdisplaysthe systemunavailablemessageafter cleaningbothsidesofthevehicle towardtherearcornersofthe vehicle,seeyourdealer.

IftheSBZAdisplaysdonotlightup whenvehiclesareintheblindzone andthesystemisclean,thesystem mayneedservice.Takethevehicle toyourdealer.

RadioFrequencyInformation

SeeRadioFrequencyStatement 344.

LaneDeparture Warning(LDW)

Ifequipped, LDWmayhelpavoid crashesduetounintentionallane departures. It may provide an alert if the vehicle is crossing alane without using aturn signal in that direction. LDWusesacamera sensortodetectthelanemarkings at speed sof 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater.

Warning

TheLDWsystemdoesnotsteer thevehicle.TheLDWsystem maynot:

• Provideenoughtimeto avoidacrash.
• Detectlanemarkingsunder poorweatherorvisibility conditions. This can occur if the windshieldor headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, orice; if they are

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

notinpropercondition;orif thesunshinesdirectlyinto thecamera.

• Detectroadedges.
• Detectlanesonwindingor hillyroads.

IfLDWonlydetectslane markingsononesideoftheroad, itwillonlywarnyouwhen departingthelaneontheside whereithasdetectedalane marking.Alwayskeepyour attentionontheroadand maintainpropervehicleposition withinthelane,orvehicle damage,injury,ordeathcould occur.Alwayskeepthe windshield,headlamps,and camerasensorscleanandin goodrepair.DonotuseLDWin badweatherconditions.

HowtheSystemWorks

The LDWcamerasensorison the windshieldaheadoftherearview mirror.

ToturnLDWonandoff, press on thecenterstack. Thecontrol indicatorwilllightwhenLDWison.

WhenLDWison, isgreenif LDWisavailabletowarnofalane departure.Ifthevehiclecrossesa detectedlanemarkingwithoutusing theturnsignalinthatdirection, changestoamberandflashes. Additionally,therewillbethree beepsontherightorleft,depending onthelanedeparturedirection.

WhentheSystemDoesNot SeemtoWorkProperly

Thesystemmaynotdetectlanesas wellwhenthereare:

• Closevehiclesahead.
• Suddenlightingchanges,such aswhendrivingthroughtunnels.
• Bankedroads.

If the LDW system is not functioning properly when lanemarkings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help.

LDWalertsmayoccurduetotar marks, shadows, cracksintheroad, temporaryorconstructionlane markings, orotherroad imperfections. Thisisnormalsystem operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LDWoffifthese conditions continue.

DEALER ePROCESS

206DrivingandOperating

Fuel

TopTierFuel

GMrecommendstheuseofTOP TIERDetergentGasolinetokeep theengineclean,reduceengine deposits,andmaintainoptimal vehicleperformance.Lookforthe TOPTIERLogoorsee www.toptiergas.comforalistofTOP TIERDetergentGasolinemarketers andapplicablecountries.

Detergent Gasoline

If the vehicle has yellow fuel cap or yellow sticker on the fuel door, E85 or Flex Fuel can be used. If the vehicle does not have yellow fuel cap or yellow sticker, donot use gasolinewith ethanol level greater than 15% by volume. See E85 or Flex Fuel 207.

Useregularunleadedgasoline meetingASTMspecificationD4814 withapostedoctaneratingof87or higher.Donotusegasolinewitha postedoctaneratingoflessthan87, asthismaycauseengineknockand willlowerfueleconomy.

ProhibitedFuels

Caution

Donotusefuelswithanyofthe followingconditions;doingso maydamagethevehicleandvoid itswarranty:

• Forvehiclesthatarenot FlexFuel, fuellabeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
• Fuelwithanyamountof methanol,methylal, ferrocene,andaniline. Thesefuelscancorrode metalfuelsystempartsor damageplasticandrubber parts.
• Fuelcontainingmetalssuch asmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl

(Continued)

DrivingandOperating207

Caution(Continued)

(MMT), which candamage the emissions control system and spark plugs.

- Fuelwithapostedoctane ratingoflessthanthe recommendedfuel. Using thisfuelwillowerfuel economyandperformance, andmaydecreasethelifeof theemissionscatalyst.

FuelsinForeign Countries

The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octaneratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to issue a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels 206.

FuelAdditives

TOPTIERDetergentGasolineis highlyrecommendedforusewith yourvehicle. If your country does not have TOPTIERDetergent Gasoline, add ACDelcoFuel

SystemTreatmentPlus-Gasolineto thevehicle'sgasolinefueltankat everyoilchangeor15,000km (9,000mi),whicheveroccursfirst. TOPTIERDetergentGasolineand ACDelcoFuelSystemTreatment Plus-Gasolinewillhelpkeepyour vehicle'senginefueldepositfree andperformingoptimally.

E85orFlexFuel

Vehicleswithyellowfuelcapcan useeitherunleadedgasolineorfuel containingupto85%ethanol(E85). Allothervehiclesshoulduseonly theunleadedgasolineasdescribed inRecommendedFuel→206.

TheuseofE85orFlexFuelis encouragedwhenthevehicleis designedtouseit.E85orFlexFuel ismadefromrenewablesources.

Tohelplocatefuelstationsthat carryE85orFlexFuel,theU.S. DepartmentofEnergyhasan alternativefuelwebsite.See www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations.

E85orFlexFuelshouldmeetASTM SpecificationD5798orCAN/CGSB-3.512inCanada.Donotuse thefueliftheethanolcontentis greaterthan85%.Fuelmixtures that donotmeetASTMorCGSB specificationscanaffectdriveability andcouldcausethemalfunction indicatorlamptocomeon.

The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for use when temperatures fall below -18^(0^) . Use gasoline or add gasolineto the E85 or FlexFuel.

BecauseE85orFlexFuelhasless energyperliter(gallon)than gasoline,thevehiclewillneedtobe refilledmoreoften.SeeFillingthe Tank→208.

TheonlyGMaprovedaftermarket additiveisACDelcoFuelSystem TreatmentPlus-FlexFuel.Followthe instructionsonthebottleforproper use.Thisproductisavailableat yourGMdealer.

208DrivingandOperating

Caution

Someadditivesarenot compatiblewithE85orFlexFuel andcanharmthevehicle'sfuel system.Useonlyadditives approvedbyGMforE85or FlexFuelvehicles.Damage causedbyunapprovedadditives wouldnotbecoveredbythe vehiclewarranty.

Caution

Donotusefuelcontaining methanol.Itcancorrodemetal partsinthefuelsystemandalso damageplasticandrubberparts. Thatdamagewouldnotbe coveredunderthevehicle warranty.

FillingtheTank

Warning

Fuelvaporsandfuelfiresburn violentlyandcancauseinjuryor death.

• Tohelpavoidinjuriestoyou andothers,readandfollow alltheinstructionsonthe fuelpumpisland.
• Turnofftheenginewhen refueling.
• Keepsparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
• Donotleavethefuelpump unattended.
• Avoidusingelectronic deviceswhilerefueling.
• Donotre-enterthevehicle whilepumpingfuel.
• Keepchildrenawayfrom thefuelpumpandneverlet childrenpumpfuel.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

- Fuelcansprayoutifthefuel capisopenedtooquickly. Thisspraycanhappenifthe tankisnearlyfull, and is morelikelyinhotweather. Openthefuelcapslowly andwaitforanyhissnoise tostop, thenunscrewthe capalltheway.

3D rendering of a mechanical switch or lock assembly with no visible text or symbols

Thefuelcapisbehindahingedfuel dooronthedriversideofthe vehicle.

DrivingandOperating209

If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the fuel cap will be yellow and state that E85 or gasoline can be used. See E85 or Flex Fuel 207.

Toremovethefuelcap, turnit slowlycounterclockwise.

Whilerefueling, hangthetethered fuelcapfromthehookonthe fueldoor.

Warning

Overfillingthefueltankbymore thanthreeclicksofastandardfill nozzlemaycause:

• Vehicleperformanceissues, includingenginestallingand damagetothefuelsystem.
• Fuelspills.
• Potentialfuelfires.

Becarefulnottospillfuel.Waita fewsecondsafteryouhavefinished pumpingbeforeremovingthe nozzle.Cleanfuelfrompainted surfacesassoonaspossible.See ExteriorCare⇒307.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it clockwise until it clicks. Makes sure the cap is fully installed. The diagnostics system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off for improperly installed. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp 108.

Warning

Ifafirestartswhileyouare refueling, donotremovethe nozzle. Shutofftheflowoffuelby shuttingoffthepumporby notifyingthestationattendant. Leavetheareaimmediately.

Caution

Ifanewfuelcapisneeded, be suretogetherighttypeofcap fromyourdealer. Thewrongtype offuelcapmaynotfitproperly, maycausethemalfunction

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

indicatorlamptolight, and could damage the fuel tank and emission system. See MalfunctionIndicatorLamp→10

FillingaPortableFuel Container

Warning

Neverfillaportablefuelcontainer whileitisinthevehicle.Static electricitydischargefromthe containercanignitethefuel vapor.Youcanbebadlyburned andthevehicledamagedifthis occurs.Tohelpavoidinjurytoyou andothers:

- Dispensefuelonlyinto approvedcontainers.

(Continued)

210 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued)

• Donotfillacontainerwhile itisinsideavehicle,ina vehicle'strunk,pickupbed, oronanysurfaceotherthan theground.
• Bringthefillnozzlein contactwiththeinsideof thefillopeningbefore operatingthenozzle. Contactshouldbe maintaineduntilthefillingis complete.
• Donotsmokewhile pumpingfuel.
• Avoidusingelectronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General Towing Information

Onlyusetowingequipmentthathas beendesignedforthevehicle. Contactyourdealerortrailering dealerforassistancewithpreparing thevehicletotowatrailer.Readthe entiresectionbeforetowingatrailer.

Totowadisabledvehicle,see TowingtheVehicle0 305.Totow thevehiclebehindanothervehicle suchasamotorhome,see RecreationalVehicleTowing0 305.

Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips

{ Warning

Youcanlosecontrolwhentowing atrailerifthecorrectequipmentis notusedorthevehicleisnot drivenproperly.Forexample, ifthetraileristooheavyorthe

d)

Warning (Continued)

trailerbrakesareinadequatefor theload,thevehiclemaynotstop aexpected.Youandothers couldbeseriouslyinjured.The vehiclemayalsobedamaged, andtherepairswouldnotbe coveredbythevehiclewarranty. Pullatraileronlyifallthestepsin thissectionhavebeenfollowed. Askyourdealerforadviceand informationabouttowingatrailer withthevehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Traileringisdifferentthanjust drivingthevehiclebyitself. Traileringmeanschangesin handling,acceleration,braking, durability,andfueleconomy. Successful,safetraileringtakes correctequipment,andithastobe usedproperly.

The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are

DrivingandOperating211

importantforyoursafetyandthatof yourpassengers.Readthissection carefullybeforepullingatrailer.

Whentowingatraler:

• Becomefamiliarwithandfollow allstateandlocallawsthat applytotrailertowing.These requirementsvaryfromstateto state.
• Statelawsmayrequiretheuse ofextendedsideviewmirrors. Evenifnotrequired,youshould installextendedsideview mirrorsifyourvisibilityislimited orrestrictedwhiletowing.
• Donottowatrailerduringthe first800km(500mi)ofvehicle usetopreventdamagetothe engine,axle,orotherparts.
• Itisrecommendedtoperform thefirstoilchangebeforeheavy towing.

• During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailertowing, donot drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts at full throttle.

• VehiclescantowinD(Drive). Tow/HaulModeisrecommended forheaviertrailers.See Tow/HaulMode⇒189.If the transmissiondownshiftstoo often,alowergearmaybe selectedusingManualMode. SeeManualMode⇒188.

If equipped, the following driver assistance feature should be turned off when towing a trailer:

• AdaptiveCruiseControl(ACC)
- SuperCruiseControl
- LaneKeepAssist(LKA)
- ParkAssist
• AutomaticParkingAssist(APA)
- ReverseAutomatic Braking(RAB)

lfequipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned to alert or off when towing a trailer:

• ForwardAutomaticBraking System(FAB)
  • Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

- FrontPedestrianBraking(FPB) IfequippedwithLaneChangeAlert (LCA),theLCAdetectionzonesthat extendbackfromthesideofthe vehicledonotmovefurtherback whenatraileristowed.Usecaution whilechanginglaneswhentowinga trailer.

IfequippedwithRearCrossTraffic Alert(RCTA),usecautionwhile backingupwhentowingatrailer,as theRCTAdetectionzonesthat extendoutfromthebackofthe vehicledonotmovefurtherback whenatraileristowed.

Warning

Topreventseriousinjuryordeath fromcarbonmonoxide(CO), whentowingatraler:

- Donotdrivewiththe liftgate,trunk/hatch, orrear-mostwindowopen.

(Continued)

212DrivingandOperating

Warning(Continued)

• Fullyopentheairoutletson orundertheinstrument panel.
• Adjusttheclimatecontrol systemtoasettingthat bringsinonlyoutsideair. See“ClimateControl Systems”inthelIndex.

Formoreinformationabout carbonmonoxide,seeEngine Exhaust→184.

Towingatrailerrequiressexperience. Thecombinationofthevehicleand trailerislongerandnotas responsiveasthevehicleitself.Get usedtothehandlingandbrakingof thecombinationbydrivingona levelroadsurfacebeforedrivingon publicroads.

Thetrailerstructure, thetires, and thebrakesmustbeallberatedto carrytheintendedcargo. Inadequatetralerequipmentcan causethecombinationtooperatein

anunexpectedorunsafemanner. Beforedriving, inspectalltrailer hitchpartsandattachments, safety chains, electricalconnectors, lamps, tires, andmirrors. See Towing Equipment→222. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination moving and then manually apply the trailer brake controller to check the trailer brakes work. During the trip, occasionally check that the cargo and trailer are secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are working.

TowingwithaStabilityControl System

Whentowing, the stability control system might be heard. Thesystem react stove vehicle movement caused by the trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers.

FollowingDistance

Stayatleasttwiceasfarbehindthe vehicleaheadasyouwouldwhen drivingwithoutatraler. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing

Morepassingdistanceisneeded whentowingatrailer.The combinationofthevehicleand trailerwillnotaccelerateasquickly andismuchlongerthanthevehicle alone.Itisnecessarytogomuch fartherbeyondthepassedvehicle beforereturningtothelane.Pass onlevelroadways.Avoidpassing onhillsifpossible.

BackingUp

Holdthebottomofthesteering wheelwithonehand.Tomovethe trailertotheleft,movethathandto theleft.Tomovethetrailertothe right,movethathandtotheright. Alwaysbackupslowlyand, ifpossible,havesomeone guideyou.

DrivingandOperating213

MakingTurns

Caution

Turnmoreslowlyandmakewider arcswhentowingatrailerto preventdamagetoyourvehicle. Makingverysharpturnscould causethetrailertocontactthe vehicle.

Makewiderturnsthannormalwhen towing,sotrailerwillnotgooversoft shoulders,overcurbs,orstrikeroad signs,trees,orotherobjects. Alwayssignalturnswellinadvance. Donotsteerorbrakesuddenly.

DrivingonGrades

Reducespeedandshifttoalower gearbeforestartingdownalongor steepdownhillgrade. If the transmissionisnotshifteddown, the brakesmayoverheatandresultin reducedbrakingefficiency.

The vehicle cantowin D(Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shift too often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

Whentowingathigheraltitudes, enginecoolantwillboilatalower temperaturethanatloweraltitudes. Iftheengineisturnedoff immediatelyaftertowingathigh altitudeonsteepuphillgrades,the vehiclecouldshowsignssimilarto engineoverheating.Toavoidthis, lettheenginerun,preferably on levelground,withthetransmission inP(Park)forafewminutesbefore turningtheengineoff.Ifthe overheatwarningcomeson,see EngineOverheating→248.

ParkingonHills

Warning

Topreventseriousinjuryordeath, alwaysparkyourvehicleand traileronalevelsurfacewhen possible.

Whenparkingyourvehicleandyour traileronahill:

1. Pressthebrakepedal, butdo notshiftintoP(Park)yet. Turn thewheelsintothecurbif facingdownhillorintotrafficif facinguphill.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocks underthetrailerwheels.
3. Whenthewheelchocksarein place, gradually releasethe brakepedaltoallowthechocks to absorb the load of the trailer.
4. Reapplythebrakepedal. Then applytheparkingbrake and shiftintoP(Park).
5. Releasethebrakepedal.

LeavingAfterParkingonaHill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Starttheengine.

3. Shiftintoagear.

4. Releasetheparkingbrake.

5. Letuponthebrakepedal.

214DrivingandOperating

1. Driveslowlyuntilthetraileris clearofthechocks.
2. Stopandhavesomeonepick upandstorethechocks

LaunchingandRetrieving aBoat

BackingtheTrailerintotheWater

Warning

- Have all passengers get out of the vehicle before backing onto the slopes, part of the driver and passengers side windows before backing on other. This will provide an sof escape in the unlikely event the vehicles slides into the water.

- Iftheboatlaunchsurfaceis slippery,havethedriver remaininthevehiclewith thebrakepedalapplied whiletheboatisbeing launched.Theboatlaunch

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

canbeespeciallyslipperyat lowtidewhenpartofthe rampwaspreviously submergedathightide.Do notbackontotherampto launchtheboatifyouare notsurethevehiclecan maintaintraction.

- Donotmovethevehicleif someoneisinthepathof thetrailer. Somepartsofthe trailermightbeunderwater andnotvisibletopeople whoareassistingin launchingtheboat.

Disconnectthewiringtothetrailer beforebackingthetrailerintothe watertopreventdamagetothe electricalcircuitsonthetrailer. Reconnectthewiringtothetrailer afterremovingthetrailerfromthe water. If the trailerhaselectric brakesthatcanfunctionwhenthe trailerissubmerged, itmighthelpto

leavetheelectricaltrailerconnector attachedtomaintaintrailerbrake functionalitywhileontheboatramp.

Tobackthetrailerintothewater:

1. Slowlybackdowntheboat rampuntiltheboatisfloating, butnofurtherthannecessary.

2. Pressandholdthebrake pedal, butdonotshift into P(Park)yet.

3. Havesomeoneplacechocks underthefrontwheelsofthe vehicle.

4. Gradually releasethebrake pedaltoallowthechocksto absorbtheloadofthetrailer.

5. Reapplythebrakepedal. Then applytheparkingbrake and shiftintoP(Park). Ifequipped withamanualtransmission, turnofftheengineandmove theshiftleverinto1(First)gear.

6. Releasethebrakepedal.

DrivingandOperating215

PullingtheTrailerfromtheWater

Topullthetrailerfromthewater:

1. Pressandholdthebrake pedal.
2. Starttheengineandshiftinto agear.
3. Releasetheparkingbrake.
4. Letuponthebrakepedal.
5. Driveslowlyuntilthetiresare clearofthechocks.
6. Stopandhavesomeonepick upandstorethechocks.
7. Slowlypullthetrailerfromthe water.

Caution

Ifthevehicletiresbegintospin andthevehiclebeginstoslide towardthewater,removeyour footfromtheacceleratorpedal andapplythebrakepedal.Seek helptohavethevehicletowedup theramp.

MaintenancewhenTrailer Towing

Thevehicleneedsservicemore oftenwhenusedtotowtrailers.See MaintenanceSchedule→318.Itis especiallyimportanttocheckthe automatictransmissionfluid,engine oil,axlelubricant,belts,cooling system,andbrakesystembefore andduringeachtrip.

Checkperiodicallythatallnutsand boltsonthetrailerhitcharetight.

EngineCoolingwhenTrailer Towing

Thecoolingsystemmaytemporarily overheatduringsevereoperating conditions.SeeEngineOverheating 248.

TrailerTowing

Ifequippedwithadieselengine, seetheDuramaxdiesel supplement.

Caution

Towingatralerimproperlycan damagethevehicleandresultin costlyrepairsnotcoveredbythe vehiclewarranty. Totowatrailer correctly,followthedirectionsin thissectionandseeyourdealer forimportantinformationabout towingatralerwiththevehicle.

Traileringisdifferentthanjust drivingthevehiclebyitself. Traileringmeanschangesin handling,acceleration,braking, durability,andfueleconomy. Successful,safetraileringtakes correctequipment,andithastobe usedproperly.

The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling at a trailer.

216DrivingandOperating

TrailerWeight

Warning

Neverexceedthetowingcapacity foryourvehicle.

Safetraileringrequiresmonitoring theweight, speed, altitude, road grades, outsidetemperature, dimensionsofthefrontofthetrailer, and how frequentlythevehicleis usedtotowatrailer.

TraileringWeightRatings

Whentowingatailer, the combined weightofthevehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and trailercontents must be belowallofthemaximum weightratingsforthevehicle, including:

• GCWR: GrossCombinedWeight Rating
• GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
• MaximumTrailerWeightRating

• GAWR-RR:GrossAxleWeight Rating-Rear
  • MaximumTrailerTongueWeight Rating

See "Weight-DistributingHitch Adjustment" under Towing Equipment→222 todetermine if equalizerbarsarerequired to obtain themaximum trailerweightrating.

See "TrailerBrakes" under Towing Equipment→222todetermineif brakesarerequiredbasedonyour trailer'sweight.

Theonlywaytobesuretheweight isnotexceedinganyofthese ratingsistoweighthetowvehicle andtrailercombination,fullyloaded forthetrip,gettingindividual weightsforeachoftheseitems.

Warning

Youandotherscouldbeseriously injuredorkilledifthetraileristoo heavyorthetrailerbrakesare inadequatefortheload. The

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

vehiclemaybedamaged, and the repairs would not be recovered by the vehicle warranty.

Onlytowatrailerfallthestepsin thissectionhavebeenfollowed. Askyourdealerforadvice and informationabouttowingatrailer.

GrossCombinedWeight Rating(GCWR)

GCWRisthetotalallowableweight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, equipment, and accessories. Donotexceed the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart following.

Tocheck that the weight of the vehicle and trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, follow these steps:

1. Startwith thecurbweight from the Tow Rating Chart.

2.Addtheweightofthetrailer loadedwithcargoandready forthetrip.
3.Addtheweightofall passengers.
4.Addtheweightofallcargoin thevehicle.
5.Addtheweightofhitch hardwaresuchasadrawbar, ball,loadequalizerbars, orswaybars.
6.Addtheweightofany accessoriesoraftermarket equipmentaddedtothe vehicle.

Theresultingweightcannotexceed theGCWRvalueshownontheTow RatingChart.

The gross combined weight can also be confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on public scale. The truck and trailers should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo.

Illustration of a truck and a bus with wheels, no text or symbols present

GrossVehicleWeight Rating(GVWR)

Forinformationaboutthevehicle's maximumloadcapacity,see Vehicle LoadLimits⇒172.Whencalculating theGVWRwithatralerattached, thetrailertongueweightmustbe includedaspartoftheweightthe vehicleiscarrying.

MaximumTrailerWeight

Themaximumtrailerweightratingis calculatedassumingonlythedriver isinthetowvehicleandithasall therequiredtraileringequipment. Theweightofadditionaloptional equipment,passengers,andcargo inthetowvehiclemustbe subtractedfromthemaximumtrailer weight.

UsetheTowRatingChartto determinehowmuchthetrailercan weigh, basedonthevehiclemodel andoptions.

218DrivingandOperating

TowRatingChart
VehicleAxleRatioMaximumTrailerWeightGCWR(a)
G2500CargoVan2WDShortWheelbase
4.3LV63.423357kg(7,400lb)5897kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.424536kg(10,000lb)	7258kg(16,000lb)
G2500CargoVan2WDLongWheelbase
4.3LV63.423220kg(7,100lb)5897kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.424536kg(10,000lb)	7258kg(16,000lb)
G2500PassengerVan2WDShortWheelbase
4.3LV63.423039kg(6,700lb)5897kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.424355kg(9,600lb)7258kg(16,000lb)
G3500CargoVan2WDShortWheelbase
4.3LV63.423357kg(7,400lb)5897kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.424536kg(10,000lb)	7258kg(16,000lb)

TowRatingChart(cont'd)

VehicleAxleRatioMaximumTrailerWeightGCWR(a)
6.0LV83.424355kg(9,600lb)7258kg(16,000lb)
G3500PassengerVan2WDLongWheelbase
4.3LV63.422858kg(6,300lb)5897kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.424173kg(9,200lb)7258kg(16,000lb)
3500SeriesCutaway-353cm(139in)Wheelbase
4.3LV63.42/3.73(b)	5	397kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.42/3.73(b)	7	258kg(16,000lb)
3500SeriesCutaway-404cm(159in)Wheelbase
4.3LV63.42/3.73(b)	5	397kg(13,000lb)
6.0LV83.42/3.73(b)	7	258kg(16,000lb)
6.0LV84.10(b)	861	8kg(19,000lb)
6.0LV84.10(b)	907	2kg(20,000lb)
3500SeriesCutaway-450cm(177in)Wheelbase
6.0LV83.42/3.73(b)	7	258kg(16,000lb)
6.0LV84.10(b)	861	8kg(19,000lb)
6.0LV84.10(b)	907	2kg(20,000lb)

220DrivingandOperating

TowRatingChart(cont'd)

VehicleAxleRatioMaximumTrailerWeightGCWR(a)

(a)TheGrossCombinedWeightRating(GCWR)isthetotalallowableweightofthecompletelyloadedvehicleand trailerincludinganypassengers,cargo,equipment,andconversion.TheGCWRforthevehicleshouldnotbe exceeded.
(b) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.

Thebumperonthisvehicleisnot designedtotowatrailer.

MaximumTrailerTongue WeightRating

The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating is the allowable trailertongue weight that the vehicle cansupport using a conventional trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while still maintaining the correct trailer load balance.

Illustration of a vintage-style off-road vehicle with a speedometer and a vertical pipe (no text or symbols)

Donotexceedamaximumtrailer tongueweightof454kg(1,000lb).

DrivingandOperating221

VehicleSeriesHitchTypeMaximumTongueWeight
2500/3500	Weight-Carrying	181kg(400lb)
2500/3500	Weight-Distributing	454kg(1,000lb)

Thetrailertongueweightcontributes totheGrossVehicleWeight(GVW). GVWincludesthecurbweightof yourvehicle,anypassengers, cargo,equipment,andthetrailer tongueweight.Vehicleoptions, passengers,cargo,andequipment reducethemaximumallowable tongueweightthevehiclecancarry, whichalsoreducethemaximum allowabletrailerweight.

TrailerLoadBalance

The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailers way.

1

2

Thetrailertongueweight(1)should be10–15%oftheloadedtrailer weight(2).Somespecifictrailer types,suchasboattrailers,fall outsideofthisrange.Alwaysrefer tothetrailerowner'smanualforthe recommendedtrailertongueweight

foreach trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for your vehicle, hitch, and trailer.

Afterloadingthetrailer, separately weighthetrailerandthenthetrailer tongue and calculatethetrailerload balancepercentagetoseeifthe weightsanddistributionare appropriateforyourvehicle. If the trailerweightistoohigh, it maybe possibletotransfersomeofthe cargointoyourvehicle. If the trailer tongueweightistoohighortoolow, it may be possibletorearrange someofthecargoinsideofthe trailer.

Donotexceedthemaximum allowabletongueweightforyour vehicle. Usetheshortesthitch extensionavailabletopositionthe hitchballclosertoyourvehicle. This

222DrivingandOperating

will help reduce the effect of the trailertongue weight on the trailer hitch and therear axle.

Ifacargocarrierisusedinthe trailerhitchreceiver,choosea carrierthatpositionstheloadas closetothevehicleaspossible. Makesurethetotalweight, includingthecarrier,isnomorethan halfofthemaximumallowable tongueweightforthevehicleor 227kg(500lb),whicheverisless.

RearGrossAxleWeightRating (GAWR-RR)

The GAWR-RRisthetotalweight that can be supported by therear axle of the vehicle. Donot exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded forth the trip including the weight of the trail is tongue. If using a weight-distributing hitch, donot exceed the GAWR-RR before applying the weight distribution springbars.

Illustration of a truck and a car with a speedometer (no text or symbols)

Askyourdealerfortrailering informationorassistance.

TowingEquipment

Hitches

Alwaysusethecorrecthitch equipmentforyourvehicle. Crosswinds, largetrucksgoingby, androughroadscanaffectthe trailerandthehitch.

Properhitchequipmentforyour vehiclehelpsmaintaincombination control. Manytrailerscanbetowed usingaweight-carryinghitchwhich has a coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle

hook. Othertrailersmayrequirea weight-distributinghitchthatuses springbarstodistributethetrailer tongueweightbetweenyourvehicle andtraileraxles. See "Maximum TrailerTongueWeightRating" under TrailerTowing ^215 forweightlimits withvarioushitchtypes.

Neverattachrentalhitchesorother bumper-typehitches.Onlyuse frame-mountedhitchesthatdonot attachtothebumper.

Considerusingmechanicalsway controlswithanytrailer.Aska traileringprofessionalaboutsway controlsorrefertothetrailer manufacturer'srecommendations andinstructions.

Weight-DistributingHitch Adjustment

Aweightdistributinghitchmaybe usefulwithsometrailers.

DrivingandOperating223

Technical diagram of a car wheel with numbered components and dimension lines

1. FrontofVehicle
   2.BodytoGroundDistance

When using a weight-distributing hitch, measure the front fender height distance (2) before connecting the trailer. Adjust the spring bars until the front fender height distance (2) is the same height before the trailer was connected. Donot reduce the front fender height below the initial distance (2).

Tires

- Donottowatrailerwhileusinga compactsparetireonthe vehicle.

- Tiresmustbeproperlyinflatedto supportloadswhiletowinga trailer.See Tires→269for instructionsonpropertire inflation.

SafetyChains

Alwaysattachchainsbetweenthe vehicleandthetrailer,andattach thechainstotheholesonthetrailer hitchplatform.Instructionsabout safetychainsmaybeprovidedby thehitchmanufacturerorbythe trailermanufacturer.

Crossthesafetychainsunderthe tongueofthetrailertohelpprevent thetonguefromcontactingtheroad ifitbecomesseparatedfromthe hitch.Alwaysleavejustenough slacksothecombinationcanturn. Neverallowsafetychainstodragon theground.

TrailerBrakes

Loadedtrailersover675kg (1,500lb)mustbeequippedwith brakesystemsandwithbrakesfor eachaxle.Trailerbrakingequipment conforming to Canadian Standards

Association(CSA)requirement CAN3-D313,oritsequivalent,is recommended.

Stateorlocalregulationsmay requiretrailerstohavetheirown brakingsystemiftheloadedweight ofthetrailerexceedscertain minimumsthatcanvaryfromstate tostate.Readandfollowthe instructionsforthetrailerbrakesso theyareinstalled,adjusted,and maintainedproperly.Neverattempt totapintoyourvehicle'shydraulic brakesystem.Ifyoudo,boththe vehicleanti-lockbrakesandthe trailerbrakesmaynotfunction, whichcouldresultinacrash.

TrailerWiringHarness

BasicTrailerWiring

Ifthevehicleisnotequippedwitha trailerconnectorontherearbumper, aseven-wiretraileringharnessis tiedtothevehicle'sframe. The harnessrequirestheinstallationofa trailerconnector,whichisavailable throughyourdealer.

224DrivingandOperating

Useonlyaround,seven-wire connectorwithflatbladeterminals meetingSAEJ2863specifications forproperelectricalconnectivity.

Theseven-wireharnesscontains the followingtrailercircuits:

Stop/Turn SignalLeft*	Yellow
Stop/Turn SignalRight*	DarkGreen
Tail/Parking Lamps**	Brown
Reverse Lamps**	LightGreen
BatteryFeedRed/Black
GroundWhite
ElectricTrailer Brake	DarkBlue

*If the vehicle is acutaway with trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will be shared for both left/stop trailer turn and right/stop trailer turn signals. However, the cutaway lighting connector will have a 10 amp fuse foreach signal.

**Ifthevehicleisacutawaywith trailerprovisions,a15ampfuse willbesharedfortrailerpark lampsandcutawayrearlighting connectorparklamps.Also,a 10ampfusewillbesharedfor trailerback-uplampsandcutaway rearlightingconnectorback-up lamps.

Heavy-DutyTrailerWiringHarness Package

Ifequipped, the trailer wiring harness, with a seven-pin connector is mounted on the trailer hitch.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1.LeftTurn/Brake
2.Taillamps
3.ReverseLamps
4.BatteryFeed
5.RightTurn/Brake
6. ElectricBrakes
7. Ground

ElectricBrakeControlWiring Provisions

Ifthevehicleisnotequippedwith anintegratedtrailerbrakecontroller, andthetrailerhaselectricbrakes,a trailerbrakecontrollerneedstobe installedonthevehicle. Thebrake

controllersshouldbeinstalledby yourdealeroraqualifiedservice center.

Ifequipped, wiringprovisionsforan aftermarketelectrictrailerbrake controllerareincludedwiththe vehicleaspartofthetrailerwiring package. The harnesscontains the followingcircuits:

ElectricTrailer Brakes	DarkBlue
BatteryFeedRed/White
BrakeApply Signal	LightBlue
GroundBlack

Therearefourbluntcutwiresunder thefloorcarpetinginfrontofthe brakepedal.Itwillbenecessaryto haveatechnicianconnectthe 12-voltpowertotheengine compartmentfuseblock.

Refertotheaftermarketelectric trailerbrakecontrollerowner's manualtodeterminewirecolor codingoftheelectrictrailerbrake

controller. Thewirecolorsonthe brakecontrollermaybedifferent fromthevehicle.

TrailerLamps

Alwayscheckalltrailerlampsare workingatthebeginningofeach trip,andperiodicallyonlongertrips.

TurnSignalsWhenTowinga Trailer

Whenproperlyconnected, the trailer turnsignalswillilluminatetoindicate the vehicleisturning, changing lanes, orstopping. Whentowinga trailer, the arrowsontheinstrument clusterwillilluminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs are burnedout.

Tow/HaulMode

Tow/Haulassistshwenpullinga heavytraileroralargeorheavy load. Forinstructionsonhowto enter Tow/Haulmode, see Tow/Haul Mode 189.

Tow/HaulModeisdesignedtobe mosteffectivewhenthevehicleand trailer combined weight is at least

75% of the vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). See "Trailer Weight" under Trailer Towing 215.

Tow/HaulModeismostusefulwhen towingaheavytrailerorcarryinga largeorheavyload:

• throughrollingterrain

- instop-and-gotraffic

- inbusyparkinglots

OperatingthevehicleinTow/Haul Modewhenlightlyloadedornot towingwillnotcausedamage; however,itisnotrecommendedand mayresultinunpleasantengine and transmissiondrivingcharacteristics andreducedfueleconomy.

TrailerSway Control(TSC)

VehicleswithStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl(ESC)havea TrailerSwayControl(TSC)feature. Trailerswayisunintended side-to-sidemotionofatrailerwhile towing.Ifthevehicleistowinga trailerandtheTSCdetectsthat

226DrivingandOperating

swayisincreasing,thevehicle brakesareselectivelyappliedat eachwheel,tohelpreduce excessivetrailersway.lfequipped withtheIntegratedTrailerBrake Control(ITBC)system,andthe trailerhasanelectricbrakesystem, StabiliTrak/ESCmayalsoapplythe trailerbrakes.

IfTSCisenabled,theTraction ControlSystem(TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESCwarninglightwillflashonthe instrumentcluster.Reducevehicle speedbygraduallyremovingyour footfromtheaccelerator.Iftrailer swaycontinues,StabiliTrak/ESC

canreduceenginetorquetohelp slowthevehicle.TSCwillnot functionifStabiliTrak/ESCisturned off.See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl→192.

Warning

Trailerswaycanresultinacrash andinseriousinjuryordeath, evenifthevehicleisequipped withTSC.

If the trailer begins to stay, reduce vehicles speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. Then pullover to check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible causes, including an improperly or overloaded trailer, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailertires. See Towing Equipment 222 for trailerratings and hitch setup recommendations.

TrailerTires

SpecialTrailer(ST)tiresdifferfrom vehicletires. Trailertiresare designedwithstiffsidewallstohelp preventswayandtosupportheavy loads. Thesefeaturescanmakeit difficulttodetermineifthetrailertire pressuresarelowonlybasedona visualinspection.

Alwayscheckalltrailertire pressuresbeforeeachtripwhenthe tiresarecool.Lowtrailertire pressureisaleadingcauseoftrailer tireblow-outs.

Trailertiresdeteriorateovertime. Thetrailertiresidewallwillshowthe weekandyearthetirewas manufactured.Manytrailertire manufacturersrecommend replacingtiresmorethansix yearsold.

Overloadingisanotherleading causeoftrailertireblow-outs. Never loadyourtrailerwithmoreweight thanthetiresaredesignedto support. Theloadratingislocated onthetrailertiresidewall.

DrivingandOperating227

Alwaysknowthemaximumspeed ratingforthetrailertiresbefore driving. Thismaybesignificantly lowerthanthevehicletirespeed rating. Thespeedratingmaybeon thetrailertiresidewall. Ifthespeed ratingisnotshown, thedefault trailertirespeedratingis105km/h (65mph).

Conversionsand Add-Ons

Add-On Electrical Equipment

Warning

TheDataLinkConnector(DLC)is usedforvehicleserviceand EmissionInspection/Maintenance testing.SeeMalfunctionIndicator Lamp→108.Adeviceconnected totheDLC—suchasan aftermarketfleetor driver-behaviortrackingdevice—mayinterferewithvehicle systems.Thiscouldaffectvehicle operationandcauseacrash. Suchdevicesmayalsoaccess informationstoredinthevehicle's systems.

Caution

Someelectricalequipment can damage the vehicle cause component stonotwork and would not be recovered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-onequipmentcandrainthe vehicle's12-voltbattery, evenifthe vehicleisnotoperating.

Thevehiclehasanairbagsystem. Beforeattemptingtoaddanything electricaltothevehicle,see ServicingtheAirbag-Equipped Vehicle→70andAddingEquipment totheAirbag-EquippedVehicle →70.

228VehicleCare

VehicleCare

GeneralInformation

GeneralInformation......229

CaliforniaProposition 65Warning......229

CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements.....230

Accessories and Modifications....230

VehicleChecks

DoingYourOwn ServiceWork......230

Hood....231

EngineCompartment Overview......232

EngineOil....235

EngineOilLifeSystem.....237

AutomaticTransmissionFluid (6-SpeedTransmission).....238

AutomaticTransmissionFluid (8-SpeedTransmission).....241

EngineAirCleaner/Filter.....242

CoolingSystem.....243

EngineOverheating.....248

EngineFan......249

PowerSteeringFluid......249

WasherFluid....250

Brakes....251

BrakeFluid......252

Battery-NorthAmerica.....253

RearAxle....254

NoiseControlSystem......254

StarterSwitchCheck......256

AutomaticTransmissionShift LockControlFunction Check....256

IgnitionTransmissionLock Check......256

ParkBrakeandP(Park) MechanismCheck......257

WiperBladeReplacement....257

WindshieldReplacement.....258

GasStrut(s)....258

HeadlampAiming

HeadlampAiming......259

BulbReplacement

BulbReplacement......259

HalogenBulbs....259

FrontTurnSignal, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps.....260

Taillamps....260

CenterHigh-Mounted Stoplamp(CHMSL).....261

LicensePlateLamp......262

DEALER ePROCESS

ElectricalSystem

ElectricalSystemOverload...262

FusesandCircuitBreakers...263

EngineCompartmentFuse Block....263

FloorConsoleFuseBlock....267

WheelsandTires

Tires....269

All-SeasonTires......270

WinterTires......270

TireSidewallLabeling......271

TireDesignations......273

Tire Terminology and Definitions....274

TirePressure......277

TirePressureMonitor System....278

TirePressureMonitor Operation....279

TireInspection......282

TireRotation.....282

DualTireRotation......284

When It Is Time for New Tires....284

BuyingNewTires......285

DifferentSizeTiresand Wheels....286

UniformTireQuality Grading......287

WheelAlignmentandTire

Balance......288

WheelReplacement......288

TireChains......289

IfaTireGoesFlat......290

TireChanging......291

Full-SizeSpareTire......300

JumpStarting

JumpStarting-North

America......301

TowingtheVehicle

TowingtheVehicle......305

Recreational Vehicle

Towing....305

AppearanceCare

ExteriorCare....307

InteriorCare....312

FloorMats....315

GeneralInformation

Forserviceandpartsneeds,visit yourdealer.Youwillreceive genuineGMpartsandGM-trained andsupportedservicepeople.

GenuineGMpartshaveoneof thesemarks:

GENUINE PARTS

GMC

ACCESSORIES

DEALER ePROCESS

CaliforniaProposition 65Warning

Warning

Mostmotorvehicles,including thisone,aswellasmanyofits servicepartsandfluids,contain and/oremitchemicalsknownto theStateofCaliforniatocause cancerandbirthdefectsorother reproductiveharm.Engine exhaust,manypartsand systems,manyfluids,andsome componentwearby-products containand/oremitthese chemicals.Formoreinformation gotowww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

SeeBattery-NorthAmerica→253 and Jump Starting-North America →301andthebackcover.

230VehicleCare

CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements

Certaintiesofautomotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seatbeltpretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchloratematerials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardous waste/perchlorate.

Accessories and Modifications

Adding non-dealer accessories or making modification to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emission systems, aerodynamics, durability, and electronics systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could deven cause malfunctionordamagenotcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damagetosuspensioncomponents causedbymodifyingvehicleheight outsideoffactorysettingswillnotbe coveredbythevehiclewarranty.

Damagetovehiclecomponents resultingfrommodificationsorthe installationoruseofnon-GM certifiedparts,includingcontrol moduleorsoftwaremodifications,is notcoveredunderthetermsofthe vehiclewarrantyandmayaffect remainingwarrantycoveragefor affectedparts.

GMAccessoriesaredesignedto complementandfunctionwithother systemsonthevehicle. Seeyour dealertoaccessorizethevehicle usinggenuineGMAccessories installedbyadealertechnician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 70.

VehicleChecks

DoingYourOwn ServiceWork

Warning

Itcanbedangeroustoworkon yourvehicleifyoudonothave theproperknowledge,service manual,tools,orparts.Always followowner'smanualprocedures andconsulttheservicemanual foryourvehiclebeforedoingany servicework.

If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to servicethe vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 343.

Thisvehiclehasanairbagsystem. Beforeattemptingtodayourown servicework,seeServicingthe Airbag-EquippedVehicle70.

VehicleCare231

Ifequippedwithremotevehicle start,openthehoodbefore performinganyserviceworkto preventremotestartingthevehicle accidentally.SeeRemoteVehicle Start→29.

Keeparecordwithallpartsreceipts andlistthemileageandthedateof anyserviceworkperformed.See MaintenanceRecords→329.

Caution

Evensmallamountsof contaminationcancausedamage tovehiclesystems.Donotallow contaminantstocontactthefluids, reservoircaps,ordipsticks.

Hood

Toopenthehood:

1. Pullthehandlewiththissymbol onit.Itisinfrontofthedriver sidedoorframenearthefloor.

Close-up of a printer's internal components, showing a black plastic clip and a seated passenger seat (no text or symbols visible)

1. Gotothefrontofthevehicle andliftupthesecondaryhood release, which is underneath the middle of the hood.

Close-up of a car's front compartment showing engine, valve, and exhaust pipe (no text or symbols visible)

1. Liftthehood, releasethehood propfromitsretainer, and put thehoodpropintotheslotin thehood.

If the vehicle has an underhood lamp, it will automatically come on and stay on until the hood is closed.

Beforeclosingthehood,besureall ofthefillercapsareonproperly. Thenliftthehoodtorelieve pressureonthehoodprop.Remove thehoodpropfromtheslotinthe hoodandreturntheproptoits retainer.Letthehooddownand closeitfirmly.

232VehicleCare

EngineCompartmentOverview

Labeled diagram of a vehicle engine bay with numbered components for identification

4.3LV6Engine

1. Battery-NorthAmerica→253.

2. RadiatorPressureCap. See CoolingSystem→243.

3. CoolantRecoveryTank.See CoolingSystem→243.

4. EngineCoolingFan(Outof View). See CoolingSystem 243.

5. EngineAirCleaner/Filter→242.

6. EngineOilDipstick.See "CheckingEngineOil" under EngineOil→235.

7. EngineOilFillCap. See "When toAddEngineOil" under EngineOil 235.

8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid 249.

9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 263.

10. BrakeMasterCylinder Reservoir. See BrakeFluid →252.

11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See "Adding Washer Fluid" under Washer Fluid →250.

234VehicleCare

Technical diagram of an internal combustion engine assembly with numbered components for identification

6.0LV8Engine

DEALER ePROCESS

VehicleCare235

1. Battery-NorthAmerica→253.
2. RadiatorPressureCap. See CoolingSystem→243.
3. CoolantRecoveryTank.See CoolingSystem→243.
4. Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick. See "Checking the Fluid Level" under Automatic Transmission Fluid (6-Speed Transmission) 238 or Automatic Transmission Fluid (8-Speed Transmission) 241.
5. EngineOilFillCap. See "When toAddEngineOil" under EngineOil 235.
6. EngineOilDipstick.See "CheckingEngineOil" under EngineOil→235.
7. EngineCoolingFan(Outof View). See CoolingSystem 243.

8. EngineAirCleaner/Filter→242.
   9.PowerSteeringFluid Reservoir.SeePowerSteering Fluid→249.

9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block→263.

10. BrakeMasterCylinder Reservoir. See BrakeFluid →252.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See "Adding Washer Fluid" under Washer Fluid →250.

EngineOil

Fordieselenginevehicles, see "EngineOil" in the Duramax diesel supplement.

Toensureproperengine performanceandlonglife,careful attentionmustbepaidtoengineoil. Followingthesesimple,but importantstepswillhelpprotect yourinvestment:

- Useengineoilapprovedtothe properspecificationandofthe properviscositygrade.See "SelectingtheRightEngineOil" inthissection.

• Checktheengineoillevel regularlyandmaintainthe properoillevel.See"Checking EngineOil"and"WhentoAdd EngineOil"inthissection.
• Changetheengineoilatthe appropriatetime.SeeEngineOil LifeSystem→237.
• Always dispose of engine oil properly. See "What to Dow with Used Oil" in this section.

CheckingEngineOil

Checktheengineoillevelregularly, every650km(400mi),especially priortoalongtrip.Theengineoil dipstickhandleisaloop.See EngineCompartmentOverview 232forthelocation.

Warning

Theengineoildipstickhandle maybehot;itcouldburnyou. Useatowelorglovetotouchthe dipstickhandle.

236VehicleCare

IfalowoilDriverInformationCenter (DIC)messagedisplays,checkthe oillevel.

Followtheseguidelines:

• Togetanaccuratereading, park thevehicleonlevelground. Checktheengineoillevelafter theenginehasbeenoffforat leasttwohours. Checkingthe engineoillevelonsteepgrades ortoosoonafterengineshutoff canresultinincorrectreadings. Accuracyimproveswhen checkingacoldenginepriorto starting.Removethedipstick andcheckthelevel.
• Ifunabletowaittwohours, the enginemustbeofforatleast 15minutesiftheengineis warm, oratleast30minutesif theengineisnotwarm. Pullout thedipstick, wipeitwithaclean papertowelorcloth, thenpushit backinalltheway. Removeit again, keepingthetipdown, and checkthelevel.

WhentoAddEngineOil

3D illustration of a needle with a black arrow pointing to it, no text or symbols present

4.3LV6Engine

Close-up of a metallic tool with a black arrow pointing to it, no text or symbols visible

6.0LV8Engine

If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick and the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See "Selecting the Right Engine Oil" later in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. Forengine oil crank case capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 331.

DEALER ePROCESS

Caution

Donotaddtoomuchoil.Oil levelsaboveorbelowthe acceptableoperatingrange shownonthedipstickareharmful totheengine.Iftheoillevelis abovetheoperatingrange(i.e., theenginehassomuchoilthat theoillevelgetsabovethe cross-hatchedareathatshows theproperoperatingrange),the enginecouldbedamaged.Drain theexcessoilorlimitdrivingof thevehicle,andseekaservice professionaltoremovethe excessoil.

SeeEngineCompartmentOverview →232forthelocationoftheengine oilfillcap.

Addenoughoiltoputthelevel somewhereintheproperoperating range.Pushthedipstickalltheway backinwhenthrough.

SelectingtheRightEngineOil

Selectingtherightengineoil dependenceboththeproperoil specificationandviscositygrade. SeeRecommendedFluidsand Lubricants⇒326.

Specification

Usefullsyntheticengineoilsthat meetthedexos1specification. Engineoilsthathavebeen approvedbyGMasmeetingthe dexos1specificationaremarked withthedexos1approvedlogo.See www.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failuretousetherecommended engineoilorequivalentcanresult inenginedamagenotcoveredby thevehiclewarranty.

ViscosityGrade

UseSAE5W-30viscositygrade engineoil.

ColdTemperatureOperation:Inan areaofextremecold,where the temperaturefallsbelow-29°C (-20°F),anSAE0W-30oilmaybe used.Anoilofthisviscositygrade willprovideeasiercoldstartingfor theengineatextremelylow temperatures.Whenselectinganoil oftheappropriateviscositygrade,it isrecommendedtoselectanoil of thecorrectspecification.See "Specification"earlierinthissection.

EngineOilAdditives/Engine OilFlushes

Donotaddanythingtotheoil. The recommendedoilsmeetingthe dexos1specificationareallthatis neededforgoodperformanceand engineprotection.

Engineoilsystemflushesarenot recommendedandcouldcause enginedamagenotcoveredbythe vehiclewarranty.

WhattoDowithUsedOil

Usedengineoilcontainscertain elementsthatcanbeunhealthyfor yourskinandcouldevencause cancer.Donotletusedoilstayon yourskinforverylong.Cleanyour skinandnailswithsoapandwater, oragoodhandcleaner.Washor properlydisposeofclothingorrags containingusedengineoil.Seethe manufacturer'swarningsaboutthe useanddisposalofoilproducts.

Usedoilcanbeathreattothe environment. If you change your own oil, besuretodrainallthe oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it on the ground, intosewers, or intostreams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a placethat collects used oil.

EngineOilLifeSystem

WhentoChangeEngineOil

This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which

238VehicleCare

includeenginerevolutions,engine temperature,andmilesdriven. Basedondrivingconditions,the mileageatwhichanengineoil changeisindicatedcanvary considerably.Fortheoillifesystem toworkproperly,thesystemmust bereset everytimetheoilis changed.

Whenthesystemhascalculated thatoillifehasbeendiminished, it indicatesthatanoilchangeis necessary.ACHANGEENGINE OILSOONmessagecomeson. Changetheoilassoonaspossible withinthenext1000km(600mi). Itispossiblethat,ifdrivingunder thebestconditions,theoillife systemmightindicatethatanoil changeisnotnecessaryforuptoa year.Theengineoilandfiltermust bechangedatleastonceayear and,atthistime,thesystemmust bereset.Yourdealerhastrained servicepeoplewhowillperformthis workandresetthesystem.Itisalso importanttochecktheoilregularly overthecourseofanoildrain intervalandkeepitattheproper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5000 km (3,000 mi) sincethelast oil change. Remembertoreset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed.

HowtoResettheEngineOil LifeSystem

Resetthesystemwheneverthe engineoilischangedsothatthe systemcancalculatethenext engineoilchange.

ToresettheEngineOilLifeSystem onmostmodels:

1. DisplaytheOILLIFE REMAININGontheDIC.See DriverInformationCenter(DIC) →114.

2. Pressandhold √ontheDIC while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. The oil lifewill change to 100%.

Theoillifesystemcanalsobereset asfollows:

1. DisplaytheOILLIFE REMAININGontheDIC.See DriverInformationCenter(DIC) 114.

2. Fullypressandreleasethe acceleratorpedalthreetimes withinfiveseconds. If the displayshows 100%, the systemisreset.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not reset. Repeat the procedure.

AutomaticTransmission Fluid(6-Speed Transmission)

WhentoCheckandChange AutomaticTransmissionFluid

Itisusuallynotnecessarytocheck thetransmissionfluidlevel.Theonly reasonforfluidlossisa transmissionleakoroverheated transmission.Ifasmallleakis

suspected, usethefollowing procedurestocheckthefluidlevel. However, ifthereisalargeleak, it maybenecessarytohavethe vehicletowedtoadealerandhave itrepairedbeforedrivingthevehicle further.

Changethefluidandfilteratthe intervalslistedinMaintenance Schedule→318, and besuretouse the transmissionfluidlistedin RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants→326.

HowtoCheckAutomatic TransmissionFluid

Because this operation can be difficult, it is recommended to have this check done at your dealer, which can monitor the transmission temperature. The transmission fluid level increases with temperature. To obtain a highly accurate fluid level check, the transmission temperature must be measured.

Ifitisdecidedtocheckthefluid level,besuretofollowallthe instructionshere,orafalsereading onthedipstickmayoccur.

Caution

Toomuchortoolittlefluidcan damagethetransmission. Too muchcanmeanthatsomeofthe fluidcouldcomeoutandfallon hotenginepartsorexhaust systemparts, startingafire. Too littlefluidcouldcausethe transmissiontooverheat. Besure togetanaccuratereadingif checkingthetransmissionfluid.

Waitatleast30minuteswiththe engineoff,beforechecking the transmissionfluidlevelifthevehicle hasbeendriven:

• Inhotweather, when outside temperatures are above 32^ C ( 90^ F).
  • Thevehicleisheavilyloaded.
• Athighspeedforquiteawhilein hotweather.
  • Inheavytrafficandhotweather.
• Whilepullingatrailer.

DEALER ePROCESS

Afterdrivingundertheseconditions, ahotcheckcanbeperformed. The fluidshouldbehot, which is 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F).

Acoldfluidlevelcheckcanbe performedafterthevehiclehas beensittingforeighthoursormore withtheengineoff,butthisisused onlyasareference.Lettheengine runatidleforfiveminutesifthe outsidetemperatureisbetween 15°Cto32°C(60°Fto90°F).

Should the fluid level below during this cold check, the fluid must be checked warm or hot before adding fluid. If the outsidetemperature is colder than 15^ C ( 60^ F) or hotter than 32^ C ( 90^ F), acold check cannot be performed.

Awarmfluidlevelcheckcanbe performedbydrivingthevehicle underlightlyloadedconditionsand outsidetemperaturesbetween10°C to27°C(50°Fto80°F).The vehicleshouldbedrivenforatleast 24km(15mi)beforeperforminga warmcheck.Checkingthefluid

240VehicleCare

warmorhotwillgiveamore accuratereadingofthefluidlevel thanacoldcheck.

Because the vehicle is equipped with a high-efficiency air-to-oil cooler, the transmission fluid temperature may not reach the required hot fluid level checking temperature under normal slightly loaded driving vehicle conditions.

CheckingtheFluidLevel

Preparethevehicle:

1. Parkthevehicleonalevel place. Keep the engine running.
2. With the parking brake applied, placetheshift leverin P(Park).

3. With a foot on the brake pedal, movetheshift lever through each gear range, pausing for about three seconds in each range. When Misreached, movethesector from M1 through M3. Then, position the shift lever in P (Park).

4. Let the engineer unatidle for two minutes or more.

Then, without shutting off the engine, usethe step that follow.

Thetransmissiondipstickisnear thecenteroftheengine compartmentandwillbelabeled withthegraphicshown.

SeeEngineCompartmentOverview →232formoreinformationon location.

1.COLDRange

2.WARMRange

3.HOTRange

1. Flip the handleup, pull out the dipstick, and wipe it with a clean ragor papertowel.
2. Pushitbackinalltheway, wait threesecends, and pullitback outagain.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower level. The fluid level must be in the COLD(1) range for a cold check, transmission temperature 27°C to 32°C (80°F to 90°F); between the COLD(1) and HOT(3) range for a WARM(2) check, 50°C to 60°C (122°F to 140°F); or in the HOT(3) cross-hatched range for a hot check, 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). Be sure to keep the dipstick pointed downtogetan accuratereading.
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptablerange, push the dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handled downto lock the dipstick in place.

HowtoAddAutomatic TransmissionFluid

RefertoRecommendedFluidsand Lubricants→326todeterminewhat kindoftransmissionfluidtouse.

1.WARMRange
2.HOTRange

Usingafunnel,addfluiddownthe transmissiondipsticktubeonlyafter checkingthetransmissionfluid whileitiswarmorhot.Acoldcheck isusedonlyasareference.Ifthe fluidlevelislow,addonlyenoughof theproperfluidtobringthelevelup tothemiddleoftheWARM(1)or HOT(2)rangedependingonthe ambienttemperatureandprior drivingconditions.Referto"Howto CheckAutomaticTransmission Fluid"earlierinthissectionfor instructionsondrivingtoachieve

warmorhottransmissionfluid. Itdoesnottakemuchfluid, generallylessthan0.5L(1pt).Do notoverfill.

Caution

Useoftheincorrectautomatic transmissionfluidmaydamage thevehicle,andthedamagemay notbecoveredbythevehicle warranty.Alwaysusethecorrect automatictransmissionfluid.See RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants→326.

• Afteraddingfluid, recheck the fluid levels described under "HowtoCheckAutomatic TransmissionFluid," earlier in this section.
• Whenthecorrectfluidlevelis obtained, pushthedipstickback inalltheway; then flip the handledowntolockthedipstick inplace.

DEALER ePROCESS

AutomaticTransmission Fluid(8-Speed Transmission)

WhentoCheckandChange AutomaticTransmissionFluid

Itisusuallynotnecessarytocheck thetransmissionfluidlevel. Theonly reasonforfluidlossisa transmissionleakoroverheated transmission. Thisvehicleisnot equippedwithatransmissionfluid leveldipstick. Thereisaspecial procedureforcheckingand changingthetransmissionfluidin thesevehicles. Because this procedureisdifficult, thisshouldbe doneatthedealer. Contactthe dealerforadditionalinformationor theprocedurecanbefoundinthe servicemanual. See Publication OrderingInformation⇒343.

242VehicleCare

Caution

Useoftheincorrectautomatic transmissionfluidmaydamage thevehicle,andthedamagemay notbecoveredbythevehicle warranty.Alwaysusethecorrect automatictransmissionfluid.See RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants⇒326.

Changethefluidandfilteratthe scheduledmaintenanceintervals listedinMaintenanceSchedule 318.Besuretousethe transmissionfluidlistedin RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants326.

EngineAirCleaner/Filter

Theaircleaner/filterassemblyison thefrontoftheenginecompartment onthedriversideofthevehicle. SeeEngineCompartmentOverview 232.

WhentoInspecttheEngineAir Cleaner/Filter

Forintervalsonchangingand inspectingtheengineairfilter,see MaintenanceSchedule→318.

HowtoInspecttheEngineAir Cleaner/Filter

Donotstarttheengineorhavethe engineerunningwiththeengineair filterhousingopen.Beforeeremoving theengineairfilter,makesurethat theengineairfilterhousingand nearbycomponentsarefreeofdirt anddebris.Removetheengineair filter.Lightlytapandshakethe engineairfilter(awayfromthe vehicle)toreleasedustanddirt. Inspecttheengineairfilterfor damage,andreplaceifdamaged. Donotcleantheengineairfilteror componentswithwateror compressedair.

Interior view of a vehicle engine bay with directional arrows indicating traffic flow (no text or symbols)

4.3LV6Engine

Toinspectandreplacethefilter:

1. Removetheeightscrews, slide thetopcoverforwardandlift, togainaccesstotheair cleaner/filter.
2. Removetheaircleaner/filter from the housing base. Take caretodislodge as littledirtas possible.
3. Cleantheaircleaner/filter sealingsurface and housingbase.
4. Install the engine air cleaner/ filter in the housing base.

VehicleCare243

1. Install the top cover by sliding it into position on the housing base, and secure using eight screws.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with numbered components labeled 1, 2, and 3

6.0LV8Engine

1. RetainingClips
   2.HousingBase
2. HousingCover

Toinspectandreplacethefilter:

1. Unlockthetworetaining clips(1)onthesidesofthe housingcover(3)andonthe housingbase(2)andpullthe coveroff.

2. Removetheaircleaner/filter fromthehousingbase. Take caretodislodgeaslittledirtas possible.

3. Cleantheaircleaner/filter sealingsurface and housingbase.
4. Install the engine air cleaner/ filter by aligning the arrow on oneside of the air cleaner/filter end cap with the arrow on top of the housing base.
5. Install the housing cover by aligning the arrow on top of the covert the arrow on top of the housing base, and fasten the tworetaining clips.

See Maintenance Schedule→318to determinewhentoreplace the engineaircleaner/filter.

Warning

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filteroff can cause you or other stobe burned. Use caution

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

whenworkingontheengine.Do notstarttheengineordrivethe vehiclewiththeaircleaner/filter off,asflamesmaybepresentif theenginebackfires.

Caution

If the aircleaner/filterisoff, dirt caneasilygetintotheengine, which could damage it. Always havethe aircleaner/filterinplace whendriving.

CoolingSystem

Thecoolingsystemallowsthe enginetomaintainthecorrect workingtemperature.

244VehicleCare

Technical diagram of a vehicle engine compartment with numbered parts labeled 1, 2, and 3

4.3LV6Engine

1. RadiatorPressureCap
   2.CoolantRecoveryTank
2. EngineCoolingFan(Out ofView)

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with numbered components labeled 1, 2, and 3

6.0LV8Engine

1. RadiatorPressureCap
   2.CoolantRecoveryTank
2. EngineCoolingFan(Out ofView)

Warning

Anunderhoodelectricfancan startupevenwhentheengineis notrunningandcancauseinjury. Keephands,clothing,andtools awayfromanyunderhood electricfan.

Warning

Donottouchheaterorradiator hoses,orotherengineparts. Theycanbeveryhotandcan burnyou.Donotruntheengineif thereisaleak;allcoolantcould leakout.Thatcouldcausean enginefireandcanburnyou.Fix anyleakbeforedrivingthe vehicle.

EngineCoolant

Thecoolingsysteminthevehicleis filledwithDEX-COOLengine coolant. Thiscoolantisdesigned to remaininthevehiclefor5yearsor 240000km(150,000mi),whichever occursfirst.

The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is slow. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating 248.

WhattoUse

Warning

Plainwater, orotherliquidssuch asalcohol, canboilbeforethe propercoolantmixturewill. With plainwaterorthewrongmixture, theenginecouldgettoohotbut therewouldnotbeanoverheat warning. Theenginecouldcatch fireandyouorotherscouldbe burned.

Usea50/50mixtureofclean, drinkablewaterandDEX-COOL coolant.Ifusingthismixture, nothingelseneedstobeaded. Thismixture:

• Givesfreezingprotectiondown to -37^(-34^) , outside temperature.
• Givesboilingprotectionupto 129°C(265°F),engine temperature.
• Protectsagainstrustand corrosion.

• Willnotdamagealuminumparts.
- Helpskeep the proper engine temperature.

Caution

Donotuseanythingotherthana mixofDEX-COOLcoolantthat meetsGMStandard GMW3420andclean,drinkable water.Anythingelsecancause damagetotheenginecooling systemandthevehicle,which wouldnotbecoveredbythe vehiclewarranty.

Neverdisposeofenginecoolantby puttingitinthetrash,pourington theground,orintosewers,streams, orbodiesofwater.Havethecoolant changedbyanauthorizedservice center,familiarwithlegal requirementsregardingused coolantdisposal.Thiswillhelp protecttheenvironmentandyour health.

CheckingCoolant

The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level.

Checktoseeifcoolantisvisiblein thecoolantrecoverytank.Ifthe coolantinsidethecoolantrecovery tankisboiling,donotdoanything elseuntilcoolsdown.Ifcoolantis visiblebutthecoolantlevelisnotat orabovetheindicatedmark,adda 50/50mixtureofclean,drinkable waterandDEX-COOLcoolantatthe coolantrecoverytank,butbesure thecoolingsystemmiscoolbefore thisisdone.

Thecoolantrecoverytankcaphas thissymbolonit.

246VehicleCare

Close-up of a mechanical component with visible pipes and parts, no readable text or symbols

Whentheengineiscold, thecoolant levelshouldbeatorabovethe CLODFILLmark. Ifitisnot, there couldbealeakinthecooling system.

Ifthecoolantislow,addthecoolant ortakethevehicletoadealerfor service.

HowtoAddCoolanttothe RecoveryTankforGasoline Engines

Warning

Spillingcoolantonhotengine partscanburnyou.Coolant containsethyleneglycolanditwill burniftheenginepartsarehot enough.

Warning

Plainwater, orotherliquidssuch asalcohol, canboilbeforethe propercoolantmixturewill. With plainwaterorthewrongmixture, theenginecouldgettoohotbut therewouldnotbeanoverheat warning. Theenginecouldcatch fireandyouorotherscouldbe burned.

Warning

Steamandscaldingliquidsfroma hotcoolingsystemareunder pressure.Turningthepressure cap,evenalittle,cancausethem tocomeoutathighspeedand youcouldbeburned.Neverturn thecapwhenthecoolingsystem, includingthepressurecap,ishot. Waitforthecoolingsystemand pressurecaptocool.

Caution

Failuretofollowthespecific coolantfillprocedurecouldcause theenginetooverheatandcould causesystemdamage.Ifcoolant isnotvisibleinthesurgetank, contactyourdealer.

Ifcoolantisneeded,addtheproper DEX-COOLcoolantmixtureatthe coolantrecoverytank.

HowtoAddCoolanttothe Radiator

Warning

Steamandscaldingliquidsfroma hotcoolingsystemareunder pressure.Turningthepressure cap,evenalittle,cancausethem tocomeoutathighspeedand youcouldbeburned.Neverturn thecapwhenthecoolingsystem, includingthepressurecap,ishot. Waitforthecoolingsystemand pressurecaptocool.

Ifcoolantisneeded,addtheproper mixturedirectlytotheradiator,but besurethecoolingsystemiscool beforethisisdone.

1. Removetheradiatorpressure capwhenthecoolingsystem, includingtheradiatorpressure capandupperradiatorhose, is nolongerhot.Turnthe pressurecapslowly counterclockwiseuntilitfirst stops.Donotpressdownwhile turningthepressurecap.

Ifahissisheard, waitforthat tostop. Ahissmeansthereis stillsomepressureleft.

1. Keep turning the pressure cap, but now pushdown as y out turn it. Removethe pressure cap.

2. Filltheradiatorwiththeproper mixture,uptothebaseofthe fillerneck.SeeRecommended FluidsandLubricants→326for moreinformationaboutthe propercoolantmixture.

Close-up of a mechanical component with visible pipes and housing (no text or symbols)

1. Removethecoolantrecovery tankcapandfilltotheCOLD FILLmark.

2. Reinstallthecapbackonthe coolantrecoverytank, but leavetheradiatorpressure capoff.

6.Starttheengineandletitrun untiltheupperradiatorhose canbefeltgettinghot.Watch outfortheenginecoolingfan.

1. Bythistime, the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper

248VehicleCare

mixturethroughthefillerneck untilthelevelreachesthebase ofthefillerneck.

1. Replacethepressurecap. At any timed during this procedure if coolant beginstoflowout of the fillerneck, reinstall the pressurecap.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Besure the cap is properly and tightly secured.

EngineOverheating

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, seethe Duramax diesel supplement.

Caution

Donotruntheengineifthereisa leakintheenginecoolingsystem. Thiscancausealossofall coolantandcandamagethe systemandvehicle.Haveany leaksfixedrightaway.

The vehicle has an indicator to warn of engine overheating.

Thereisanenginecoolant temperaturegaugeonthevehicle's instrumentcluster.SeeEngine CoolantTemperatureGauge\\104.

If the decision is madenottolift the hood when this warning appears, but instead gets service help right away, see Roadside Assistance Program 338.

If the decisionismadetoliftthe hood, makesurethevehicleis parkedonalevelsurface.

Thenchecktoseeiftheengine coolingfansarerunning. If the engine is overheating, the fan

shouldberunning.Ifitisnot,donot continuetoruntheengineandhave thevehicleserviced.

Seeiftheenginecoolingfanspeed increaseswhenidlespeedis doubledbypushingtheaccelerator pedaldown.Ifitdoesnot,the vehicleneedsservice.Turnoffthe engine.

IfSteamisComingfromthe EngineCompartment

Warning

Steamandscaldingliquidsfroma hotcoolingsystemareunder pressure.Turningthepressure cap,evenalittle,cancausethem tocomeoutathighspeedand youcouldbeburned.Neverturn thecapwhenthecoolingsystem, includingthepressurecap,ishot. Waitforthecoolingsystemand pressurecaptocool.

IfNoSteamisComingfrom theEngineCompartment

Ifanengineoverheatwarningis displayedbutnosteamcanbeseen orheard,theproblemmaynotbe tooserious.Sometimesheengine cangetalittletoohotwhenthe vehicle:

• Climbsalonghillonahotday
- Stopsafterhigh-speeddriving
• Idlesforlongperiodsintraffic
- Towsatraler.

If the overheat warning is displayed with nosignofsteam:

1. Turntheairconditioningoff.
2. Turntheheaterontothe highesttemperatureandtothe highestfanspeed.Openthe windowsasnecessary.
3. Whenitissafetodoso, pulloff theroad, shifttoP(Park) or N(Neutral) and let the engineidle.

If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no

longerdisplays,thevehiclecanbe driven.Continuetodrivethevehicle slowlyforabout10minutes.Keepa safevehicledistancefromthe vehicleinfront.Ifthewarningdoes notcomebackon,continuetodrive normallyandhavethecooling systemcheckedforproperfilland function.

If the warning continues, pullover, stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If thereisstillnosignofsteam, pushdowntheacceleratoruntilthe enginespeedisabouttwiceasfast asnormalidlespeedforatleast threeminuteswhileparked. If the warningisstillon,turnoffthe engineuntilcoolsdown.

If the decision is madenottolift the hood, getservice help right away.

EngineFan

The vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan. Whenthe clutch is engaged, the fanspins fasterto provide more air to cool the engine. In most everyday driving conditions,

thefanisspinningslowerandthe clutchisnotfullyengaged. This improvesfueleconomyandreduces fannoise.Underheavyvehicle loading,trailertowing,and/orhigh outsidetemperatures,thefanspeed increasesastheclutchmorefully engages,soanincreaseinfan noisemaybeheard.Thisisnormal andshouldnotbemistakenasthe transmissionslippingormaking extrashifts.Itismerelythecooling systemfunctioningproperly.Thefan willslowdownwhenadditional coolingisnotrequiredandthe clutchpartiallydisengages.

Thisfannoisemaybeheardwhen startingtheengine.Itwillgoaway asthefanclutchpartially disengages.

PowerSteeringFluid

250VehicleCare

The power steering fluid reservoir is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 232 for reservoir location.

WhentoCheckPowerSteering Fluid

Itisnotnecessarytoregularly checkpowersteeringfluidunless thereisaleaksuspectedinthe systemoranunusualnoiseis heard.Afluidlossinthissystem couldindicateaproblem.Havethe systeminspectedandrepaired.

HowtoCheckPowerSteering Fluid

Tocheckthepowersteeringfluid:

1. Turnthekeyoffandletthe enginecompartment cooldown.
2. Wipethecapandthetopofthe reservoirclean.
3. Unscrewthecapandwipethe dipstickwithacleanrag.

4. Replacethecapand completelytightenit.

5. Removethecapagain and lookatthefluidlevelonthe dipstick.

ThelevelshouldbeattheCOLD FILLmark.Ifnecessary,addonly enoughfluidtobringthelevelupto themark.

Topreventcontaminationofbrake fluid,nevercheckorfillthepower steeringreservoirwiththebrake mastercylindercoveroff.

WhattoUse

Caution

Useoftheincorrectfluidmay damagethevehicleandthe damagesmaynotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.Alwaysuse thecorrectfluidlistedin RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants→326.

Todeterminewhatkindoffluidto use,seeRecommendedFluidsand Lubricants→326.Alwaysusethe

properfluid.Failureretousethe properfluidcancauseleaksand damagehosesandseals.

WasherFluid

WhattoUse

Whenthevehicleneedswindshield washerfluid, besuretoreadthe manufacturer's instructions before use. If operating the vehicleinan are a wherethetemperature may fall below freezing, use fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing.

AddingWasherFluid

Openthecapwiththewasher symbolonit.Addwasherfluiduntil thetankisfull.SeeEngine CompartmentOverview→232for reservoirlocation.

Caution

• Donotusewasherfluidthat containsanytypeofwater repellentcoating. This can cause the wiperbladesto chatterorskip.
• Donotuseenginecoolant (antifreeze)inthe windshieldwasher.Itcan damagethewindshield washersystemandpaint.
• Donotmixwaterwith ready-to-usewasherfluid. Watercancausethe solutiontofreezeand damagethewasherfluid tankandotherpartsofthe washersystem.
• When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water.
• Fillthewasherfluidtank onlythree-quartersfullwhen itsverycold. Thisallows (Continue

Caution(Continued)

forfluidexpansionif freezingoccurs,whichcould damagethetankifitis completelyfull.

Brakes

Discbrakepadshavebuilt-inwear indicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitched warningsoundwhenthebrakepads arewornandnewpadsareneeded. Thesoundcancomeandgoorcan beheardallthetimewhenthe vehicleismoving,exceptwhen applyingthebrakepedalfirmly.

Warning

Thebrakewearwarningsound meansthatsoonthebrakeswill notworkwell.Thatcouldleadto acrash.Whenthebrakewear warningsoundisheard,havethe vehicleserviced.

Caution

Continuingtodrivewithworn-out brakepadscouldresultincostly brakerepair.

Somedrivingconditionsorclimates cancauseabrakesquealwhenthe brakesarefirstappliedorlightly applied. Thisdoesnotmean somethingiswrongwiththebrakes.

Properlytorquedwheelnutsare necessarytohelpppreventbrake pulsation.Whentiresarerotated, inspectbrakepadsforwear and evenlytightenwheelnutsinthe propersequencetotorque specifications.SeeCapacitiesand Specifications→331.

Brakepadsshouldbereplacedas completesets.

BrakePedalTravel

Seeyourdealerifthebrakepedal doesnotreturntonormalheight, orifthereisarapidincreasein pedaltravel. Thiscouldbeasign thatbrakeservicemayberequired.

DEALER ePROCESS

252VehicleCare

ReplacingBrakeSystemParts

Alwaysreplacebrakesystemparts withnew,approvedreplacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed.

BrakeFluid

Thebrakemastercylinderreservoir isfilledwithDOT3brakefluid.See EngineCompartmentOverview 232forthelocationofthe reservoir.

Thereareonlytworeasonswhythe brakefluidlevelinthereservoirmay godown:

• Normalbrakeliningwear. When newliningsareinstalled, the fluidlevelgoesbackup.
• Afluidleakinthebrake hydraulicsystem.Havethe brakehydraulicsystemfixed. Withaleak,thebrakeswillnot workwell.

Alwayscleanthebrakefluid reservoircapandtheareaaround thecapbeforeremovingit.

Donottopoffthebrakefluid. Addingfluiddoesnotcorrectaleak. Iffluidisaddedwhenthelingsare worn,therewillbetoomuchfluid whennewbrakeliningsare installed.Addorremovefluid,as necessary,onlywhenworkisdone onthebrakehydraulicsystem.

Warning

Iftoomuchbrakefluidisadded, it canspillontheengineandburn, iftheengineishotenough. You orotherscouldbeburned, and thevehiclecouldbedamaged. Addbrakefluidonlywhenworkis doneonthebrakehydraulic system.

Whenthebrakefluidfallstoalow level,thebrakewarninglightcomes on.SeeBrakeSystemWarning Light⇒109.

Brakefluidabsorbswaterovertime. Replacebrakefluidatthespecified intervalstopreventincreased stoppingdistance.SeeMaintenance Schedule318.

CheckingBrakeFluid

Checkbrakefluidbylookingatthe brakefluidreservoir.SeeEngine CompartmentOverview→232.

VehicleCare253

Illustration of a white kitchen mixer with handle and control knob (no text or symbols)

Thefluidlevelshouldbeabove MIN.Ifitisnot,havethebrake hydraulicsystemcheckedtoseeif thereisaleak.

Afterworkisdoneonthebrake hydraulicsystem,makesurethe levelisaboveMINbutnotoverthe MAXmark.

WhattoAdd

UseonlyGMapprovedDOT3 brakefluidfromaclean,sealed container.SeeRecommended FluidsandLubricants→326.

Warning

The wrongor contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brakes system. This could result in the loss of braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GMap approved brake fluid.

Caution

Ifbrakefluidisspilledonthe vehicle'spaintedsurfaces,the paintfinishcanbedamaged. Immediatelywashoffanypainted surface.

Battery-NorthAmerica

Theoriginalequipmentbatteryis maintenancefree.Donotremove thecapanddonotaddfluid.

Refertothereplacementnumber shownontheoriginalbatterylabel whenanewbatteryisneeded.See Engine Compartment Overview 232 for battery location.

Warning

WARNING: Batteryposts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of Californiatocause cancer and birth defect or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of Californiatocause cancer. WASHHANDSAFTER HANDLING. Form more information got www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition 65Warning→229andtheback cover.

VehicleStorage

Warning

Batterieshaveacidthatcanburn youandgasthatcanexplode. Youcanbebadlyhurtifyouare (Continu

254VehicleCare

Warning(Continued)

notcareful.See Jump Starting-North America→301fortipson workingaroundabatterywithout gettinghurt.

InfrequentUsage:Removethe black,negative(-)cablefromthe batterytokeepthebatteryfrom runningdown.

ExtendedStorage:Removethe black,negative(-)cablefromthe batteryoruseabatterytrickle charger.

RearAxle

WhentoCheckLubricant

Itisnotnecessarytoregularly checkrearaxlefluidunlessyou suspectthereisaleakoryouhear anunusualnoise.Afluidlosscould indicateaproblem.Haveit inspectedandrepaired.

HowtoCheckLubricant

Togetanaccuratereading, the vehicleshouldbeonalevel surface.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a valve or pump with a black arrow pointing to a circular component (no text or symbols present)

Foraxleswiththefillpluglocated onthebackcoveroftherearaxle, theproperlevelis15mmto40mm (0.59to1.57in)belowthebottomof thefillhole.

Technical illustration of a mechanical pump assembly with a circular component and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Foraxleswiththefillpluglocated onthepassengersideoftherear axle,theproperlevelis0mmto 10mm(0to0.4in)belowthebottom ofthefillhole.

WhattoUse

RefertoRecommendedFluidsand Lubricants→326todeterminewhat kindoflubricanttouse.

NoiseControlSystem

NoiseEmissionsWarranty

General Motorswarrantstothefirst personwhopurchase this vehicle for purposes other than resale and

toeach subsequent purchaser that this vehicle as manufactured by General Motors, was designed, built and equipped to conformat the time it left General Motors's control with all applicable U.S. EPANoise Control Regulations. This warranty covers this vehicle as designed, built and equipped by General Motors, and is not limited to any particular part, component or system of the vehicle manufactured by General Motors. Defects in design, assembly or in any part, component or system of the vehicle as manufactured by General Motors, which, at the time it left General Motors's control, caused noise emission to exceed Federal standards, are covered by this warranty for the life of the vehicle.

The following information relates to compliance with federal noise emission standards for vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of more than 4536 kg (10,000 lb). The Maintenance Schedule provides information on maintaining thenoise control system to minimize degradation of thenoise emissioncontrolsystemduringthe lifeofthevehicle. Thenoisecontrol systemwarrantyisgiveninthe warrantymanual.

Thesestandardsapplyonlyto vehiclessoldintheUnitedStates.

TAMPERINGWITHNOISE CONTROLSYSTEM PROHIBITED

Federallawprohibits the following acts or the causing thereof:

1. Theremovalorrendering inoperativebyanyperson, otherthanforpurposesof maintenance, repair, orreplacement, ofanydevice orelementofdesign incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to it sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use; or

1. The use of the vehicle after such device or element of design has been removed rendered in operative by any person.

Amongthoseactspresumedto constitutetamperingaretheacts listedbelow.

Insulation:

Removalofthenoiseshieldsorany underhoodinsulation.

Engine:

Removalorrenderingtheengine speedgovernor,ifequipped, inoperativesoastoallowengine speedtoexceedmanufacturer specifications.

FanandDrive:

• Removalofthefanclutch, ifequipped,orrenderingthe clutchinoperative.
• Removalofthefanshroud, ifequipped.

256VehicleCare

AirlIntake:

• Removaloftheaircleaner silencer.
• Modificationoftheaircleaner.

Exhaust:

• Removalofthemufflerand/or resonator.
• Removaloftheexhaustpipes andexhaustpipeclamps.

FuelOperatedHeater(FOH)-DieselEngine:

- Removalofthemuffler.

StarterSwitchCheck

Warning

When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could moves suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured.

1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brake and theregular brake.
   Donotusetheaccelerator pedal, and bereadytoturnoff theengineimmediatelyifit starts.

3. Trytostarttheengineineach gear. The vehicles should start only in P(Park) or N(Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service.

AutomaticTransmission ShiftLockControl FunctionCheck

Warning

Whenyouaredoingthis inspection,thevehiclecould movesuddenly.Ifthevehicle moves,youorotherscouldbe injured.

1. Before starting this check, be sure there is a ten thousand dollars around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to apply theregular brake immediately if the vehicle beginstomove.
3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but donot start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to mov the shiftlever out of P (Park) with normaleffort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service.

IgnitionTransmission LockCheck

Whileparked, and with the parking brakeset, try to turn the ignition off in each shift lever position.

• Theignitionsshouldturntooff onlywhentheshiftleverisin P(Park).
• Theignitionkeyshouldcome outonlywhentheignitionisoff.

Contactyourdealerifserviceis required.

ParkBrakeandP(Park) MechanismCheck

Warning

Whenyouaredoingthischeck, thevehiclecouldbegintomove. Youorotherscouldbeinjured andpropertycouldbedamaged. Makesurethereisroominfront ofthevehicleincaseitbeginsto roll.Bereadytoapplytheregular brakeatonceshouldthevehicle begintomove.

Parkonafairlysteephill, with the vehiclefacingdownhill. Keeping yourfootontheregularbrake, set theparkingbrake.

- Tochecktheparkingbrake's holdingability:Withtheengine runningandthetransmissionin N(Neutral),slowlyremovefoot

pressurefromtheregularbrake pedal.Dothisuntilthevehicleis heldbytheparkingbrakeonly.

- TochecktheP(Park) mechanism'sholdingability: Withtheengine running, shiftto P(Park). Then releasethe parkingbrake followed by the regularbrake.

Contactyourdealerifserviceis required.

WiperBladeReplacement

Windshieldwiperbladesshouldbe inspectedforwearandcracking. SeeMaintenanceSchedule→318.

Replacementbladescomein differenttypesandareremovedin differentways.Forpropertyand length,seeMaintenance ReplacementParts→328.

Caution

Allowingthewiperarmtotouch the windshield when now iper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Donot allow the wiperarmtotouch the windshield.

1. Liftthewiperarmawayfrom thewindshield.

Technical diagram of a hairpin with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating movement or assembly.

1. Pushthereleaselever(2) to disengagethehookandpush thewiperarm(1) outofthe bladeassembly(3).

258VehicleCare

1. Pushthenewbladeassembly securelyonthewiperarmuntil thereleaseleverclicksinto place.

WindshieldReplacement

DriverAssistanceSystems

Ifthewindshieldneedstobe replacedandthevehicleis equippedwithafrontcamerasensor fortheDriverAssistanceSystems,a GMreplacementwindshieldis recommended.Thereplacement windshieldmustbeinstalled accordingtoGMspecificationsfor properalignment.Ifitisnot,these systemsmaynotworkproperly,they maydisplaymessages,ortheymay notworkatall.Seeyourdealerfor properwindshieldreplacement.

GasStrut(s)

This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/ trunk/lift gates system infulopen position.

Warning

Ifthegasstrutsthatholdopen thehood,trunk,and/orliftgatefail, youorotherscouldbeseriously injured. Takethevhicletoyour dealerforserviceimmediately. Visuallyinspectthegasstrutsfor signsofwear,cracks,orother damageperiodically.Checkto makesurethehood/trunk/liftgate isheldopenwithenoughforce. Ifstrutsarefailingtoholdthe hood/trunk/liftgate,donot operate.Havethevehicle serviced.

Caution

Donotapplytapeorhangany objectsfromgasstruts. Alsodo notpushdownorpullongas struts. Thismaycausedamageto thevehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 318.

Close-up of a black mechanical suspension rod attached to a metallic frame (no text or symbols visible)

Hood

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a suspension rod inserted into a vehicle chassis (no text or symbols visible)

Trunk

Close-up of a car's front hood and side panel showing internal structural elements (no text or symbols visible)

Liftgate

HeadlampAiming

Headlampaimhasbeenpresetand shouldneednofurtheradjustment. Ifthevehicleisdamagedinacrash, theheadlampaimmaybeaffected. Ifadjustmenttotheheadlampsis necessary,seeyourdealer.

BulbReplacement

Forthepropertyofreplacement bulbs,oranybulbchanging procedurenotlistedinthissection, contactyourdealer.

Caution

Donotreplaceincandescent bulbswithaftermarketLED replacementbulbs. This can causedamagetothevehicle electricalsystem.

HalogenBulbs

Warning

Halogenbulbshavepressurized gasinsideandcanburstifyou droporscratchthebulb.Youor otherscouldbeinjured.Besure toreadandfollowtheinstructions onthebulbpackage.

260VehicleCare

FrontTurnSignal, Sidemarker,andParking Lamps

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with labeled parts 1 and 2

1. FrontParkingandTurn SignalLamp
   2.FrontSidemarkerLamp

Toreplacethefrontturnsignal, sidemarker, and/orparkinglamp bulb(s):

Close-up of a car's front grille with a visible screwdriver inserted (no text or symbols)

1. Useasmalltooltounlatchthe outboardcliponthelampby pushinginboardandpryingthe lampassemblyforward.
2. Removethelampfromthe grille.
3. Turnthebulbsocket counterclockwiseone-quarter turnandremoveitfromthe lampassembly.
4. Removethebulbfromthe socketbypullingitstraightout.
5. Replacethebulb.
6. Turnthebulbsocketclockwise toreinstallitinthelamp assembly.
7. Reinstallthelampassembly intothegrilleuntiltheoutboard clipsnapsintoplace.

Taillamps

Toreplaceataillamp/turnsignal lamporback-uplampbulb:

Technical diagram of a vehicle door panel with two black arrows pointing to specific parts (no text or symbols present)

1. Removethetwoinboardnuts fromtheinsideofthetaillamp assembly.

Technical diagram of a vehicle door panel with numbered components and alignment indicators

1. Thethirdnut(3)isunderthe appliquepiece(2)abovethe lamp.Removethetwoinboard appliquenuts.Pullthe applique(2)straightrearward slightlytoclearthestuds.Then rotatetheapplique(2)justfar enoughtogainaccesstothe outerpushpins(1).
2. Carefully disconnect the push pins(1) from the applique bracket.
3. Removethethirdnut(3) from the upperoutboardside of the lamp.
4. Removethetaillampassembly fromthevehicle.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with labeled parts 1 and 2, likely illustrating a linkage or mounting mechanism.

1. Removethetaillamp/turnsignal lamp(1)orback-uplamp(2) bulbsocketbyturningit counterclockwiseone-quarter turnandpullingitoutofthe lampassembly.
2. Removethebulbbypullingit straightout.
3. Pushthenewbulbintothe socket.
4. Reinstall the bulb socket by turning it clockwise into the lamp assembly.
5. ReverseSteps1–5toreinstall the taillamp assembly and applique.

CenterHigh-Mounted Stoplamp(CHMSL)

The Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is abovethereardoorsat the center of the vehicle.

Toreplaceabulb:

Diagram of a car front panel with arrows indicating movement or force (no text or symbols present)

1. Removethetwoscrewsfrom theCHMSLassembly.
2. RemovetheCHMSLassembly.
3. Turnthebulbsocket counterclockwiseone-quarter turntoremoveitfromthelamp assembly.

262VehicleCare

1. Pulltheoldbulbstraightout of thesocketandpushthenew bulbintothesocket.
2. Turnthebulbsocketclockwise one-quarterturntoinstallitin the lampassembly.
3. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly and twoscrews.

DonotblockordamagetheCHMSL whenitemsareloadedontheroof ofthevehicle.

LicensePlateLamp

Technical diagram of a vehicle door panel with numbered components labeled 1, 2, and 3

1.BulbSocket

1. LicensePlateBulb Assembly
   3.Screws

Toreplaceoneofthesebulbs:

1. Removethescrews(3)that securethelicenseplatebulb assembly(2).
2. Turnthebulbsocket(1) counterclockwiseandpullthe bulbstraightoutofthesocket.
3. Installthenewbulb.
4. ReverseSteps1 and 2 to reinstall the license plate bulb assembly.

ElectricalSystem

ElectricalSystem Overload

The vehicle has fuses and circuit breaker stop protect against electrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load return to normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems.

Fusesandcircuitbreakersprotect powerdevicesinthevehicle.

Replaceabadfusewithanewone oftheidenticalsizeandrating.

Ifthereisaproblemontheroadand afuseneedstobereplaced,the sameamperagefusecanbe borrowed.Choosesomefeatureof thevehiclethatisnotneededtouse andreplaceitassoonaspossible.

HeadlampWiring

Anelectricaloverloadmaycause thelampstogoonandoff, orin somecasestoremainoff. Havethe headlampwiringcheckedrightaway ifthelampsgoonandoffor remainoff.

WindshieldWipers

Ifthewipermotoroverheatsdueto heavysnoworice, the windshield wiperswillstopuntilthemotorcools and will then restart.

Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload dueto heavysnow oricemay cause wiper linkaged damage. Always clear rice and heavysnow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, besure to get it fixed.

FusesandCircuit Breakers

Thewiringcircuitsinthevehicleare protectedfromshortcircuitsbya combinationoffusesandcircuit breakers. Thisgreatlyreducesthe chanceoffirescausedbyelectrical problems.

Lookatthesilver-coloredband insidethefuse. If the band is broken ormelted, replacethefuse. Besure youreplaceabad fuse with anew one of the identical size and rating.

EngineCompartment FuseBlock

The fuse block is in the engine compartment on the riverside of the vehicle.

VehicleswithUpfitterContent

Seewww.gmupfitter.comforupfitter provisionsandbestpractices.

Caution

Spillingliquidonanyelectrical componentonthevehiclemay damageit.Alwayskeepthe coversonanyelectrical component.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

The vehicle may not be equipped with allothefuses, relays, and feature shown.

FusesUsage

1ABSmotor

2

ABS module

FusesUsage

3Righttrailer stoplamp/Turn signallamp

4-

5-

6Fuelsystemcontrol module/Ignition

7Bodycontrol module5

8Bodycontrol module7

9Bodycontrol module4

10Instrumentcluster

11 Trailerwiring

12-

13Interiorrearvision cameramodule

14Windshieldwasher

16Horn

17Transmission

18A/C

FusesUsage

19Enginecontrol modulebattery

20Cutaway/Left stoplamp/Turn signallamp

21Lefttrailer stoplamp/Turn signallamp

22Cutaway/Right stoplamp/Turn signallamp

23-

24Fuelpump

25Auxiliarypower outlet

26Bodycontrol module3

27Specialequipment option

28Airbag

29Steeringwheel sensor

FusesUsage

30Enginecontrol module/Ignition

31Transmission controlmodule Ignition

32Transmission controlmodule1 battery

33Rearparkingaid module

34-

35-

36Fuelsystemcontrol modulebattery

41Transmission control2module batterypower

42Trailerwiring

43-

44Startersolenoid

45Enginecontrol module/Powertrain

46

FusesUsage

47-

51 Lefthigh-beam headlamp

52Righthigh-beam headlamp

53Leftlow-beam headlamp

54Rightlow-beam headlamp

55Wipers

56Canistervent solenoid

58Bodycontrol module2

59Bodycontrol module1

61Engineoilsolenoid

6202sensor2

63-

64Massairflow/ Canistervent

266VehicleCare

FusesUsage

65Ignition/Injectors -odd

66Daytimerunning lamps2

67Daytimerunning lamps1

68Auxiliarystoplamps

69Externalpowerfor trailer

70Upfitterstoplamps

71Fuelheater/ FlexFuelsensor

72Bodycontrol module6

73Lighter/Datalink connector

74Frontblower

75Enginecontrol modulediesel

76-

7702sensor1

FusesUsage

78Enginecontrol module/Powertrain

79Ignition/Injectors —even

RelaysUsage

15Run/Crank

37-

38Fuelpump

39Crank

40A/Ccompressor

48-

49Powertrain

50-

57-

60-

AuxiliaryFuseBlock

MR-2 MR RELAY 2 MR-1 MR-3 MR RELAY 1

Thiscomponentisnearthefuse blockintheenginecompartment

FusesUsage

MR-1Upfitter1

MR-2Upfitter2

MR-3Upfitterpower control

RelaysUsage

MRRel1Upfitter1

MRRel2Upfitter2

MegaFuseHolder

3D rendering of a mechanical component with two bolts and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

FuseUsage
1Startermotor

FloorConsoleFuseBlock

Thefloorconsolefuseblockisunderthedriverseat.

K1 K2 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F16 F13 F14 F15 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F25 F26 F27 K3 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 CB1 F17 F18 K4 F28 F30 F31 F32 F24 F29 CB2 F33 F34 F35 F36 F37 F38 K5

DEALER ePROCESS

268VehicleCare

The vehicle may not be equipped with allothefuses, relays, and feature shown.

Mini-FusesUsage

F1-

F2Steeringwheel sensor

F3Auxiliaryparking lamps

F4Frontparking lamps

F5Trailerparking lamps

F6Upfitter/Parking lamps

F7Rightrear parkinglamp

F8Leftrear parkinglamp

F9Exteriorrearmirror switch/Door lock-unlockcontrol upfitter/Front cameramodule

Mini-FusesUsage

F10Airbag/Automatic occupantsensing

F11-/OnStar

F12ECMbattV6gas

F13HVAC2

F14HVAC1

F15-

F16Upfitter1

F17 Heatedoutside mirrors

F18Rearwindow defogger

F19Compass

F20Radio/Chime/ SiriusXMsatellite radio

F21 Remotefunction actuator/Tire pressuremonitor

F22Ignitionswitch/Discretelogic ignition sensor

Mini-FusesUsage

F23Instrumentcluster

F24-

F25HVACcontrol

F26Auxiliary/Trailer reverselamps

F27Reverselamps

F28Upfitter2/Reading lamps

F29Rearblower

F30Upfitter/Courtesy lamps

F31Frontdoorlock

F32Reardoorlock

F33Cargodoorunlock

F34Passengerdoor unlock

F35Rearpassenger doorunlock

F36Driverdoorlock

F37-

F38-

DEALER ePROCESS

RelaysUsage

K1Run

K2-

K3Parkinglamps

K4Upfitter2

K5Rearwindow

defogger

K6Retained

accessorypower

Circuit

Usage

Breakers

CB1Powerseats

CB2Powerwindows

WheelsandTires

Tires

EverynewGMvehiclehas high-qualitytiresmadebya leadingtiremanufacturer.See thewarrantymanualfor informationregardingthetire warrantyandwheretoget service.Foradditional informationrefertothetire manufacturer.

Warning

• Poorlymaintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.
• Overloadingthetirescan causeoverheatingasa resultoftoomuch flexing. Therecouldbea blowoutandaserious crash. See VehicleLoad Limits 172.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

- Underinflatedtirespose thesamedangeras overloadedtires. The resultingcrashcould causeserious injury. Checkalltiresfrequently tomaintainthe recommended pressure. Tirepressureshouldbe checkedwhenthetires arecold.

- Overinflatedtiresare morelikelytobecut, punctured, orbroken by asuddenimpact—such aswhenhittingapothole. Keeptiresatthe recommendedpressure.

- Wornoroldtirescan causeacrash. If the treadisbadlyworn, replacethem.

(Continued)

270VehicleCare

Warning(Continued)

• Replaceanytiresthat havebeendamagedby impactswithpotholes, curbs,etc.
• Improperlyrepairedtires cancauseacrash. Only the dealeroran authorized tireservice centers should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires.
• Donotspinthetiresin excessof56km/h (35mph)onslippery surfacesuchassnow, mud,ice,etc.Excessive spinningmaycausethe tirestoexplode.

All-SeasonTires

This vehicle may comewith all-season tires. Thesetires are designed to provide good overall

performanceonmostroadsurfaces and weatherconditions. Original equipmenttiresdesignedtoGM's specificireperformancecriteria haveaTPCspecificationcode moldedontothesidewall. Original equipmentall-seasonirescanbe identifiedbythelasttwocharacters ofthisTPCcode,whichwill be"MS."

Considerinstallingwintertireson thevehicleiffrequentdrivingon snoworice-coveredroadsis expected. All-seasontiresprovide adequateperformanceformost winterdrivingconditions, butthey maynotofferthesamelevelof tractionorperformanceaswinter tiresonsnoworice-coveredroads. See Winter Tires→270.

WinterTires

This vehicle was not originally equipped with wintertires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered

roadsisexpected. Seeyourdealer fordetailsregardingwintertire availabilityandpropertireselection. Also,seeBuyingNewTires→285.

Withwintertires,theremaybe decreaseddryroadtraction, increasedroadnoise,andshorter treadlife.Afterchangingtowinter tires,bealertforchangesinvehicle handlingandbraking.

Ifusingwintertires:

• Usetiresofthesamebrandand treadtypeonallfourwheel positions.
• Useonlyradialplytiresofthe samesize,loadrange,and speedratingastheoriginal equipmenttires.

Wintertireswiththesamespeed ratingastheoriginalequipmenttires maynotbeavailableforH,V,W,Y, andZRspeedratedtires. Ifwinter tireswithalowerspeedratingare chosen,neverexceedthetire's maximumspeedcapability.

TireSidewallLabeling

Usefulinformationaboutatireis moldedintothesidewall.The exampleshowatypical passengerandlighttrucktire sidewall.

2 TPC SPEC 1153 MS P245/75R16 109S 1 TIRE NAME MANUFACTURER TEMPORARY USE ONY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Passenger(P-Metric)/SpareTire

(1) TireSize: Thetiresizecode isacombinationoflettersand numbersusedtodefinea particulartire'swidth,height,aspectratio,constructiontype,andservicedescription.Seethe "TireSize"illustrationalterinthis sectionformoredetail.

(2)TPCSpec(Tire

PerformanceCriteria

Specification) :Original equipmenttiresdesignedto GM'sspecificireperformance criteriahaveaTPCspecification codemoldedontothesidewall. GM'sTPCspecificationsmeetor exceedallfederalsafety guidelines.

(3)DOT(Departmentof

Transportation) : The

Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is incompliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

DOTTireDateof

Manufacture : Thelastfour digitsoftheTINindicatethetire manufactureddate. Thefirsttwo digitsrepresenttheweek (01-52) and thelasttwodigits, theyear. Forexample, thethird

DEALER ePROCESS

weekoftheyear2010would haveafour-digitDOTdate of0310.

(4) TireIdentificationNumber (TIN): The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the TireIdentificationNumber(TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tiresize, and datethetire was manufactured. The TIN is molded on both sides of the tire, although only onesidemay havethedate of manufacture.

(5)TirePlyMaterial :Thetype ofcordandnumberofpliesin thesidewallandunderthetread.

(6)UniformTireQuality Grading(UTQG) :Tire manufacturersarerequired to gradetiresbasedonthree performancefactors:treadwear, traction,andtemperature resistance.Formore information,seeUniformTire QualityGrading 287.

272VehicleCare

(7)MaximumColdInflation LoadLimit :Maximumloadthat canbecarriedandthe maximumpressureneededto supportthatload. For informationonrecommended tirepressureseeTirePressure 277andVehicleLoadLimits 172.

(8)TemporaryUseOnly :Only useatemporarysparetireuntil theroadtireisrepairedand replaced. Thissparetireshould notbedrivenonover112km/h (70mph),or88km/h(55mph) whenpullingatrailer,withthe properinflationpressure.See Full-Size Spare Tire⇒300.

TPC SPEC 2012 MS 17245/75R16/E 120/116S MANUFACTURER 1 T245/75R16/E 120/116S • AT XX PSI COLD • MAX LOAD DUAL • 1.08FLESS • DOT MALP AIR X-ray TIED • 200XPS COPI • SENSILLA RAGS • 3 TXX PSI COUL • LOAD RATIO • 4 SINGLE XXX XLS • SIMOLE • 5 FLOOD • 6 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000 mm x 3 2 3 4 5 6 TIP NAME

LightTruck(LT-Metric)Tire

(1)TireSize:Thetiresizecode isacombinationoflettersand numbersusedtodefinea particulartire'swidth,height, aspectratio,constructiontype, andservicedescription.Seethe "TireSize"illustrationalterinthis sectionformoredetail.

(2)TPCSpec(Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification):Original equipmenttiresdesignedto GM'sspecificireperformance criteria have a TPC specification

codemoldedontothesidewall. GM'sTPCspecificationsmeetor exceedallfederalsafety guidelines.

(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : Maximumload that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used in adual configuration. For information on recommended tire pressure see Tire Pressure 277 and Vehicle Load Limits 172.

(4)DOT(Departmentof Transportation): The DepartmentofTransportation (DOT)codeindicatesthatthe tireisincompliancewiththe U.S.Departmentof TransportationMotorVehicle SafetyStandards.

DOTTireDateof Manufacture : Thelastfour digitsoftheTINindicatethetire manufactureddate. Thefirsttwo digitsrepresenttheweek

(01-52)andthelasttwodigits, theyear.Forexample, thethird weekoftheyear2010would haveafour-digitDOTdate of0310.
(5) TireIdentificationNumber (TIN): Thelettersandnumbers followingtheDOTcodearethe TireIdentificationNumber(TIN). TheTINshowsthe manufacturerandplantcode, tiresize,anddatethetirewas manufactured. TheTINis moldedontobothsidesofthe tire,althoughonlyonesidemay havethedateofmanufacture.
(6)TirePlyMaterial :Thetype ofcordandnumberofpliesin thesidewallandunderthetread.
(7) SingleTireMaximum Load : Maximumloadthatcan becarriedandthemaximum pressureneededtosupportthat loadwhenusedasasingle. For informationonrecommended

tirepressuresee TirePressure ⇒277and VehicleLoadLimits ⇒172.

TireDesignations

TireSize

The example show atypical passenger vehicle and light truck tiresize.

P245/75R16 109S 1 2 3 4 5 6

Passenger(P-Metric)Tire

(1) Passenger(P-Metric) Tire: The United States version of a metric timesizing system. The letter Pasthe first character in the timesizes means passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association.

(2)TireWidth : Thethree-digit numberindicatesthetiresection widthinmillimetersfrom sidewalltosidewall.
(3)AspectRatio :Atwo-digit numberthatindicatesthetire height-to-widthmeasurements. Forexample,ifthetiresize aspectratiois75,asshownin itemCofthetireillustration,it wouldmeanthatthetire's sidewallis75percentashighas itiswide.
(4)ConstructionCode :Aletter codeisusedtoindicatethetype ofplyconstructioninthetire. TheletterRmeansradialply construction;theletterDmeans diagonalorbiasply construction;andtheletterB meansbelted-biasply construction.
(5)RimDiameter :Diameterof thewheelininches.

274VehicleCare

(6)ServiceDescription: These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. Theload index represents the load carrying capacity at tire is certified to carry. Thespeed rating is the maximum speed at tire is certified to carry load.

LT245/75R16 E120/116S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LightTruck(LT-Metric)Tire

(1)LightTruck(LT-Metric) Tire :TheUnitedStatesversion ofametrictiresizingsystem. ThelettersLTasthefirsttwo charactersinthetiresizemean alighttrucktireengineeredto standardssetbytheU.S.Tire andRimAssociation.

(2)TireWidth : Thethree-digit numberindicatesthetiresection widthinmillimetersfrom sidewalltosidewall.
(3)AspectRatio :Atwo-digit numberthatindicatesthetire height-to-widthmeasurements. Forexample,ifthetiresize aspectratiois75,asshownin item3ofthelighttruck (LT-Metric)tireillustration,it wouldmeanthatthetire's sidewallis75percentashighas itiswide.
(4)ConstructionCode :Aletter codeisusedtoindicatethetype ofplyconstructioninthetire. TheletterRmeansradialply construction;theletterDmeans diagonalorbiasply construction;andtheletterB meansbelted-biasply construction.
(5)RimDiameter :Diameterof thewheelininches. (6)Loa d Range : Load Range

(7)ServiceDescription :The servicedescriptionindicates the loadindexandspeedratingofa tire.Iftwonumbersaregivenas intheexample,120/116,then thisrepresentstheloadindexfor singleversusdualwheelusage (single/dual).Thespeedratingis themaximumspeedatireis certifiedtocarryaload.

TireTerminology and Definitions

AirPressure:Theamountof airinsidethetirepressing outwardoneachsquareinchof thetire.Airpressureis expressedinkPa(kilopascal) orpsi(poundspersquareinch).

AccessoryWeight : The combinedweightofoptional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power windows, powerseats, and air conditioning.

AspectRatio: Therelationship of atire'sheighttoitswidth.

Belt :Arubbercoatedlayerof cordsbetweenthepliesandthe tread.Cordsmaybemadefrom steelorotherreinforcing materials.

Bead : Thetirebeadcontains steelwireswrappedbysteel cordsthatholdthetireonto therim.

BiasPlyTire :Apneumatictire inwhichthepliesarelaidat alternateangleslessthan 90degreestothecenterlineof thetread.

ColdTirePressure :The amountofairpressureinatire, measuredinkPa(kilopascal) orpsi(poundspersquareinch) beforeatirehasbuiltupheat fromdriving.See TirePressure 277.

CurbWeight : The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optionalequipment including the maximum capacity off fuel, oil, and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.

DOTMarkings :Acodemolded intothesidewallofatire signifyingthatthetireisin compliancewiththeU.S. DepartmentofTransportation (DOT)MotorVehicleSafety Standards.TheDOTcode includestheTireIdentification Number(TIN),analphanumeric designatorwhichcanalso identifythetiremanufacturer, productionplant,brand,and dateofproduction.

GVWR :GrossVehicleWeight Rating.See VehicleLoadLimits 172.

GAWRFRT :GrossAxleWeight Ratingforthefrontaxle.See VehicleLoadLimits→172.

GAWRRR :GrossAxleWeight Ratingfortherearaxle.See VehicleLoadLimits→172.

IntendedOutboardSidewall : Thesideofanasymmetricaltire thatmustalwaysfaceoutward whenmountedonavehicle.

Kilopascal(kPa) : Thematic unitforairpressure.

LightTruck(LT-Metric)Tire :A tireusedonlightdutytrucksand somemultipurposepassenger vehicles.

LoadIndex : Anassigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that correspond stotheload carrying capacity of atire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure : Themaximum air pressure to which acoldtire can be inflated. Themaximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

276VehicleCare

MaximumLoadRating:The loadratingforatireatthe maximumpermissibleinflation pressureforthattire.

MaximumLoadedVehicle

Weight : Thesumofcurb weight, accessoryweight, vehiclecapacityweight, and productionoptionsweight.

NormalOccupantWeight :The numberofoccupantsavehicle isdesignedtoseatmultipliedby 68kg(150lb).See VehicleLoad Limits→172.

OccupantDistribution : Designatedseatingpositions.

OutwardFacingSidewall :The sideofanasymmetricaltirethat hasaparticularsidethatfaces outwardwhenmountedona vehicle. Thesideofthetirethat containsawhitewall,bears whitelettering,orbears manufacturer,brand,and/or modelnamemoldingthatis

higherordeeperthanthesame moldingsontheothersidewall ofthetire.

Passenger(P-Metric)Tire :A tireusedonpassengercarsand somelightdutytrucksand multipurposevehicles.

Recommended Inflation

Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tireinflationpressureasshown onthetireplacard. See TirePressure→277 and VehicleLoadLimits→172.

RadialPlyTire :Apneumatic tireinwhichtheplycordsthat extendtothebeadsarelaidat 90degreestothecenterlineof thetread.

Rim :Ametalsupportforatire anduponwhichthetirebeads areseated.

Sidewall : Theportionofatire betweenthetreadandthebead.

SpeedRating :An alphanumericcodeassignedto atireindicatingthemaximum speedatwhichatirecan operate.

Traction : Thefrictionbetween thetireandtheroadsurface. Theamountofgripprovided.

Tread : The portion of atire that comes into contact with theroad.

TreadwearIndicators :Narrow bands,sometimescalledwear bars,thatshowacrossthetread ofatirewhenonly1.6mm(1/16in)oftreadremains.See WhenItIsTimeforNewTires 284.

UTQGS(UniformTireQuality GradingStandards) :Atire informationsystemthatprovides consumerswithratingsfora tire'straction,temperature,and treadwear.Ratingsare determinedbytire manufacturersusing

governmenttestingprocedures. Theratingsaremoldedintothe sidewallofthetire.SeeUniform TireQualityGrading→287.

VehicleCapacityWeight :The numberofdesignatedseating positionsmultipliedby 68kg(150lb)plustherated cargoload.See VehicleLoad Limits→172.

VehicleMaximumLoadonthe Tire :Loadonanindividualtire duetocurbweight,accessory weight,occupantweight,and cargoweight.

VehiclePlacard :Alabel permanentlyattachedtoa vehicleshowingthevehicle capacityweightandtheoriginal equipmenttiresizeand recommendedinflationpressure. See“TireandLoading InformationLabel”underVehicle LoadLimits⇒172.

TirePressure

Tiresneedthecorrectamountof airpressuretooperate effectively.

Warning

Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Under inflated tires, ortires that donothaveenoughair, can result in:

• Tireoverloading and overheating which could lead to ablowout.
  • Prematureor irregularwear.
• Poorhandling.
  • Reducedfueleconomy.

Overinflatedtires, ortiresthat havetoomuchair, can resultin:

- Unusualwear.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

• Poorhandling.
• Roughride.
• Needlessdamagefrom roadhazards.

The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicate the originalequipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum loadcarrying capacity.

For additional information regarding how much weight the vehicle can carry, and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label, see Vehicle Load Limits 172. How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never

278VehicleCare

loadthevehiclewithmore weightthanitwasdesignedto carry.

WhentoCheck

Check the pressure of the tires once amonthormore.

Donotforgetthesparetire, ifthevehiclehasone.See Full-Size Spare Tire→300for additionalinformation.

HowtoCheck

Useagoodqualitypocket-type gaugetochecktirepressure. Propertireinflationcannotbe determinedbylookingatthetire. Checkthetireinflationpressure whenthetiresarecold,meaning thevehiclehasnotbeendriven foratleastthreehoursorno morethan1.6km(1mi).

Removethevalvecapfromthe tirevalvestem.Pressthetire gaugefirmlyontothevalveto getapressuremeasurement. Ifthecoldtireinflationpressure

matchestherecommended pressureontheTireand LoadingInformationlabel,no furtheradjustmentisnecessary. Iftheinflationpressureislow, addairuntiltherecommended pressureisreached.Ifthe inflationpressureishigh,press onthemetalsteminthecenter ofthetirevalvetoreleaseair.

Re-check the tire pressure with the tire gauge.

Putthevalvecapsbackonthe valvestemstokeepoutdirtand moistureandpreventleaks.Use onlyvalvecapsdesignedforthe vehiclebyGM.TPMSsensors couldbedamagedandwould notbecoveredbythevehicle warranty.

TirePressureMonitor System

The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure

levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmittire pressurereading stoa receiver located in the vehicle.

Eachtire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placardortire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of different sizing thanthesize indicated on the vehicle placardortire inflation pressure label, you should determinethe propertire inflation pressure forthosetires.)

Asanadded safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates alow tire pressure telltale when none or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, whenthelowtire pressuretelltaleilluminates, you shouldstopandcheckyourtiresas soonaspossible, andinflatethem totheproperpressure. Drivingona significantlyunder-inflatedtire

causesthetiretooverheatandcan leadtotirefailure.Under-inflation alsoreducesfuelefficiencyandtire treadlife,andmayaffectthe vehicle'shandlingandstopping ability.

PleasenotethattheTPMSisnota substituteforpropertire maintenance, anditisthedriver's responsibility to maintain incorrect tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMSlow tire pressure telltale.

Yourvehiclehasalsobeen equippedwithaTPMSmalfunction indicatortoindicatewhenthe systemisnotoperatingproperly. TheTPMSmalfunctionindicatoris combinedwiththelowtirepressure telltale.Whenthesystemdetectsa malfunction,thetelltalewillflashfor approximatelyoneminuteandthen remaincontinuouslyilluminated. Thissequencewillcontinueupon subsequentvehiclestart-upsas longasthemalfunctionexists.

Whenthemalfunctionindicatoris illuminated, thesystemmaynotbe abletodetectorsignallowtire pressureasintended. TPMS malfunctionsmayoccurforvariety ofreasons, includingtheinstallation ofreplacementoralternatetiresor wheelsonthevehiclethatprevent theTPMSfromfunctioningproperly. AlwayschecktheTPMSmalfunction telltaleafterreplacingoneormore tiresorwheelsonyourvehicleto ensure thatthereplacementor alternatetiresandwheelsallowthe TPMStocontinuetofunction properly.

See TirePressureMonitor Operation→279.

SeeRadioFrequencyStatement →344.

TirePressureMonitor Operation

This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when alow tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are

mountedontoeachtireandwheel assembly,excludingthesparetire andwheelassembly.TheTPMS sensorsmonitortheairpressurein thetiresandtransmitthetire pressurereadingstoareceiver locatedinthevehicle.

Whenalowtirepressurecondition isdetected, theTPMSilluminates thelowtirepressurewarninglight locatedontheinstrumentcluster. Ifthewarninglightcomeson, stop as soonaspossibleandinflatethe tirestotherecommendedpressure shownontheTireandLoading Informationlabel.SeeVehicleLoad Limits 172.

Amessagetocheckthepressurein aspecifictiredisplaysintheDriver InformationCenter(DIC).Thelow tirepressurewarninglightandthe DICwarningmessagecomeonat

280VehicleCare

eachignitioncycleuntilthetiresare inflatedtothecorrectinflation pressure.IfthevehiclehasDIC buttons,tirepressurelevelscanbe viewed.Foradditionalinformation anddetailsabouttheDICoperation anddisplays,seeDriverInformation Center(DIC)⇒114.

Thelowtirepressurewarninglight maycomeonincoolweatherwhen thevehicleisfirststarted,andthen turnoffasthevehicleisdriven. This couldbeanearlyindicatorthatthe airpressureisgettinglowand needstobeinflatedtotheproper pressure.

ATireandLoadingInformationlabel showsthesizeoftheoriginal equipmenttiresandthecorrect inflationpressureforthetireswhen theyarecold.SeeVehicleLoad Limits→172,foranexampleofthe TireandLoadingInformationlabel anditslocation.Alsosee Tire Pressure→277.

The TPMScanwarnaboutalow tirepressureconditionbutitdoes notreplacenormaltire

maintenance.See TireInspection → 282, Tire Rotation → 282 and Tires → 269.

Caution

Tiresealantmaterialsarenotall thesame.Anon-approvedtire sealantcoulddamagetheTPMS sensors.TPMSsensordamage causedbyusinganincorrecttire sealantisnotcoveredbythe vehiclewarranty.Alwaysuseonly theGMapprovedtiresealant availablethroughyourdealeror includedinthevehicle.

TPMSMalfunctionLightand Message

The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and then stay on for their remainder of the ignition cycle. ADIC warning message also displays. The

malfunctionlightandDICwarning messagecomeonateachignition cycleuntiltheproblemiscorrected. Someoftheconditionsthatcan causethesetocomeonare:

• Oneoftheroadtireshasbeen replacedwiththesparetire. The sparetiredoesnothavea TPMSsensor. Themalfunction lightandtheDICmessage shouldgooffaftertheroadtire isreplacedandthesensor matchingprocessisperformed successfully. See "TPMSSensor MatchingProcess" laterinthis section.
• TheTPMSsensormatching processwasnotdoneornot completedsuccessfullyafter rotatingthetires. The malfunctionlightandtheDIC messageshouldgooffafter successfullycompleting the sensormatchingprocess.See "TPMSSensorMatching Process"laterinthissection.
• OneormoreTPMSsensorsare missingordamaged. The malfunctionlightandtheDIC

messageshouldgooffwhenthe TPMSsensorsareinstalledand thesensormatchingprocessis performedsuccessfully.See yourdealerforservice.

• Replacementtiresorwheelsdo notmatchtheoriginalequipment tiresorwheels.Tiresandwheels otherthanthoserecommended couldpreventtheTPMSfrom functioningproperly.SeeBuying NewTires→285.
• Operatingelectronicdevicesor beingnearfacilitiesusingradio wavefrequenciessimilartothe TPMScouldcausetheTPMS sensorstomalfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it cannot detectorsignala low tire pressure condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message come on and stay on.

TPMSSensorMatching Process

EachTPMSsensorhasaunique identificationcode. Theidentification codeneedstobematchedtoanew

tire/wheelpositionafterrotatingthe vehicle'stiresorreplacingoneor moreoftheTPMSsensors.Also, theTPMSsensormatchingprocess shouldbeperformedafterreplacing asparetirewitharoadtire containingtheTPMSsensor.The malfunctionlightandtheDIC messageshouldgooffatthenext ignitioncycle.Thesensorsare matchedtothetire/wheelpositions, usingaTPMSrelearntool,inthe followingorder:driversidefronttire, passengersidefronttire,passenger sidereartire,anddriversiderear. Seeyourdealerforserviceorto purchasearelearntool.ATPMS relearntoolcanalsobepurchased. SeeTirePressureMonitorSensor ActivationToolat www.gmtoolsandequipment.comor call1-800-GMTOOLS (1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match the first tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, them matching process stops and must be restarted.

TheTPMSsensormatching processis:

1. Settheparkingbrake.
2. Turntheignitiononwithout startingthevehicle.See IgnitionPositions→176.
3. PresstheRemoteKeyless

Entry(RKE)transmitter's

and buttonsatthesame timeforapproximately fiveseconds. Thehornsounds twicetosignalthereceiverisin relearnmode and TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message display on the DIC screen.

Ifthevehicledoesnothave RKE,presstheDriver InformationCenter(DIC) vehicleinformationbuttonuntil thePRESS√TORELEARN TIREPOSITIONSmessage displays. Thehornsounds twicetosignalthereceiverisin relearnmodeandTIRE LEARNINGACTIVEmessage displaysontheDICscreen.

282VehicleCare

1. Startwiththedriverside fronttire.
2. Placetherelearntoolagainst thetiresidewall, nearthevalve stem. Thenpressthebuttonto activatetheTPMSsensor. Ahornchirpconfirmsthatthe sensoridentificationcodehas beenmatchedtothistireand wheelposition.
3. Proceed to the passengers side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 5.
4. Proceed to the passengerside reartire, and repeat the procedure in Step 5.

5. Proceed to the diversiderear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 5. The hornsound two timesto indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the diversiderear tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active. The TIRELEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC displayscreen goes off.

6. Turnthevehicleoff.

7. Setallfourtirestothe recommendedairpressure levelasindicatedontheTire andLoadingInformationlabel.

TireInspection

Werecommendthatthetires, includingthesparetire, if the vehiclehasone, be inspected for signsofwearordamage at least once a month.

Replacethetireif:

• Theindicatorsatthreeor moreplacesaroundthetire canbeseen.
• Thereiscordorfabric showingthroughthetire's rubber.
• Thetreadorsidewallis cracked, cut, orsnagged deepenoughtoshowcordor fabric.
• Thetirehasabump, bulge, orsplit.

- Thetirehasapuncture, cut, orotherdamagethat cannot berepairedwellbecause of the sizeorlocationofthe damage.

TireRotation

Tiresshouldberotatedevery 12000km(7,500mi).See Maintenance Schedule→318.

Tiresarerotatedtoachievea uniformwearforalltires. The firstrotationisthemost important.

Anytimeunusualwearis noticed, rotatethetiresassoon aspossible, checkforpropertire inflationpressure, andcheckfor damagedtiresorwheels. If the unusualwearcontinuesafterthe rotation, checkthewheel alignment.

See When It Is Time for New Tires→284 and Wheel Replacement→288.

Ifthefull-sizesparetireispartof thetirerotation,makesurethe tirerotatedintothespare positionisstoredsecurely. Push,pull,andthentrytorotate orturnthetire.lfitmoves,use thewheelwrench/hoistshaftto tightenthecable.See Tire Changing→291.

graph TD
    A["Top Tire"] --> B["Left Tire"]
    A --> C["Right Tire"]
    A --> D["Bottom Tire"]
    B --> E["Left"]
    B --> F["Right"]
    B --> G["Bottom"]
    C --> H["Left"]
    C --> I["Right"]
    C --> J["Bottom"]
    D --> K["Left"]
    D --> L["Right"]
    D --> M["Bottom"]

Usethisrotationpatternwhen rotatingthetiresifthevehicle hassinglerearwheels.

graph TD
    A[" "] --> C[" "]
    B[" "] --> C[" "]
    D[" "] --> E[" "]
    F[" "] --> E[" "]
    C --> G[" "]
    E --> G[" "]

graph TD
    A[" "] --> C[" "]
    B[" "] --> C[" "]
    C[" "] --> D[" "]
    D[" "] --> E[" "]
    E[" "] --> F[" "]
    F[" "] --> G[" "]
    G[" "] --> H[" "]
    H[" "] --> I[" "]
    I[" "] --> J[" "]
    J[" "] --> K[" "]
    K[" "] --> L[" "]
    L[" "] --> M[" "]
    M[" "] --> N[" "]
    N[" "] --> O[" "]
    O[" "] --> P[" "]
    P[" "] --> Q[" "]
    Q[" "] --> R[" "]
    R[" "] --> S[" "]
    S[" "] --> T[" "]
    T[" "] --> U[" "]
    U[" "] --> V[" "]
    V[" "] --> W[" "]
    W[" "] --> X[" "]
    X[" "] --> Y[" "]
    Y[" "] --> Z[" "]
    Z[" "] --> AA[" "]
    AA[" "] --> AB[" "]
    AB[" "] --> AC[" "]
    AC[" "] --> AD[" "]
    AD[" "] --> AE[" "]
    AE[" "] --> AF[" "]
    AF[" "] --> AG[" "]
    AG[" "] --> AH[" "]
    AH[" "] --> AI[" "]
    AI[" "] --> AJ[" "]
    AJ[" "] --> AK[" "]
    AK[" "] --> AL[" "]
    AL[" "] --> AM[" "]
    AM[" "] --> AN[" "]
    AN[" "] --> AO[" "]
    AO[" "] --> AP[" "]
    AP[" "] --> AQ[" "]
    AQ[" "] --> AR[" "]
    AR[" "] --> AS[" "]
    AS[" "] --> AT[" "]
    AT[" "] --> AU[" "]
    AU[" "] --> AV[" "]
    AV[" "] --> AW[" "]
    AW[" "] --> AX[" "]
    AX[" "] --> AY[" "]
    AY[" "] --> AZ[" "]
    AZ[" "] --> BA[" "]
    BA[" "] --> BB[" "]
    BB[" "] --> BC[" "]
    BC[" "] --> BD[" "]
    BD[" "] --> BE[" "]
    BE[" "] --> BF[" "]
    BF[" "] --> BG[" "]
    BG[" "] --> BH[" "]
    BH[" "] --> BI[" "]
    BI[" "] --> BJ[" "]
    BJ[" "] --> BK[" "]
    BK[" "] --> BL[" "]
    BL[" "] --> BM[" "]
    BM[" "] --> BN[" "]
    BN[" "] --> BO[" "]
    BO[" "] --> BP[" "]
    BP[" "] --> BQ[" "]
    BQ[" "] --> BR[" "]
    BR[" "] --> BS[" "]
    BS[" "] --> BT[" "]
    BT[" "] --> BU[" "]
    BU[" "] --> BV[" "]
    BV[" "] --> BW[" "]
    BW[" "] --> BX[" "]
    BX[" "] --> BY[" "]
    BY[" "] --> BZ[" "]
    BZ[" "] --> CA[" "]
    CA[" "] --> CB[" "]
    CB[" "] --> CC[" "]
    CC[" "] --> CD[" "]
    CD[" "] --> CE[" "]
    CE[" "] --> CF[" "]
    CF[" "] --> CG[" "]
    CG[" "] --> CH[" "]
    CH[" "] --> CI[" "]
    CI[" "] --> CJ[" "]
    CJ[" "] --> CK[" "]
    CK[" "] --> CR[" "]
    CR[" "] --> CS[" "]
    CS[" "] --> CT[" "]
    CT[" "] --> CU[" "]
    CU[" "] --> CV[" "]
    CV[" "] --> CW[" "]
    CW[" "] --> CX[" "]
    CX[" "] --> CY[" "]
    CY[" "] --> CZ[" "]
    CZ[" "] --> DA[" "]
    DA[" "] --> DB[" "]
    DB[" "] --> DC[" "],

Usethisrotationpatternwhen rotatingthetiresifthevehicle hasdualrearwheels.

Wheninstallingdualwheels, checkthattheventholesinthe innerandouterwheelsoneach sidearelinedup.

Adjustthefrontandreartiresto therecommendedinflation pressureontheTireand LoadingInformationlabelafter thetireshavebeenrotated. See TirePressure→277and VehicleLoadLimits→172.

ResettheTirePressureMonitor System.See TirePressure MonitorOperation→279.

Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See "Wheel Nut Torque" under Capacities and Specifications 331.

Warning

Rustordirtonawheel, oronthe partstowhichitisfastened, can makewheelnutsbecomeloose aftertime. The wheel could come off and cause acrash. When changing a wheel, remove any rustordirt from places where the wheel attachest othe vehicle. In an emergency, aclothorapaper towel can be used; however, use ascaperor wirebrush laterto remove all trustordirt.

Lightlycoatthecenterofthe wheelhubwithwheelbearing greaseafterawheelchangeor tirerotationtopreventcorrosion

284VehicleCare

orrustbuild-up.Donotget greaseontheflatwheel mountingsurfaceoronthe wheelnutsorbolts.

DualTireRotation

Whenthevehicleisnew, orwheneverawheel, wheelbolt, orwheelnutisreplacedorserviced, checkthewheelnuttorqueafter 160, 1600, and 10000km(100, 1,000, and 6,000mi) of driving. For propertorque and wheelnut tightening information, see "Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire" under Tire Changing → 291 and "WheelNut Torque" under Capacities and Specifications → 331.

Theoutertireonadualwheelsetup generallywearsfasterthanthe innertire.Tireslastlongerandwear moreevenlyiftheyarerotated. See TireInspection→282and Tire Rotation→282.Alsosee Maintenance Schedule→318.

See Tires→269and TirePressure →277formoreinformationon propertireinflation.

WhenItIsTimeforNew Tires

Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, drivingspeeds, vehicleloading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.

Diagram showing three parallel rows of layered structures with downward arrows indicating a transition or process (no text or symbols present)

Treadwearindicatorsareonewayto tellwhenitistimefornewtires. Treadwearindicatorsappearwhen thetireshaveonly1.6mm(1/16in) or less of tread remaining. Some

commercialtrucktiresmaynothave treadwearindicators. See TireInspection→282and Tire Rotation→282foradditional information.

Therubberintiresagesovertime. Thisalsoappliestothesparetire, ifthevehiclehasone,evenifitis neverused.Multiplefactors includingtemperatures,loading conditions,andinflationpressure maintenanceaffecthowfastaging takesplace.GMrecommendsthat tires,includingthespareif equipped,bereplacedaftersix years,regardlessoftreadwear.To identifytheageofatire,usethetire manufacturedatewhichisthelast fourdigitsoftheDOTTire IdentificationNumber(TIN)whichis moldedintoonesideofthetire sidewall.Thefirsttwodigits representtheweek(01-52)andthe lasttwodigits,theyear.For example,thethirdweekoftheyear 2010wouldhaveafour-digitDOT dateof0310.

VehicleStorage

Tiresagewhenstorednormally mountedonaparkedvehicle.Park avehiclethatwillbestoredforat leastamonthinacool,dry,clean areaawayfromdirectsunlightto slowaging.Thisareashouldbefree ofgrease,gasoline,orother substancehatcandeteriorate rubber.

Parkingforanextendedperiodcan causeflatspotsonthetiresthat mayresultinvibrationswhile driving. Whenstoringavehiclefor atleastamonth,removethetiresor raisethevehicletoreducethe weightfromthetires.

BuyingNewTires

GMhasdevelopedandmatched specifictiresforthevehicle.The originalequipmenttiresinstalled werdesignedtomeetGeneral MotorsTirePerformanceCriteria Specification(TPCSpec) systemrating.When replacementtiresareneeded,

GMstrongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Specrating.

GM's exclusive TPCSpec system considers over a dozen critical specification that impact the overall performance of the vehicle, including brakesystem performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM's TPCSpec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tiresize. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPCSpec number will be followed by MS form mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 271 for additional information.

GMrecommendsreplacingworn tiresincompletesetsoffour(six fordualrearwheels).Uniform treaddepthonalltireswillhelp tomaintaintheperformanceof the vehicle. Braking and

handlingperformancemaybe adverselyaffectedifallthetires arenotreplacedatthesame time.Ifproperrotationand maintenancehavebeendone, allfourtires(sixfordualrear wheels)shouldwearoutat aboutthesametime.See Tire Rotation→282forinformation onpropertirerotation.However, ifitisnecessarytoreplaceonly oneaxlesetofworntires, place thenewtiresontherearaxle (twoforsinglerearwheels,four fordualrearwheels).

Warning

Tirescouldexplodeduring improperservice.Attempting tomountordismountatire couldcauseinjuryordeath. Onlyyourdealerorauthorized tireservicecentershould mountordismountthetires.

286VehicleCare

Warning

Mixingtiresofdifferentsizes, brands, ortypesmaycause lossofcontrolofthevehicle, resultinginacrashorother vehicledamage. Use the correctsize, brand, and type oftiresonallwheels.

Warning

Usingbias-plytiresonthe vehiclemaycausethewheel rimflangestodevelopcracks aftermanymilesofdriving. Atireand/orwheelcouldfail suddenlyandcauseacrash. Useonlyradial-plytireswith thewheelsonthevehicle.

Wintertireswiththesamespeed ratingastheoriginalequipment tiresmaynotbeavailableforH, V,W,YandZRspeedrated

tires. Never exceed the winter tires' maximum speed capability when using wintertires with a lowerspeed rating.

If the vehicle tires must be replaced with atire that does not have a TPCSpec number, make sure they are these sizesize, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires.

Vehiclesthathaveatire pressuremonitoringsystem couldgiveaninaccurate low-pressurewarningifnon-TPC Specratedtiresareinstalled. See TirePressureMonitor System→278.

The Tire and Loading Information label indicates the originalequipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 172 forthelabellocation and more information about the Tire and Loading Information label.

DifferentSizeTiresand Wheels

Ifwheelsortiresareinstalledthat areadifferentsizethantheoriginal equipmentwheelsandtires,vehicle performance,includingitsbraking, rideandhandlingcharacteristics, stability,andresistancetorollover maybeaffected.Ifthevehiclehas electronicsystemssuchasantilock brakes,rolloverairbags,traction control,electronicstabilitycontrol, orAll-WheelDrive,theperformance ofthesesystemscanalsobe affected.

Warning

If different-sized wheels are used, theremay not bean acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended forth those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tires systems (Continued)

DEALER ePROCESS

Warning(Continued)

developedforthevehicle, and havethemproperlyinstalledbya GMcertifiedtechnician.

SeeBuyingNewTires→285andAccessoriesandModifications→230.

UniformTireQuality Grading

The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which gradestires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicle less sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewall of most passenger cartires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deeptread, wintertires,

compactsparetires, tireswith nominalrimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), ortosomelimited-production tires.

While the tires available on General Motors passengers cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.

Qualitygradescanbefound whereapplicableonthetire sidewallbetweentreadshoulder andmaximumsectionwidth.For example:

Treadwear200TractionAA TemperatureA

All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades.

Treadwear

Thetreadweargradeisa comparativeratingbasedonthe wearrateofthetirewhentested undercontrolledconditionsona specifiedgovernmenttest course. Forexample, atire graded150wouldwearone and one-half(1½)timesaswellon thegovernmentcourseasatire graded100. Therelative performanceoftiresdepends upontheactualconditionsof theiruse, however, and may departsignificantlyfromthe normduetovariationsindriving habits, servicepracticesand differencesinroad characteristicsandclimate.

Traction

Thetractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson

288VehicleCare

specifiedgovernmenttest surfacesofasphaltand concrete.AtiremarkedCmay havepoortractionperformance. Warning:Thetractiongrade assignedtothistireisbasedon straight-aheadbrakingtraction tests,anddoesnotinclude acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning,orpeaktraction characteristics.

Temperature

ThetemperaturegradesareA (thehighest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condition as specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performancewhichall passengercartiresmustmeet undertheFederalMotorSafety StandardNo.109.GradesBand Arepresenthigherlevelsof performanceonthelaboratory testwheelthanthemminimum requiredbylaw.Warning:The temperaturegradeforthistireis establishedforatirethatis properlyinflatedandnot overloaded.Excessivespeed, underinflation,orexcessive loading,eitherseparatelyorin combination,cancauseheat buildupandpossibletirefailure.

WheelAlignmentandTire Balance

Thetiresandwheelswerealigned andbalancedatthefactoryto providethelongesttirelifeandbest overallperformance.Adjustmentsto wheelalignmentandtirebalancing arenotnecessaryonaregular basis.Consideranalignmentcheck if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicleissignificantlypullingtoone sideortheother.Someslightpullto theleftorright,dependingonthe crownoftheroadand/orotherroad surfacevariationssuchastroughs orruts,isnormal.Ifthevehicleis vibratingwhendrivingonasmooth road,thetiresandwheelsmayneed toberebalanced.Seeyourdealer forproperdiagnosis.

WheelReplacement

Replaceanywheelthatisbent, cracked,orbadlyrustedor corroded.Ifwheelnutskeepcoming loose,thewheel,wheelbolts,and wheelnutsshouldbereplaced. Ifthewwheelleaksair,replaceit. Somealuminumwheelscanbe repaired.Seeyourdealerifanyof theseconditionsexist.

Yourdealerwillknowthekindof wheelthatisneeded.

Eachnewwheelshouldhavethe sameload-carryingcapacity, diameter,width,offset,andbe mountedthesamewayastheoneit replaces.

Replacewheels, wheelbolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM originale equipment parts.

Warning

Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nutscan bed dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tirescan lose air, and causel loss of control, causing a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.

Caution

Thewrongwheelcanalsocause problemswithbearinglife,brake cooling,speedometeror odometercalibration,headlamp aim,bumperheight,vehicle groundclearance,andtireortire chainclearancetothebody and chassis.

UsedReplacementWheels

Warning

Replacingawheelwithaused oneisdangerous.Howithas beenusedorhowfarithasbeen drivenmaybeunknown.Itcould failsuddenlyandcauseacrash. Whenreplacingwheels,usea newGMoriginalequipment wheel.

TireChains

Warning

Tirechainsusedonvehicle without the proper amount of clearance can caused damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tre chains could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and you or others maybe injured in crash. To help avoid damage to

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

thevehicle, driveslowly, readjust, orremovethedeviceifitis contactingthevehicle.Donot spinthevehicle'stires.Followthe manufacturer'sinstructions.

Caution

Usetirechainsonlywherelegal andonlywhennecessary.Use chainstatarethepropersizefor thetires.Installthemonthetires oftherearaxle.Donotuse chainsonthetiresofthefront axle.Tightenthemastightlyas possiblewiththeendssecurely fastened.Driveslowlyandfollow thechainmanufacturer's instructions.Ifthechainscontact thevehicle,stopandretighten them.Ifthecontactcontinues, slowdownuntilitstops.Driving

(Continued)

290VehicleCare

Caution(Continued)

toofastorspinningthewheels withchainsonwilldamagethe vehicle.

ForCutawaymodelswithLT245/75R16orLT225/75R16sizesingleordualreartires,useLowProfileZ-ChainorSAEClassScables.

ForCargoorPassengermodels withLT225/75R16orLT245/75R16 sizetires,useLowProfileZ-Chain cables.SAEClassSchainsarenot recommended.

If the vehicle has dual reartires, do not use individual tirechains. Use tirechain that fit across both dual tires.

IfaTireGoesFlat

Itisunusualforatiretoblowout whiledriving,especiallyifthetires aremaintainedproperly.See Tires →269.Ifairgoesoutofatire,itis muchmorelikelytoleakoutslowly.

Butifthereeverisablowout,here areafewtipsaboutwhattoexpect andwhattodo:

Ifafronttirefails,theflattire createsadragthatpullsthevehicle towardthatside.Takeyourfootoff theacceleratorpedalandgripthe steeringwheelfirmly.Steerto maintainlaneposition,andthen gentlybraketoastop,welloffthe road,ifpossible.

Arearblowout,particularlyona curve,actsmuchlikeaskidand mayrequirethesamecorrectionas usedinaskid. Stoppressingthe acceleratorpedalandsteerto straightenthevehicle. Itmaybe verybumpyandnoisy. Gentlybrake toastop, wellofftheroad, ifpossible.

Warning

Drivingonaflattirewillcause permanentdamagetothetire. Re-inflatingatireafterithasbeen drivenonwhileseverely

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

underinflatedorflatmaycausea blowoutandaseriouscrash. Neverattempttore-inflateatire thathasbeendrivenonwhile severelyunderinflatedorflat. Haveyourdealeroranauthorized tireservicecenterrepairor replacetheflattireassoonas possible.

Warning

Liftingvehicleandgettingunder ittodomaintenanceorrepairsis dangerouswithoutthe appropriatesafetyequipmentand training.Ifajackisprovidedwith thevehicle,itisdesignedonlyfor changingaflattire.Ifitisusedfor anythingelse,youorotherscould bebadlyinjuredorkilledifthe vehicleslipsoffthejack.Ifajack isprovidedwiththevehicle,only useitforchangingaflattire.

Ifatiregoesflat, avoidfurthertire andwheeldamagebydrivingslowly toalevelplace, wellofftheroad, ifpossible. Turnonthehazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 128.

Warning

Changingatirecanbe dangerous. The vehiclecanslip off the jack and rollover or fall causing injury or death. Find a level placeto changethe tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Putanautomatic transmission in P(Park)ora manual transmission in 1(First)orR(Reverse).
3. Turnofftheengineanddo notrestartwhilethevehicle israised.
4. Donotallowpassengersto remaininthevehicle.

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

1. Placewheelblocks, ifequipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.

Whenthevehiclehasaflattire(2), usethefollowingexampleasa guidetoassistintheplacementof thewheelblocks(1),ifequipped.

Diagram showing two connected mechanical components labeled 1 and 2 with directional arrows indicating movement or force.

1. WheelBlock(IfEquipped)
   2.FlatTire

The following information explains how to repair or change atire.

DEALER ePROCESS

TireChanging

RemovingtheSpareTireand Tools

Equipmentneededforacargovan orapassengervanisinthe passengersiderearcornerofthe vehicle.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a bracket with a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols present)

Removetheretainingwingboltand liftitoffofthemountingbracket.

Equipmentneededfora 15-passengerseatingarrangement issecuredontherearflooronthe passengersideofthevehicle.

292VehicleCare

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a valve or connector with an arrow pointing to a component (no text or labels visible)

Removetheretainingwingboltand liftitoutofthemountingbracketto accesstheequipment.

Thetoolsyouwillbeusinginclude:

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered parts, including a clamp and multiple rods.

1. Jack
   2.HoistHandle
2. Extension(s)
   4.WheelWrench
   5.JackHandle

Thesparetireismountedintherear underbodyofthevehicle.

Usethehoisthandle,extension(s), andthewheelwrenchtoremovethe underbody-mountedsparetire.

Tolowerthesparetirefromthe vehicle:

Technical diagram of a car suspension system with numbered components for identification

1. SpareTire
2. Tire/WheelRetainer
   3.HoistCable
   4.HoistAssembly
   5.HoistShaft
   6.HoistHandleand Extension(s)
   7.WheelWrench

7 6

1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the hoist handle and the extension(s)(6).
2. Openthepassengerside reardoor.
3. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, on an angle, through the hole in therear floor panel abovethe bumper. Besure the hoist handle connect to the hoist shaft. The chiseled end of the hoist handle is used to lower the spare tire.

4. Turnthewheelwrench counterclockwisetolowerthe sparetiretotheground. Continuetoturnthewheel wrenchuntilthesparetirecan bepulledoutfromunderthe vehicle.

5. Pullthesparetireoutfrom underthevehicle.

Diagram of a car tire being mounted on a vehicle wheel, showing tire and sensor placement (no text or symbols)

1. Tiltthetiretowardthevehicle withsomeslackinthecableto accessthetire/wheelretainer.

Illustration of a mechanical component with a coiled spring and pin (no text or symbols)

Tilttheretainerandpullit throughthecenterofthewheel alongwiththecableand spring.

Foravehiclethatwas completedfromacaband chassis,refertotheinformation fromthebodysupplier/installer.

Thesparetireisafull-sizetire, liketheothertiresonthe vehicle.

1. Putthesparetirenearthe flattire.
2. Closethepassengerside reardoor.

RemovingtheFlatTireand InstallingtheSpareTire

If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut caps, loosent hem by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The wheel nut caps are designed to remain with the center cap. Remove the center cap.

Ifthewheelhasasmoothcenter piece, placethechiselendofthe wheelwrenchintheslotonthe wheelandgentlypryitout.

294VehicleCare

Technical diagram of a mechanical clamp device with labeled parts including handle, spring, and rod assembly

1. Jack
   2.HoistHandle
2. Extension(s)
   4.WheelWrench
   5.JackHandle

1.Doasafetycheckbefore proceeding.SeeIfaTireGoes Flat→290.
2. Loosenallthewheelnutswith thewheelwrench. Donot removethemyet.
3.Assemblethejackandtools:

FrontFlat: Assemble the jack(1) together with the jack handle(5), one or two extension(s)(3), and the wheel wrench(4).

RearFlat: Assemble the jack(1) together with the jack handle(5), two extensions(3), and the wheel wrench(4).

Diagram showing car suspension system with directional arrow and selfie stick mechanism

FrontPosition

Technical line drawing of a vehicle suspension system with mechanical components (no text or symbols)

FrontPosition

Diagram illustrating vehicle suspension system with labeled components and directional arrows indicating movement or force

RearPosition

VehicleCare295

Mechanical assembly diagram showing two labeled components (1 and 2) with no visible text or symbols

RearAlternativePosition(Diesel Vehicles)

1. Position the jack under the vehicle, asshown.

Thefrontpositionjackingpoint isontheframe. Therear positionjackingpointisonthe rearaxle.

Iftheexhaustsysteminterferes withthejacklocationinthe rearaxle,suchasinDiesel vehicles,placethejack(1)on therearaxlebetweentheaxle housingandtheshock

absorberbracketinorderto avoidanyinterferencewiththe exhaustpipe(2).

{ Warning

Gettingunderavehiclewhenitis jackedupisdangerous.Ifthe vehicleslipsoffthejackyoucould bebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never getunderavehiclewhenitis supportedonlybyajack.

{ Warning

Raisingthevehiclewiththejack improperlypositionedcan damagethevehicleandeven makethevehiclefall. To help avoidpersonalinjuryandvehicle damage, besuretofitthejacklift headintotheproperlocation beforeraisingthevehicle.

1. Turnthewheelwrench clockwisetoraisethevehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough

offthegroundsothereis enoughroomforthesparetire tofit.

Close-up of hands adjusting a threaded mechanical component (no visible text or symbols)

1. Remove all the wheel nuts.

2. Taketheflattireoffofthe mountingsurface.

{ Warning

Rustordirtonawheel, oronthe partstowhichitisfastened, can makewheelnutsbecomeloose aftertime. Thewheelcouldcome offandcauseacrash. When

(Continued)

296VehicleCare

Warning(Continued)

changingawheel,removeany rustordirtfromplaceswherethe wheelattachestothevehicle.In anemergency,aclothorapaper towelcanbeused;however,use ascaperorwirebrushlaterto removeallrustordirt.

Illustration of a hand cleaning a car brake disc with a cloth (no text or symbols)

1. Remove any rustordirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel.

Warning

Neveruseoilorgreaseonbolts ornutsbecausethenutsmight comeloose. Thevehicle'swheel couldfalloff, causingacrash.

Close-up of hands adjusting a mechanical component with threaded shaft (no visible text or symbols)

1. Putthewheelnutsbackon withtheroundedendofthe nutstowardthewheel. Tighten eachwheelnutbyhanduntil thewheelisheldagainst thehub.

1. Turnthejackhandle counterclockwisetolowerthe vehicle. Lowerthejack completely.

Warning

Wheelnutsthatarenottightcan workloose. Ifallthenutsona wheelcomeoff, thewheelcan comeoffthevehicle, causinga crash. Allwheelnutsmustbe properlytightened. Followthe rulesinthissectiontobesure theyare.

Warning

Ifwheelstudsaredamaged,they canbreak.Ifallthestudsona wheelbroke,thewheelcould comeoffandcauseacrash. Ifanystudisdamagedbecause ofaloose-runningwheel,itcould bethatallofthestudsare damaged.Tobesure,replaceall (Continued)

Warning(Continued)

studsonthewheel.Ifthestud holesinawheelhavebecome larger,thewheelcouldcollapsein operation.Replaceanywheelif itsstudholeshavebecomelarger ordistortedinanyway.Inspect hubsandhub-pilotedwheelsfor damage.Becauseofloose runningwheels,pilotingpad damagemayoccurandrequire replacementoftheentirehub,for propercenteringofthewheels. Whenreplacingstuds,hubs, wheelnutsorwheels,besureto useGMoriginalequipmentparts.

Warning

Wheelnutsthatareimproperlyor incorrectlytightenedcancause thewheelstobecomelooseor comeoff. Thewheelnutsshould betightenedwithatorquewrench

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

tothepropertorquespecification afterreplacing.Followthetorque specificationsuppliedbythe aftermarketmanufacturerwhen usingaccessorylockingwheel nuts.SeeCapacitiesand Specifications331fororiginal equipmentwheelnuttorque specifications.

Caution

Improperlytightenedwheelnuts canleadtobrakepulsation and rotordamage. To avoid expensive brakerepairs, evenly tightent the wheelnuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torquespecification. See Capacities and Specifications 331 forthewheelnottorque specification.

1 8 5 4 3 6 2 7

1. Usethewheelwrenchto tightenthenutsfirmly. Turn the wheelwrenchclockwise and in acrisscrosssequence, as shown.

2. Putthewheelcoveror the centercapandplasticwheel nutcapsbackon. Remove any wheelblocks.

Haveatechniciancheckthe wheelnuttightnessofall wheelswithatorquewrench afterthefirst160km(100mi) andthen1600km(1,000mi) afterthat.Repeatthisservice wheneveratireisremovedor

DEALER ePROCESS

298VehicleCare

serviced.SeeCapacitiesand Specifications→331formore information.

StoringaFlatorSpareTire andTools

Warning

Storingajack, atire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.

Warning

Failuretofollowthesetirestorage instructionscarefullycouldresult inpersonalinjuryorproperty damageifthehoistcablefailsor ifthetirecomesloose.Makesure thetireisstoredsecurelybefore driving.

Caution

Thetirehoistcanbedamagedif thereisnotensiononthecable whenusingit. To havethe necessary tension, the spareor roadtire and wheel assembly must be installed on the tire hoist touseit.

Warning

Animproperlystoredsparetire couldcomelooseandcausea crash. Toavoidpersonalinjuryor propertydamage,alwaysstore thesparetirewhenthevehicleis parkedonalevelsurface.

Storethetireundertherearofthe vehicleinthesparetirecarrier.

Technical diagram of a car suspension system with numbered components for identification

1. SpareTire

2. Tire/WheelRetainer
   3.HoistCable
   4.HoistAssembly
   5.HoistShaft
   6.HoistHandleand Extension(s)
   7.WheelWrench

3. Put the tire on the ground at therear of the vehicle with the valvestemp pointed down, and to therear.

4. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plated down and through the center wheel.

Makesuretheretainerisfully seatedacrosstheundersideof thewheel.

7 6

1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the hoist handle and the extension(s)(6).

2. Openthepassengerside reardoor.

Caution

Useofanairwrenchorother powertoolswiththehoist mechanismisnotrecommended (Continued)

Caution(Continued)

andcoulddamagethesystem. Useonlythetoolssuppliedwith thehoistmechanism.

1. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, on an angle, through the hole in therear floor panel abov the bumper and onto the hoist shaft.

Donotusethechiseledendof thewheelwrench.

1. Raisethetirepartwayupward. Makesuretheretaineris seatedinthewheelopening.

2. Raisethetirefullyagainstthe undersideofthevehicleby turningthewheelwrench clockwiseuntilyouheartwo click sorfeelitskiptwice.You cannotovertightenthecable.

Diagram showing a car front view and its corresponding mechanical component with labeled parts 1 and 2.

1. Makesurethetireisstored securely. Push, pull(1), and thentrytoturn(2) the tire. If the tire removes, usethewheel wrench toightenthecable.

Twoclicksmeanthetireisup alltheway.

Repeatthistightnesscheck procedurewhenchecking the spare tirepressure according to the scheduled maintenance informationoranytimethe spare tireishandleddueto serviceofothercomponents.

300VehicleCare

Close-up of a car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

CorrectlyStoredIncorrectlyStored

Close-up of a car wheel rim with visible hub and screw holes (no text or symbols)

1. Return the jacking equipment to the proper location. Secure the items and replace the jack cover.

Full-SizeSpareTire

If this vehicle camewith a full-size spare tire, it was fully inflated when new, however, it can lose a rover time. Check the inflation pressure regularly.

See TirePressure→277and VehicleLoadLimits→172. For instructions on how to remove, install, or store aspare tire, see Tire Changing→291.

Afterinstallingthesparetireonthe vehicle,stopassoonaspossible andcheckthatthespareiscorrectly inflated.Thesparetireismadeto performwellatspeedsupto 112km/h(70mph)atthe recommendedinflationpressure,so youcanfinishyourtrip.

Havethedamagedorflatroadtire repairedorreplacedbackontothe vehicle,as soonaspossible,sothe spare tirewillbeavailableincaseit isneededagain.

Donotmixtiresandwheelsof differentsizes, because they will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together.

If this vehicle has asparetire that does not match the original road tires and wheels in size and type, donot include the spare in the tire rotation.

Ifequippedwithatemporaryuse full-sizesparetire,itisindicatedon thetiresidewall.See TireSidewall Labeling→271.Thesparetire shouldnotbedrivenonover 112km/h(70mph),or88km/h (55mph)whenpullingatrailer,at theproperinflationpressure.Repair andreplacetheroadtireassoonas itisconvenient,andstowthespare tireforfutureuse.

JumpStarting

JumpStarting-North America

Formoreinformationaboutthe vehiclebattery,seeBattery-North America→253.

If the vehicle battery has rundown, you may want to use another vehicle and some jumperable to start your vehicle. Besuretouse the following stepstodo its safely.

Warning

WARNING: Batteryposts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of Californiatocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of Californiatocause cancer. WASHHANDSAFTER

(Continued)

Warning(Continued)

HANDLING.Formoreinformation gotowww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition 65Warning→229andtheback cover.

Warning

Batteriescanhurtyou. They can be dangerous because:

• Theycontainacidthatcan burnyou.
• Theycontaingasthatcan explodeorignite.
  • Theycontainenough electricitytoburnyou.

If you donot follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.

302VehicleCare

Caution

Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle bypassing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle.

1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with an negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have a 12-voltsystem with an negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use vehicle that has a 12-voltsystem with a negative ground for jump starting.

1. Getthevehiclescloseenough sothejumpercablescan reach, but besurethevehicles arenottouchingeachother. If they are, it could cause a

groundconnectionyoudonot want.Youwouldnotbeableto startyourvehicle,andthebad groundingcoulddamagethe electricalsystems.

To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in Neutral before setting the parking brake.

Caution

Ifanyaccessoriesareleftonor pluggedinduringthejump startingprocedure,theycouldbe damaged.Therepairswouldnot recoveredbythevehicle warranty.Wheneverpossible,turn forforunplugallaccessorieson eithervehiclewhenjumpstarting.

1. Turntheignitionoffonboth vehicles. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the

cigarettelighterorthe accessorypoweroutlet.Turn offtheradioandalllampsthat arenotneeded.Thiswillavoid sparksandhelpsaveboth batteries.Anditcouldsavethe radio!

1. Openthehoodsandlocatethe positive(+)andnegative(-) terminallocationsoftheother vehicle.

Onyourvan, usetheunpainted radioantennabracketasa remotenegative(-)terminal.

Warning

Using amatchnearabatterycan cause batterygastoexplode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.

Batteryfluidcontainsacidthat canburnyou.Donotgetiton you.Ifyouaccidentallygetitin (Continued)

VehicleCare303

Warning(Continued)

youreyesoronyourskin,flush theplacewithwaterandget medicalhelpimmediately.

Warning

Fansorothermovingengine partscaninjureyoubadly.Keep yourhandsawayfrommoving partsoncetheengineisrunning.

1. Check that the jumpercables do not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get ashock. The vehicles could be damaged too.

Beforeyouconnectthecables, herearesomebasicthingsyou shouldknow.Positive(+)will gotopositive(+)ortoaremote positive(+)terminalifthe vehiclehasone.Negative(-) willgotoanunpaintedmetal partortoaremotenegative(-) terminalifthevehiclehasone.

Onyourvan, usetheunpainted radioantennabracketasa remotenegative(-)terminal.

Donotconnectpositive(+)to negative(-)oryouwillgeta shortthatwoulddamagethe batteryandmaybeotherparts too.Anddonotconnectthe negative(-)cabletothe negative(-)terminalonthe deadbatterybecausethiscan causesparks.

Technical illustration of a mechanical assembly with hoses and connectors (no text or symbols)

1. Connecttheredpositive(+) cabletothepositive(+) terminal of the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+)

terminalifthevehiclehasone. Donotlettheotherendtouch metal.Connectittothe positive(+)terminalofthegood battery.Usearemote positive(+)terminalifthe vehiclehasone.

7.Nowconnecttheblack negative(-)cabletothe negative(-)terminalofthe goodbattery.Usearemote negative(-)terminalifthe vehiclehasone.

Donotlettheotherendtouch anythinguntilthenextstep. Theotherendofthe negative(-)cabledoesnotgo tothedeadbattery.Itgoestoa heavy, unpaintedmetalengine partortoaremotenegative(-) terminalonthevehiclewiththe deadbattery.Onyourvan, use theunpaintedradioantenna bracketasaremote negative(-)terminal.

304VehicleCare

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with pipes and components (no visible text or labels)

1. Connect the other end of the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal allocation on the vehicle with the dead battery. On your van, use the unpainted radio antenna bracket as a remote negative (-) terminal.

Caution

Thevehicleusestheunpainted radioantennabracketasa remotenegative(-)terminal. Movetheantennacoaxialcable (Continued)

Caution(Continued)

outofthewaybeforeclamping thenegativejumpercabletothe fixedantennabracket.Avoid touchingthenegativecableclamp totheairconditioningline.Failure todoeitherofthesecould damagethevehicle.Therepairs wouldnotbecoveredbythe vehiclewarranty.

1. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for awhile.

2. Trytostartthevehiclethathad thedeadbattery.Ifitwillnot startafterafewtries,it probablyneedsservice.

Caution

If the jumpercables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

vehicle. Therepairswouldnotbe coveredbythevehiclewarranty. Alwaysconnectandremovethe jumpercablesinthecorrectorder, makingsurethatthecablesdo nottoucheachotherorother metal.

JumperCableRemoval

Reversethesequenceexactlywhen removingthejumpercables.

Afterstartingthedisabledvehicle andremovingthejumpercables, allowittoidleforseveralminutes.

TowingtheVehicle

Caution

Incorrectlytowingadisabled vehiclemaycausedamage. The damagewouldnotbecoveredby thevehiclewarranty.Donotlash orhooktosuspension components. Usetheproper strapsaroundthetirestosecure thevehicle.Donotdragalocked wheel/tirewhileloadingthe vehicle.Donotuseaslingtype lifttotowthevehicle.Thiscould damagethevehicle.

GMrecommendsaflatbedtowtruck totransportadisabledvehicle.Use rampstohelpreduceapproach angles,ifnecessary.Atowed vehicleshouldhaveitsdrivewheels offtheground.ContactRoadside Assistanceoraprofessionaltowing serviceifthedisabledvehiclemust betowed.

FrontAttachmentPoints

Undercarriage view of a vehicle chassis with visible structural components and no text or symbols

The vehicle is equipped with specific attachment pointstobe used topull the vehicle onto a flat bed car carrier from a flat road surface. Donot us these attachment point stopull the vehicle from snow, mudors and.

Recreational Vehicle Towing

Recreationalvehicletowingmeans towingthevehiclebehindanother vehicle,suchasbehindamotor home. The two most common types

ofrecreationalvehicletowingare knownasdinghytowinganddolly towing. Dinghytowingistowingthe vehiclewithallfourwheelsonthe ground. Dollytowingistowingthe vehiclewithtwowheelsonthe groundandtwowheelsupona deviceknownasadolly.

Herearesomeimportantthingsto considerbeforerecreationalvehicle towing:

• Beforetowingthevehicle, becomefamiliarwiththelocal lawsthatapplytorecreational vehicletowing.Theselawsmay varybyregion.
• Whatisthetowingcapacityof thetowingvehicle?Besureto readthetowvehicle manufacturer's recommendations.
• Whatisthedistancethatwillbe traveled?Somevehicleshave restrictionsonhowfarandhow longtheycantow.

306VehicleCare

• Isthepropertowingequipment goingtobeused? Seeyour dealerortraileringprofessional foradditionaladviceand equipmentrecommendations.
• Isthevehiclereadytobe towed?Justaspreparingthe vehicleforalongtrip,makesure thevehicleispreparedtobe towed.

Caution

Useofashieldmountedinfront ofthevehiclegrillecouldrestrict airflowandcauseddamagetothe transmission. Therepairswould notbecoveredbythevehicle warranty. Ifusingashield, only useonethatattachestothe towingvehicle.

DinghyTowing

Illustration of a bus connected to a car with a no-smoking symbol (no text or labels)

Caution

Ifthevehicleistowedwithallfour wheelsontheground,the drivetraincomponentscouldbe damaged.Therepairswouldnot recoveredbythevehicle warranty.Donottowthevehicle withallfourwheelsonthe ground.

The vehicles should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground.

DollyTowing

RearTowing(RearWheelsOffthe Ground)

Illustration of a car being towed from a vehicle (no text or symbols)

Totowthevehiclefromtherear:

1. Attachthedollytothetow vehiclefollowingthedolly manufacturer'sinstructions.
2. Drivetherearwheelsontothe dolly.
3. Firmlysettheparkingbrake. SeeParkingBrake→191.
4. Putthetransmission in P(Park).

1. Securethevehicletothedolly followingthemanufacturer's instructions.
2. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position.
3. Turn the ignition to off. If the tow vehicle will not be started or driven for six weeks or more, removal the battery cable from then negative terminal (post) of the battery to prevent the battery from draining while towing.

AppearanceCare

ExteriorCare

Locks

Locksarelubricatedatthefactory. Useade-icingagentonlywhen absolutelynecessary, and havethe locksgreasedafterusing. See RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants326.

WashingtheVehicle

Topreservethevehicle'sfinish, washitoftenandoutofdirect sunlight.

Caution

Donotusepetroleum-based, acidic,orabrasivecleaning agentsastheycandamagethe vehicle'spaint,metal,orplastic parts.Ifdamageoccurs,itwould notbecoveredbythevehicle warranty.Approvedcleaning productscanbeobtainedfrom

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

yourdealer.Followall manufacturerdirectionsregarding correctproductusage,necessary safetyprecautions,and appropriatedisposalofany vehiclecareproduct.

Caution

Avoidusinghigh-pressure washescloserthan30cm(12in) tothesurfaceofthevehicle.Use ofpowerwashersexceeding 8,274kPa(1,200psi)canresult indamageorremovalofpaint anddecals.

Caution

Donotpowerwashany componentunderthehoodthat hasthis ➕ symbol.

(Continued)

308VehicleCare

Caution(Continued)

This could cause damage that would not be recovered by the vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfered with the car was equipment.

Rinsethevehiclewell, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed today on the surface, they could stain.

Drythefinishwithasoft, clean chamoisoranall-cottontowelto avoidsurfacescratchesandwater spotting.

FinishCare

Applicationofaftermarketclearcoat sealant/waxmaterialsisnot recommended.Ifpaintedsurfaces aredamaged,seeyourdealerto

havethedamageassessed and repaired. Foreign material such as calcium chloride and others salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, usenon-abrasive cleaner that are marked as safe for painted surface to remove foreign matter.

Occasionalhandwaxingormild polishingshouldbedonetoremove residuefromthepaintfinish.See yourdealerforapprovedcleaning products.

Donotapplywaxesorpolishesto uncoatedplastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulatedwood, or flatpaint as damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compoundingor aggressive polishingona basecoat/clearcoatpaintfinish may damageit. Use only non-abrasivewaxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle.

Tokeep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehiclegaragedor covered whenever possible.

ProtectingExteriorBrightMetal Moldings

Caution

Failuretocleanandprotectthe brightmetalmoldingscanresult inahazywhitefinishorpitting. Thisdamagewouldnotbe coveredbythevehiclewarranty.

Thebrightmetalmoldingsonthe vehiclearealuminum,chrome, orstainlesssteel.Toprevent damagealwaysfollowthese cleaninginstructions:

• Besurethemoldingiscoolto thetouchbeforeapplyingany cleaningsolution.
• Useonlyapprovedcleaning solutionsforaluminum,chrome, orstainlesssteel.Some cleanersarehighlyacidicor containalkalinesubstancesand candamagethemoldings.
• Alwaysdiluteaconcentrated cleaneraccordingtothe manufacturer'sinstructions.
• Donotusecleanersthatarenot intendedforautomotiveuse.
• Useanonabrasivewaxonthe vehicleafterwashingtoprotect andextendthemoldingfinish.

CleaningExteriorLamps/ Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Useonlylukewarmorcoldwater,a softcloth,andacarwashingsoap tocleanexteriorlamps,lenses, emblems,decals,andstripes. Followinstructionsunder"Washing theVehicle"previouslyinthis section.

Lampcoversaremadeofplastic, andsomehaveaUVprotective coating. Donotcleanorwipethem whiletheyaredry.

Donotuseanyofthefollowingon lampcovers:

• Abrasiveorcausticagents.
• Washerfluidsandothercleaning agentsinhigherconcentrations thansuggestedbythe manufacturer.
• Solvents, alcohols, fuels, orotherharshcleaners.
  • Icescrapersorotherharditems.

- Aftermarketappearancecapsor coverswhilethelampsare illuminated,duetoexcessive heatgenerated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Usingwaxonlowglossblack finishstripescanincreasethe glosslevelandcreatea non-uniformfinish.Cleanlow glossstripeswithsoapand wateronly.

AirlIntakes

Cleardebrisfromtheairintakes, betweenthehoodandwindshield whenwashingthevehicle.

310VehicleCare

WindshieldandWiperBlades

Cleantheoutsideofthewindshield withglasscleaner.

Cleanrubberbladesusingalint-free clothorpapertowelsoakedwith windshieldwasherfluidoramild detergent.Washtewindshield thoroughlywhencleaningthe blades.Bugs,roadgrime,sap,and abuildupofvehiclewash/wax treatmentsmaycausewiper streaking.

Replacethewiperbladesiftheyare wornordamaged. Damagecanbe causedbyextremedusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, andice.

Weatherstrips

Applyweatherstriplubricanton weatherstripstomakethemlast longer,sealbetter,andnotstickor squeak.Lubricateweatherstripsat leastonceayear.Hot,dryclimates mayrequiremorerefrequent application.Blackmarksfrom rubbermaterialonpaintedsurfaces

canberemovedbyrubbingwitha cleancloth.SeeRecommended FluidsandLubricants→326.

Tires

Useastiffbrushwithtirecleanerto cleanthetires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tire dressing product on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and ortires. When applying tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle.

WheelsandWheelTrim

Useasoft, cleancloth with mild soap and watertocleanthewheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with asoft, cleantowel. Awax may then be applied.

Caution

Chromewheelsandchrome wheeltrimmaybedamagedifthe vehicleisnotwashedafterdriving onroadsthathavebeensprayed withmagnesiumchlorideor calciumchloride. Theseareused onroadsforconditionssuchas dustandice.Alwayswashthe chromewithsoapandwaterafter exposure.

Caution

Toavoidsurfacedamageon wheelsandwheeltrim, donot usestrongsoaps, chemicals, abrasivepolishes, cleaners, orbrushes. UseonlyGM approvedcleaners. Donotdrive the vehicle through an automatic carwash that uses silicone carbide tire/wheelcleaning

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

brushes. Damagecouldoccur andtherepairswouldnotbe coveredbythevehiclewarranty.

BrakeSystem

Visuallyinspectbrakelinesand hosesforproperhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect discbrakepadsforwearandrotors for surfacecondition. Inspectdrum brakelinings/shoesforwearor cracks. Inspectallotherbrakeparts.

Steering, Suspension, and ChassisComponents

Visuallyinspectsteering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or sign sof wear at least once a year.

Inspectpowersteeringforproper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visuallycheckconstantvelocityjoint bootsandaxlesealsforleaks.

Lubricatetheupperandlower controlarmballjoints, atleastevery otherengineoilchange.

Lubricatethetierodballjoints, idler armpivotshaftbearings, idlerarm socket, and pitmanarmsocket, at least every other engine oil change.

Caution

Lubricationofapplicablesteering/suspensionpointsshouldnotbe doneunlesssthetemperatureis -12^(10^) orhigher, ordamagecouldresult.

BodyComponentLubrication

Lubricateallkeylockcylinders, hoodhinges,liftgatehinges,andthe fueldoorhingeunless the componentsareplastic.Applying siliconegreaseonweatherstrips withacleanclothwillmakethem lastlonger,sealbetter,andnotstick orsqueak.

UnderbodyMaintenance

Atleasttwiceayear,springandfall, useplainwatertoflushdirtand debrisfromthevehicle'sunderbody. Yourdealeroranunderbodycar washingsystemcandothis.Ifnot removed,rustandcorrosioncan develop.

Donotdirectlypowerwashthe transfercaseand/orfront/rearaxle outputseals. Highpressurewater canovercometheseals and contaminatethefluid. Contaminated fluidwilldecreasethelifeofthe transfercaseand/oraxlesand shouldbereplaced.

SheetMetalDamage

If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, makes sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacement partswillprovidethe corrosion protectionwhilemaintainingthe vehiclewarranty.

312VehicleCare

FinishDamage

Quicklyrepairminorchipsand scratcheswithtouch-upmaterials availablefromyourdealertoavoid corrosion.Largerareasoffinish damagecanbecorrectedinyour dealer'sbodyandpaintshop.

ChemicalPaintSpotting

Airbornepollutantscanfallupon andattackpaintedvehiclesurfaces causingblotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular darkspotsetched into the paint surface. See "FinishCare" previously in this section.

InteriorCare

Topreventdirtparticleabrasions, regularlycleanthevehicle'sinterior. Immediatelyremoveanysoils. Newspapersordarkgarmentscan transfercolortothevehicle's interior.

Useasoftbristlebrushtoremove dustfromknobsandcrevicesonthe instrumentcluster. Usingamild soapsolution,immediatelyremove handlotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interiors surfaces or permanent damagemay result.

Usecleanersspecificallydesigned forthesurfacesbeingcleanedto preventpermanentdamage.Apply allcleanersdirectlytothecleaning cloth.Donotspraycleanersonany switchesorcontrols.Remove cleanersquickly.

Beforeusingcleaners,readand followwallsafetyinstructionsonthe label.Whilecleaningtheinterior, openthedoorsandwindowstoget properventilation.

Topreventdamage, donotclean theinteriorusingthefollowing cleanersortechniques:

• Neverusearazororanyother sharpobjecttoremosoilfrom anyinteriorsurface.
• Neveruseabrushwithstiff bristles.

• Neverrubanysurface aggressivelyorwithtoomuch pressure.

• Donotuselaundrydetergentsor dishwashingsoapswith degreasers. For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per 3.8L (1gal) of water.
  Aconcentratedsoapsolutionwill createstreaksandattractdirt. Donotusesolutionthatcontain strongorcausticsoap.

- Donotheavilysaturatethe upholsterywhencleaning.

- Donotusesolventsorcleaners containingsolvents.

InteriorGlass

Toclean, useaterryclothfabric dampenedwithwater. Wipedroplets leftbehindwithacleandrycloth. If necessary, useacommercial glasscleaneraftercleaningwith plainwater.

Caution

Topreventscratching,neveruse abrasivecleanersonautomotive glass.Abrasivecleanersor aggressivecleaningmaydamage therearwindowdefogger.

Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog.

SpeakerCovers

Vacuumaroundaspeakercover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Cleanspot with water and mild soap.

CoatedMoldings

Coatedmoldingsshouldbecleaned.

• Whenlightlysoiled, wipewith a spongeorsoft, lint-freecloth dampenedwithwater.
• Whenheavilysoiled,usewarm soapywater.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Startbyvacuumingthesurface usingasoftbrushattachment.lfa rotatingvacuumbrushattachmentis beingused,onlyuseitonthefloor carpet.Beforecleaning,gently removeasmuchofthesoilas possible:

• Gentlyblotliquidswithapaper towel. Continueblottinguntilno moresoilcanberemoved.
• Forsolidsoils, removeasmuch aspossibleprioritovacuuming.

Toclean:

1. Saturateaclean, lint-free colorfastclothwithwater. Microfiberclothis recommendedtopreventlint transfertothefabricorcarpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth.
   3.Startontheoutsideedgeofthe soilandgentlyrubtowardthe center.Foldthecleaningcloth

DEALER ePROCESS

toacleanareafrequently to preventforcingthesoilintothe fabric.

1. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth.
2. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water.

If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Testasmall hidden area for color fastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.

Aftercleaning, useapapertowel to blotexcessmoisture.

314VehicleCare

CleaningHighGlossSurfaces and VehicleInformation and RadioDisplays

Useamicrofiberclothonhighgloss surfacesorvehicledisplays.First, useasoftbristlebrushtoremove dirtthatcanscratchthesurface. Thengentlycleanbyrubbingwitha microfibercloth.Neverusewindow cleanersorsolvents.Periodically handwashthemicrofibercloth separately,usingmildsoap.Donot usebleachorfabricsoftener.Rinse thoroughlyandairdrybefore nextuse.

Caution

Donotattachadevicewitha suctioncuptothedisplay. This maycausedamageandwould notbecoveredbythevehicle warranty.

InstrumentPanel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces

Useasoftmicrofibercloth dampenedwithwatertoremove dustandloosedirt.Foramore thoroughcleaning,useasoft microfiberclothdampenedwitha mildsoapsolution.

Caution

Soakingorsaturatingleather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interiors surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spotremovers. Do not use cleaner that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvent scan permanently change

(Continued)

Caution(Continued)

theappearanceandfeelof leatherorsofttrim,andarenot recommended.

Donotusecleanersthatincrease gloss,especiallyontheinstrument panel. Reflectedglarecandecrease visibilitythroughthewindshield undercertainconditions.

Caution

Useofairfreshenersmaycause permanentdamagetoplastics andpaintedsurfaces. Ifanair freshenercomesincontactwith anyplasticorpaintedsurface in the vehicle, blotimmediately and cleanwithasoftclothdampened withamildsoapsolution. Damagecausedbyairfresheners wouldnotbecoveredbythe vehiclewarranty.

CargoCoverand ConvenienceNet

Ifequipped, washwithwarmwater and mild detergent. Donotuse chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, and thendry completely.

CareofSeatBelts

Keepbeltscleananddry.

Warning

Donotbleachordyeseatbelt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinses at belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing today.

FloorMats

Warning

Ifafloormatisthewrongsizeor isnotproperlyinstalled, itcan interferewiththepedals. Interferencewiththepedalscan causeunintendedacceleration and/orincreasedstopping distancewhichcancauseacrash andinjury. Makesurethefloor matdoesnotinterferewiththe pedals.

Usethefollowingguidelinesfor properfloormatusage.

- Theoriginalequipmentfloor matsweredesignedforthe vehicle.Ifthefloormatsneed replacing,itisrecommended thatGMcertifiedfloormatsbe purchased.Non-GMfloormats maynotfitproperlyandmay interferewiththepedals.Always checkthatthefloormatsdonot interferewiththepedals.

DEALER ePROCESS

• Usethefloormatwiththe correctsideup.Donotturn itover.
• Donotplaceanythingontopof theriversidefloormat.
• Useonlyasinglefloormaton thedriverside.
• Donotplaceonefloormaton topofanother.

316ServiceandMaintenance

Service and Maintenance

GeneralInformation

GeneralInformation......316

MaintenanceSchedule

MaintenanceSchedule.....318

SpecialApplicationServices

SpecialApplication Services....323

Additional Maintenance and Care

Additional Maintenance and Care....323

RecommendedFluids, Lubricants,andParts

RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants....326

MaintenanceReplacement Parts....328

MaintenanceRecords

MaintenanceRecords.....329

GeneralInformation

This maintenance section appliesto vehicles with gasoline engine. For diesel engine vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Duramax diesels supplement.

Yourvehicleisanimportant investment. Thissectiondescribes therequiredmaintenanceforthe vehicle. Followthischeduletohelp protectagainstmajorrepair expensesresultingfromneglector inadequatemaintenance. It may also help maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed.

Yourdealerhastrainedtechnicians whocanperformrequired maintenanceusinggenuine replacementparts.Theyhave up-to-datetoolsandequipmentfor fastandaccuratediagnostics.Many dealershaveextendedeveningand Saturdayhours,courtesy transportation,andonline schedulingtoassistwithservice needs.

Yourdealerrecognizesthe importanceofproviding competitivelypricedmaintenance andrepairservices. Withtrained technicians, the dealeristheplace forroutinemaintenancesuchasoil changesandtirerotationsand additionalmaintenanceitemslike tires, brakes, batteries, andwiper blades.

Caution

Damagecausedbyimproper maintenancecanleadtocostly repairsandmaynotbecovered bythevehiclewarranty. Maintenanceintervals,checks, inspections,recommendedfluids, andlubricantsareimportantto keepthevehicleingoodworking condition.

Donothavechemicalflushesthat arenotapprovedbyGM performedonthevehicle. The useofflushes,solvents,cleaners, orlubricantsthatarenot

(Continued)

DEALER ePROCESS

Caution(Continued)

approvedbyGMcoulddamage thevehicle,requiringexpensive repairsthatarenotcoveredby thevehiclewarranty.

The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform these services every 12000 km/7,500 mi. Propervehicle maintenance help to keep the vehicle in good working condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions.

Becauseofthewaypeopleuse vehicles, maintenanceneedsvary. Theremayneetobemore frequentchecksandservices. The AdditionalRequiredServices-Normalareforvehiclesthat:

- Carrypassengersandcargo withinrecommendedlimitson the TireandLoadingInformation label.SeeVehicleLoadLimits 172.

• Aredrivenonreasonableroad surfaceswithinlegaldriving limits.
• Usetherecommendedfuel.See RecommendedFuel→206.

Refertotheinformationinthe MaintenanceScheduleAdditional RequiredServices-Normalchart.

TheAdditionalRequiredServices-Severeareforvehiclesthatare:

• Mainlydriveninheavycitytraffic inhotweather
  • Mainlydriveninhillyor mountainousterrain
  • Frequentlytowingatraler
  • Usedforhighspeedor competitivedriving
• Usedfortaxi, police, ordelivery service

Refertotheinformationinthe MaintenanceScheduleAdditional RequiredServices-Severechart.

Warning

Performingmaintenanceworkcan bedangerousandcancause seriousinjury.Perform maintenanceworkonlyifthe requiredinformation,propertools, andequipmentareavailable. Iftheyarenot,seeyourdealerto haveatrainedtechniciandothe work.SeeDoingYourOwn ServiceWork230.

318ServiceandMaintenance

Maintenance Schedule

OwnerChecksandServices

AtEachFuelStop

- Checktheengineoillevel.See EngineOil→235.

OnceaMonth

• Checkthetireinflation pressures, including the spare. See TirePressure→277.
• Inspectthetiresforwear.See TireInspection→282.
• Checkthewindshieldwasher fluidlevel.SeeWasherFluid →250.

EngineOilChange

WhentheCHANGEENGINEOIL SOONmessagedisplays,havethe engineoilandfilterchangedwithin thenext1000km/600mi.lfdriven underthebestconditions,the engineoillifesystemmaynot indicateetheneedforvehicleservice foruptoayear.Theengineoiland filtermustbechangedatleastonce ayearandtheoilifesystemmust bereset.Yourtraineddealer techniciancanperformthiswork. Iftheengineoilifesystemisreset accidentally,servicethevehicle within5000km/3,000misincethe lastservice.Resettheoilife systemwhentheoilischanged. SeeEngineOilLifeSystem237.

PowerTakeOff(PTO)and ExtendedIdleUse

Whenthevehicleisusedwiththe PTOequipmentorusedinaway thatrequiresextendedidletime, onehourofuseshallbedeemed thesameas53km(33mi).See DriverInformationCenter(DIC) 114forhourmeter.

AirConditioningDesiccant (ReplaceEverySevenYears)

The air conditioningsystem requires maintenance every seven years. This servicerequires replacement of the desiccant to help the longevity and efficient operation of their conditioning system. This service can be complex. See your dealer.

TireRotationandRequired ServicesEvery12000km/7,500mi

Rotatethetires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the followingservices. See Tire Rotation 282.

• Checkengineoillevelandoil lifepercentage.Ifneeded, changeengineoilandfilter,and resetoillifesystem. SeeEngineOil⇒235and EngineOilLifeSystem⇒237.
• Checkenginecoolantlevel.See CoolingSystem→243.
• Checkwindshieldwasherfluid level. See WasherFluid→250.
• Checktireinflationpressures, includingthespare.See Tire Pressure→277.
• Inspecttirewear.See Tire Inspection→282.
• Visuallycheckforfluidleaks.

• Inspectengineaircleanerfilter. SeeEngineAirCleaner/Filter 242.

• Inspectbrakesystem.See ExteriorCare→307.

• Visuallyinspectsteering, suspension, and chassis components for damage, including crack sortears in the rubber boots, loose or missing parts, or sign of wear at least once year. See Exterior Care 307.
• Inspectpowersteeringfor properattachment,connections, binding,leaks,cracks, chafing,etc.
• Visuallyinspecthalfshaftsand driveshaftsforexcessivewear, lubricantleaks,and/ordamage including:tubedentsorcracks, constantvelocityjointor universaljointlooseness, crackedormissingboots,loose ormissingbootclamps,center bearingexcessivelooseness, looseormissingfasteners,and axlesealleaks.

• Checkrestraintsystem components.SeeSafetySystem Check→58.

• Visuallyinspectfuelsystemfor damageorleaks.

• Visuallyinspectexhaustsystem andnearbyheatshieldsfor looseordamagedparts.
• Lubricatebodycomponents.See ExteriorCare→307.
• Checkstarterswitch.See Starter SwitchCheck→256.
• Checkautomatictransmission shiftlockcontrolfunction.See AutomaticTransmissionShift LockControlFunctionCheck 256.
• Checkignitiontransmissionlock. SeeIgnitionTransmissionLock Check→256.
• Checkparkingbrakeand automatictransmissionpark mechanism.SeeParkBrakeand P(Park)MechanismCheck 257.
• Checkacceleratorpedalfor damage, higheffort, orbinding. Replace if needed.

• Visuallyinspectgasstrutfor signsofwear,cracks,orother damage.Checktheholdopen abilityofthestrut.Ifthehold openislow,servicethegas strut.SeeGasStrut(s)258.
• Lubricatethesteeringlinkage (greasablejoints). See Normal and Severe Maintenance Schedules. For severe commercial use vehicles, see Special Application Services 323.
• Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the spare tire removes, tighten necessary. Verify that the wheel retainer plate compression spring is fully compressed. See Tire Changing 291.

320ServiceandMaintenance

MaintenanceScheduleAdditionalRequiredServices-Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

RotatetiresandperformRequiredServices.Checkengineoillevelandoillifepercentage.Changeengineoilandfilter,ifneeded.Lubricatethesteeringlinkage.

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

Inspectevaporativecontrolsystem.(1)√√√

Replaceengineaircleanerfilter.(2)√√√

Replacesparkplugs.Inspectsparkplugwires.√

Drainandfillenginecoolingsystem.(3)√

Visuallyinspectaccessorydrivebelts.(4)√

Replacebrakefluid.(5)

Replacewindshieldwiperblades.(6)

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

Replacehoodand/orbodyliftsupportgasstruts.√

√

Footnotes—Maintenance ScheduleAdditionalRequired Services-Normal

(1) Visuallycheckallfuelandvapor linesandhosesforproper attachment, connection, routing, and condition.
(2) Oreveryfouryears, whichever comesfirst. If driving industry conditions, inspect the filterate each oil change or more often as needed.
(3)Oreveryfiveyears,whichever comesfirst.SeeCoolingSystem 243.
(4) Orevery 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, ordamage; replace, if needed.
(5)Replacebrakefluid every five years. See BrakeFluid→252.
(6)Orevery12months,whichever comesfirst.See WiperBlade Replacement→257.

322ServiceandMaintenance

MaintenanceScheduleAdditionalRequiredServices-Severe

12000 km/7,500 mi

24000 km/15,000 mi

36000 km/22,500 mi

48000 km/30,000 mi

60000 km/37,500 mi

72000 km/45,000 mi

84000 km/52,500 mi

96000 km/60,000 mi

108000 km/67,500 mi

120000 km/75,000 mi

132000 km/82,500 mi

144000 km/90,000 mi

156000 km/97,500 mi

168000 km/105,000 mi

180000 km/112,500 mi

192000 km/120,000 mi

204000 km/127,500 mi

216000 km/135,000 mi

228000 km/142,500 mi

240000 km/150,000 mi

RotatetiresandperformRequiredServices.Checkengineoilvelandoillifepercentage.Changeengineoilandfilter,ifneeded.Lubricatethesteeringlinkage.

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√√

√

Inspectevaporativecontrolsystem.(1)√√√

Replaceengineaircleanerfilter.(2)√√√

Changeautomatictransmissionfluidandfilter.√√√

Replacesparkplugs.Inspectsparkplugwires.√

Drainandfillenginecoolingsystem.(3)√

Visuallyinspectaccessorydrivebelts.(4)√

Replacebrakefluid.(5)

Replacewindshieldwiperblades.(6)

√√

√√

√√

√√

√

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts.

√

√

Footnotes—Maintenance ScheduleAdditionalRequired Services-Severe

(1) Visuallycheckallfuelandvapor linesandhosesforproper attachment, connection, routing, and condition.
(2) Oreveryfouryears, whichever comesfirst. If driving industry conditions, inspect the filterate each oil change or more often as needed.
(3)Oreveryfiveyears,whichever comesfirst.SeeCoolingSystem 243.
(4) Orevery 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, ordamage; replace, if needed.
(5)Replacebrakefluideveryfive years.SeeBrakeFluid→252.
(6)Orevery12months,whichever comesfirst.See WiperBlade Replacement→257.

SpecialApplication Services

• VehicleswithDualWheels: Checkdualwheelnuttorqueat 160,1600,and10000km(100, 1,000,and6,000mi)ofdriving. Repeatthisservicewhenevera tire/wheelisservicedor removed.
• SevereCommercialUse VehiclesOnly:Lubricatechassis componentseveryoilchange.
• Haveunderbodyflushingservice performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" in Exterior Care 307.

Additional Maintenance and Care

Yourvehicleisanimportant investmentandcaringforitproperly mayhelptoavoidfuturecostly repairs. Tomaintainvehicle performance,additional maintenanceservicesmaybe required.

It is recommended that your dealer perform theseservices—their trained dealertechnicians know your vehiclebest. Your dealer can also performathorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention.

The followinglistisintendedto explaintheservicesandconditions tolookforthatmayindicate servicesarerequired.

Battery

The 12-voltbatterysuppliespower to start the engine and operate any additionalelectrical accessories.

324ServiceandMaintenance

• To avoid break-down or failure to start the vehicle, maintain a battery with full cranking power.
• Traineddealertechnicianshave thediagnosticequipmenttotest thebatteryandensurethatthe connectionsandcablesare corrosion-free.

Belts

• Beltsmayneedreplacingifthey squeakorshowsignsof crackingorsplitting.
• Traineddealertechnicianshave accesstotoolsandequipment toinspectthebeltsand recommendadjustmentor replacementwhennecessary.

Brakes

Brakesstopthevehicleandare crucialtosafedriving.

- Signsofbrakewearmayinclude chirping,grinding,orsquealing noises,ordifficultystopping.

• Traineddealertechnicianshave accesstotoolsandequipment toinspectthebrakesand recommendqualityparts engineeredforthevehicle.

Fluids

Properfluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle's systems and components. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 326 for G M approved fluids.

• Engineoilandwindshield washerfluidlevelsshouldbe checkedateveryfuelfill.
• Instrumentclusterlightsmay comeontoindicatethatfluids maybelowandneedtobe filled.

Hoses

Hosestransportfluidsandshould beregularlyinspectedtoensure thattherearenocracksorleaks. Withamulti-pointinspection,your dealercaninspectthehosesand adviseifreplacementisneeded.

Lamps

Properlyworkingheadlamps, taillamps, and brakelamps are important to see and beseen on theroad.

• Signsthattheheadlampsneed attentionincludedimming,failure tolight,cracking,ordamage. Thebrakelampsneedtobe checkedperiodicallytoensure thattheylightwhenbraking.
• Withamulti-pointinspection, yourdealercancheckthelamps andnoteanyconcerns.

ShocksandStruts

Shocksandstrutshelpaidincontrol forasmootherride.

• Signsofwearmayinclude steeringwheelvibration,bounce/swaywhilebraking,longer stoppingdistance,oruneven tirewear.
• Aspartofthemulti-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect theshocksandstrutsforsigns

ofleaking,blownseals, ordamage,andcanadvise whenserviceisneeded.

Tires

Tiresneedtobeproperlyinflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tirescansavemoneyandfuel, and can reduceetheriskoftire failure.

• Signsthatthetiresneedtobe replacedincludethreeormore visibletreadwearindicators;cord orfabricshowingthroughthe rubber;cracksorcutsinthe treadorsidewall;orabulgeor splitinthetire.
• Traineddealertechnicianscan inspectandrecommendtheright tires. Yourdealercanalso providetire/wheelbalancing servicestoensuresmooth vehicleoperationatallspeeds. Yourdealersellsandservices namebrandtires.

VehicleCare

To help keep the vehicle looking like new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and protect the vehicle's interior and exterior, see Interior Care 312 and Exterior Care 307.

WheelAlignment

Wheelalignmentiscriticalfor ensuringthatthetiresdeliver optimalwearandperformance.

• Signsthatthealignmentmay needtobeadjustedinclude pulling,impropervehicle handling,orunusualtirewear.
• Yourdealerhastherequired equipmenttoensureproper wheelalignment.

Windshield

Forsafety, appearance, and the bestviewing, keep the windshield clean and clear.

- Signsofdamageinclude scratches,cracks,andchips.

DEALER ePROCESS

- Traineddealertechnicianscan inspectthewindshield and recommendproperreplacement ifneeded.

WiperBlades

Wiperbladesneedtobecleaned and keptingoodconditionto provideaclearview.

- Signsofwearincludestreaking, skippingacrossthewindshield, andwornorsplitrubber.

- Traineddealertechnicianscan checkthewiperbladesand replacethemwhenneeded.

RecommendedFluids,Lubricants,andParts

RecommendedFluidsandLubricants

Thismaintenancesectionappliestovehicleswithagasolineengine.Ifthevehiclehasadieselengine,seethemaintenanceschedulesectionintheDuramaxdieselsupplement.

Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname, partnumber, orspecification can be obtained from your dealer.

UsageFluid/Lubricant
AutomaticTransmission(6-Speed Transmission)	DEXRON-VIAutomaticTransmissionFluid.
AutomaticTransmission(8-Speed Transmission)	DEXRON-HPAutomaticTransmissionFluid.
ChassisLubrication,ParkingBrake CableGuides	ChassisLubricant(GMPartNo.12377985,inCanada88901242)or lubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGI#2,CategoryLBorGC-LB.
EngineCoolant50/50mixture	ofclean,drinkablewateranduseonlyDEX-COOLCoolant.SeeCoolingSystem 243.
EngineOilEngineoilmeetingthedexos1specificationoftheproperSAEviscosity grade.ACDelcodexos1fullsyntheticisrecommended.SeeEngineOil 235.
FrontWheelBearingsWheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGI#2,CategoryGCor GC-LB(GMPartNo.1051344,inCanada993037).
HydraulicBrakeSystemDOT3HydraulicBrakeFluid(GMPartNo.19353126,in Canada19353127).
KeyLockCylinders,HoodHingesMulti-	PurposeLubricant,Superlube(GMPartNo.12346241,in Canada10953474).
PowerSteeringSystemGMPower	SteeringFluid(GMPartNo.19329450,inCanada19329451).
RearAxle(DualRearWheels)SAE75	W-90SyntheticAxleLubricant(GMPartNo.88900401,in Canada89021678).
RearAxle(SingleRearWheels)SAE75	W-85SyntheticAxleLubricant(GMPartNo.19300457,in Canada19300458).
WeatherstripConditioningWeather	striplubricant(GMPartNo.3634770,inCanada10953518)or equivalent.
WeatherstripSqueaksSynthetic	GreasewithTeflon,Superlube(GMPartNo.12371287,in Canada10953437).
WindshieldWasherAutomotive	windshieldwasherfluidthatmeetsregionalfreezeprotection requirements.

328ServiceandMaintenance

MaintenanceReplacementParts

IfthevehiclehastheDuramaxdieselengine,seetheDuramaxdieselsupplement.

Replacementpartsidentifiedbelowbyname, partnumber, orspecification can be obtained from your dealer.

PartGMPartNumberACDelcoPartNumber
EngineAirCleaner/Filter
4.3LV6Engine84065602A3228C
6.0LV8Engine84000015A3221C
EngineOilFilter
4.3LV6Engine19330000PF63E
6.0LV8Engine19303975PF48E
SparkPlugs
4.3LV6Engine1262244141-114
6.0LV8Engine1268007241-110
WiperBlades-56.0cm(22in)15214346—

MaintenanceRecords

After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintain an encereceipts.

Date	Odometer Reading	ServicedByServices	Performed

330TechnicalData

TechnicalData

VehicleIdentification

VehicleIdentification

Number(VIN)......330

ServicePartsIdentification

Label......330

VehicleData

Capacitiesand

Specifications......331

EngineDriveBeltRouting....333

VehicleIdentification

VehicleIdentification Number(VIN)

Thislegalidentifierisinthefront corneroftheinstrumentpanel,on theriversideofthevehicle.Itcan beseenthroughtewindshieldfrom outside.TheVehicleIdentification Number(VIN)alsoappearsonthe VehicleCertificationandService Partslabelsandcertificatesoftitle andregistration.

Engineldentification

TheeighthcharacterintheVINis theenginecode. Thiscode identifiesthevehicle'sengine, specifications, and replacement

parts.See"EngineSpecifications" underCapacitiesandSpecifications 331forthevehicle'senginecode.

ServiceParts IdentificationLabel

Theremaybelabelontherear edgeofthepassengersidefront doorthatcontainsthefollowing information:

• VehicleIdentification Number(VIN)
• Modeldesignation
• Paintinformation
  • Productionoptionsandspecial equipment

If there is nolabel, there is a barcode on the certification label on there are edge of the diverside front doortoscan forthissame information.

VehicleData

CapacitiesandSpecifications

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, se the Duramax dies e ls supplement form more information.

The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants→326formoreinformation.

Application	Capacities
	MetricEnglish
AirConditioningRefrigerantR134aFortheairconditioningsystemrefrigerantchargeamount,seetherefrigerantlabellocatedunderthehood.Seeyourdealerformoreinformation.
CoolingSystemwithoutRearHeat
4.3LV610.1L10.7qt
6.0LV813.1L13.8qt
CoolingSystemwithRearHeat
4.3LV612.4L13.1qt
6.0LV816.1L17.0qt
EngineOilwithFilter5.7L 6.0qt
FuelTank
Cutaway(OptionalTank)*	215.7L	57.0gal

332TechnicalData

Application	Capacities
	MetricEnglish
Cutaway(StandardTank)124.9L33.0gal
PassengerandCargo117.3L31.0gal
*4039mm(159in)wheelbaseor4496mm(177in)wheelbaseonly
WheelNutTorque190N•m140lbft
Allcapacitiesareapproximate.Whenadding,besuretofilltotheapproximatelevel,asrecommendedinthis manual.Recheckfluidlevelafterfilling.

EngineSpecifications

EngineVINCode	Transmission	SparkPlugGap
4.3L V6 (LV1)	P	Automatic	0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043in)
6.0L V8 (L96)	G	Automatic	0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043in)
6.0L V8(LC8)(Capableof BeingUpfitforGaseousFuel)	B	Automatic	0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043in)

EngineDriveBeltRouting

Abstract diagram of interconnected spheres with connecting lines, no text or symbols present

4.3LV6Engine(LV1)

Abstract geometric diagram of interconnected spheres with connecting lines (no text or symbols)

6.0LV8Engine(L96/LC8)
Ifequippedwithadieselengine, seetheDuramaxdiesel supplement.

Customer Information

CustomerInformation

CustomerSatisfaction Procedure....334

CustomerAssistance Offices......336

CustomerAssistanceforText Telephone(TTY)Users.....337

OnlineOwnerCenter......337

GMMobilityReimbursement Program....338

Roadside Assistance Program....338

SchedulingService Appointments......340

Courtesy Transportation Program....340

CollisionDamageRepair.....341

PublicationOrdering Information....343

RadioFrequency Statement....344

ReportingSafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defect to the United States Government....344

Reporting Safety Defect to the Canadian Government....345

ReportingSafetyDefectsto GeneralMotors....345

VehicleDataRecordingand Privacy

VehicleDataRecording and Privacy....346 EventDataRecorders....346 OnStar....347 InfotainmentSystem....347

CustomerInformation

CustomerSatisfaction Procedure

Yoursatisfactionandgoodwillare importanttoyourdealerandto GMC.Normally,anyconcernswith thesalestransactionorthe operationofthevehiclewillbe resolvedbyyourdealer'ssalesor servicedepartments.Sometimes, however,despitethebestintentions ofallconcerned,misunderstandings canoccur.Ifyourconcernhasnot beenresolvedoyoursatisfaction, thefollowingstepsshouldbetaken:

STEPONE: Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. If thematter has already been reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager.

STEPTWO: If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be

CustomerInformation335

resolvedbyyourdealershipwithout furtherhelp,intheU.S.,call 1-800-462-8782.InCanada,call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centreat 1-800-263-3777(English), or1-800-263-7854(French).

Weencourageyoutocallthe toll-freenumberinordertogiveyour inquirypromptattention.Havethe followinginformationavailableto givetheCustomerAssistance representative:

• VehicleIdentification Number(VIN). This is available from the vehicleregistration or title, or the plate at the top of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield.
  • Dealershipnameandlocation.
• Vehicledeliverydate and presentmileage.

When contacting GMC, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is why wesuggest following Step One first.

STEPTHREE—U.S.Owners: BothGeneralMotorsandyour dealerarecommittedtomaking sureyouarecompletely satisfied withyournewvehicle. However, ifyoucontinuetoremainunsatisfied afterfollowingtheprocedure outlinedinStepsOneandTwo,you canfilewiththeBetterBusiness Bureau(BBB)AutoLineProgramto enforceyourrights.

TheBBBAutoLineProgramisan out-of-courtprogramadministered bytheCouncilofBetterBusiness Bureaustosettleautomotive disputesregardingvehiclerepairsor theinterpretationoftheNewVehicle LimitedWarranty.Althoughyoumay berequiredtoresorttothisinformal disputesresolutionprogrampriorto filingacourtaction,useofthe programisfreeofchargeandyour casewillgenerallybeheardwithin 40days.Ifyoudonotagreewiththe decisiongiveninyourcase,you mayrejectitandproceedwithany othervenueforreliefavailable toyou.

YoumaycontacttheBBBAutoLine Programusingthetoll-free telephonenumberorwritethemat thefollowingaddress:

BBBAutoLineProgram CouncilofBetterBusinessBureaus, Inc. 3033WilsonBlvd. Suite600 Arlington,VA22201

Telephone:[phone] http://www.bbb.org/council/ programs-services/ dispute-handling-and-resolution/ bbb-auto-line

Thisprogramisavailableinall 50statesandtheDistrictof Columbia. Eligibilityislimitedby vehicleage,mileage,andother factors.GeneralMotorsreserves therighttochangeeligibility limitationsand/ordiscontinueits participationinthisprogram.

STEPTHREE—Canadian Owners: Intheeventthatyoudo notfeelyourconcernshavebeen addressedafterfollowingthe procedureoutlinedinStepsOne

336CustomerInformation

andTwo, GeneralMotorsofCanada Companywantsyoutobeawareof itsparticipationinano-charge Mediation/ArbitrationProgram. GeneralMotorsofCanada Companyhascommittedtobinding arbitrationofownerdisputes involvingfactory-relatedvehicle serviceclaims. The program providesforthereviewofthefacts involvedbyanimpartialthirdparty arbiter, andmayincludeaninformal hearingbeforethearbiter. The programisdesignedsothatthe entire disputesettlementprocess, fromthetimeyoufileyourcomplaint tothefinaldecision, shouldbe completedinabout70days. We believeourimpartialprogramoffers advantagesovercourtsinmost jurisdictionsbecauseitisinformal, quick, andfreeofcharge.

For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French), or writeto:

Mediation/ArbitrationProgram c/oCustomerCareCentre GeneralMotorsofCanada Company MailCode:CA1-163-005 1908ColonelSamDrive Oshawa,OntarioL1H8P7

Yourinquiryshouldbeaccompanied bytheVehicleIdentification Number(VIN).

CustomerAssistance Offices

GMCencouragescustomerstocall thetoll-freenumberforassistance. However,ifacustomerwishesto writeore-mailGMC,theletter shouldbeaddressedto:

UnitedStatesandPuertoRico

GMCCustomerAssistanceCenter P.O.Box33172 Detroit,MI48232-5172

www.gmc.com

1-800-GMC-8782(1-800-462-8782)

1-888-889-2438(ForText

Telephonedevices(TTYs))

RoadsideAssistance:

1-888-881-3302

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada

Company

CustomerCareCentre,MailCode:

CA1-163-005

1908ColonelSamDrive

Oshawa,OntarioL1H8P7

www.gmc.ca

1-800-263-3777(English)

CustomerAssistancefor TextTelephone(TTY) Users

Toassistcustomerswhoaredeaf, hardofhearing,orspeech-impaired andwhouseTextTelephones (TTYs),GMChasTTYequipment availableatitsCustomerAssistance Center.AnyTTYuserintheU.S. cancommunicatewithGMCby dialing:1-888-889-2438.TTYusers inCanadacandial1-800-263-3830.

OnlineOwnerCenter

OnlineOwnerExperience (U.S.)my.gmc.com

TheGMOnlineownerexperience is a one-stop resource that allows interaction with GMCand keeps important vehicle-specific information in one place.

MembershipBenefits

Download owner's manuals and view vehicle-specific how-to videos.

:Viewmaintenanceschedules, alerts,andVehicleDiagnostic Information.Scheduleservice appointments.

Viewandprintdealer-recorded servicerecordsandself-recorded servicerecords.

:Selectadealerandview locations,maps,phonenumbers, andhours.

:Trackyourvehicle'swarranty information.

■:ViewactiverecallsbyVehicle IdentificationNumber(VIN).See VehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN) 330.

◆:ViewGMCard,SiriusXM Satelliteradio(ifequipped),and OnStaraccountinformation(if equipped).

■: Chatlivewithonlinehelp representatives.

Seemy.gmc.comtoregistryour vehicle.

GMCCentre(Canada) www.gmcowner.ca

TakeatriptotheGMCCentre:

• Chatlivewithonlinehelp representatives.
• UsetheVehicleToolssection.
• Accessthirdpartyenthusiast sitesandsocialmedianetworks.
• Locateresourcessuchas lease-end,financing,and warrantyinformation.
• Retrieve your favorite articles, quizzes, tips, and multimedia galleries organized into the Features and AutoCare Sections.
• Downloadtheowner'smanual foryourvehicle,quicklyand easily.
• FindtheGMC-recommended maintenanceservicesforyour vehicle.

338CustomerInformation

GMMobility ReimbursementProgram

GENERAL MOTORS MOBILITY

Thisprogramisavailableto qualifiedapplicantsforcost reimbursement, uptocertainlimits, ofeligibleaftermarketadaptive equipmentrequiredforthevehicle, suchashandcontrolsora wheelchair/scooterliftforthe vehicle.

TolearnabouttheGMMobility program,seewww.gmmobility.com orcalltheGMMobilityAssistance Centerat1-800-323-9935.Text Telephone(TTY)users,call 1-800-833-9935.

GeneralMotorsofCanadaalsohas aMobilityprogram.Seewww.gm.ca orcall1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483)fordetails.TTY userscall1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Assistance Program

For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-888-881-3302; (TextTelephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-268-6800.

Serviceisavailable24hoursaday, 365daysayear.

CallingforAssistance

WhencallingRoadsideAssistance, havethefollowinginformation ready:

• Yourname,homeaddress,and hometelephonenumber
• Telephonenumberofyour location
• Locationofthevehicle
• Model, year, color, and license platenumberofthevehicle
• Odometerreading, Vehicle IdentificationNumber(VIN), and deliverydateofthevehicle
  • Description of the problem

Coverage

Servicesareprovidedforthe durationofthevehicle'spowertrain warranty.

IntheU.S.,anyonedrivingthe vehicleiscovered.InCanada,a persondrivingthevehiclewithout permissionfromtheownerisnot covered.

RoadsideAssistanceisnotapartof theNewVehicleLimitedWarranty. GeneralMotorsNorthAmericaand GMCreservetherighttomakeany changesordiscontinuethe RoadsideAssistanceprogramat anytimewithoutnotification.

General Motors North America and GMCreservetherighttolimit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decidethe claims are madetoooften, or the sametype of claimism made many times.

ServicesProvided

- EmergencyFuelDelivery: Deliveryofenoughfuelforthe vehicletogettothenearest servicestation.

• Lock-OutService:Serviceto unlockthevehicleifyouare lockedout.Aremoteunlockmay beavailableifyyouhaveOnStar. Forsecurityreasons,thedriver mustpresentidentification beforethisserviceisgiven.
• EmergencyTowfromaPublic RoadorHighway: Towtothe nearestGMCdealerforwarranty service, orifthevehiclewasina crashand cannot bedriven. Assistance is not given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow.
• FlatTireChange: Serviceto changeaflattirewiththespare tire. Thesparetire, ifequipped, mustbeingoodconditionand properlyinflated. Itistheowner's responsibilityfortherepairor replacementofthetireifitisnot coveredbythewarranty.
• BatteryJumpStart:Serviceto jumpstartadeadbattery.
• TriplnterruptionBenefitsand Assistance:Ifyourtripis interruptedduetoawarranty

event,incidentalexpensesmay bereimbursedwithinthe Powertrainwarrantyperiod. Itemsconsideredarereasonable andcustomaryhotel,meals, rentalcar,oravehiclebeing deliveredbacktothecustomer, upto500miles.

ServicesNotIncludedin RoadsideAssistance

• Impoundtowingcausedby violationofanylaws
• Legalfines
• Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snowtires, chains, or other traction devices

Serviceisnotprovidedifavehicle isinanareathatisnotaccessible totheservicevehicleorisnota regularlytraveledormaintained publicroad,whichincludesiceand winterroads.Off-roaduseisnot covered.

ServicesSpecificto Canadian-PurchasedVehicles

• FuelDelivery:Reimbursement isupto7L.Dieselfueldelivery mayberestricted.Propaneand otherfuelsarenotprovided throughthisservice.
• Lock-OutService: Vehicle registration is required.
• TriplInterruptionBenefitsand Assistance:Mustbeover 150kmfromwhereyourtripwas startedtoqualify. Pre-authorization,original detailedreceipts,andacopyof therepairordersarerequired. Onceauthorizationhasbeen received,theRoadside Assistanceadvisorwillhelpto makearrangementsandexplain howtoreceivepayment.
• AlternativeService: If assistance cannot be provided rightaway, the Roadside Assistanceadvisormaygive permission to get local emergency roadside service. You will receive payment, upto \$100,

340CustomerInformation

aftersendingtheoriginalreceipt toRoadsideAssistance. Mechanicalfailuresmaybe covered,howeveranycostfor partsandlaborforrepairsnot coveredbythewarrantyarethe ownerresponsibility.

SchedulingService Appointments

Whenthevehiclerequireswarranty service,contactyourdealer and requestanappointment. By schedulingaserviceappointment andadvisingtheserviceconsultant ofyourtransportationneeds,your dealercanhelpminimizeyour inconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the serviced department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is safety related. If it is, please call your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bring the vehicle for service, you are urged todos to easily in the work day as possible to allow for same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation Program

Toenhanceyourownership experience,weandourparticipating dealersareproudtoofferCourtesy Transportation,acustomersupport programforvehicleswiththe Bumper-to-Bumper(BaseWarranty CoverageperiodinCanada), extendedpowertrain,and/or hybrid-specificwarrantiesinboth theU.S.andCanada.

The Courtesy Transportation program is no longer available for cutaway vehicles.

SeveralCourtesyTransportation optionsareavailabletoassistin reducinginconveniencewhen warrantyrepairsarerequired.

Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate booklet

entitled "LimitedWarranty and Owner Assistance Information" furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information.

TransportationOptions

Warrantyservicecangenerallybe completedwhileyouwait. However, ifyouareunabletodoso,your dealermayofferthefollowing transportationoptions:

ShuttleService

This includes one-way or round-trip shuttleservicewithinreasonable time and distance parameters of your dealer's area.

PublicTransportationorFuel Reimbursement

Ifovernightwarrantyrepairsare needed, and public transportation is used, the expense must be supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttleservice. If U.S. customers arrange the own transportation, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel

CustomerInformation341

expensesmaybeavailable.Claim amountsshouldreflectactualcosts andbesupportedbyoriginal receipts.Seeyourdealerfor information.

CourtesyRentalVehicle

Foranovernightwarrantyrepair,the dealermayprovideanavailable courtesyrentalvehicleorprovidefor reimbursementofarentalvehicle. Reimbursementislimitedandmust besupportedbyoriginalreceiptsas wellasassignedandcompleted rentalagreementandmeetstate/provincial,local,andrentalvehicle providerrequirements. Requirementsvaryandmayinclude minimumagerequirements, insurancecoverage,creditcard,etc. Additionalfeessuchasfuelusage charges,taxes,levies,usagefees, excessivemileage,orrentalusage beyondthecompletionoftherepair arealsoyourresponsibility.

Itmaynotbepossibletoprovide a likevehicleasacourtesyrental.

AdditionalProgram Information

Allprogramoptions,suchasshuttle service,maynotbeavailableat everydealer.Contactyourdealer for specific availability.

General Motors reserve theright to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all question so claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its solediscretion.

CollisionDamageRepair

If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged, have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish the vehicle resale value, and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions.

CollisionParts

GenuineGMCollisionpartsarenew partsmadewiththesamematerials andconstructionmethodsasthe partswithwhichthevehiclewas originallybuilt.GenuineGM Collisionpartsarethebestchoiceto ensurethatthevehicle'sdesigned appearance,durability,andsafety arepreserved.TheuseofGenuine GMpartscanhelpmaintaintheGM NewVehicleLimitedWarranty.

Recycledoriginalequipmentparts mayalsobeusedforrepair. These partsaretypicallyremovedfrom vehiclesthatweretotallossesin priorcrashes.Inmostcases,the partsbeingrecycledarefrom undamagedsectionsofthevehicle. ArecycledoriginalequipmentGM partmaybeanacceptablechoiceto maintainthevehicle'soriginally designedappearanceandsafety performance;however,thehistoryof thesepartsisnotknown.Suchparts arenotcoveredbytheGMNew VehicleLimitedWarranty,andany relatedfailuresarenotcoveredby thatwarranty.

342CustomerInformation

Aftermarketcollisionpartsarealso available. Thesearemadeby companiesotherthanGMandmay nothavebeentestedforthevehicle. Asaresult, thesepartsmayfit poorly, exhibitprematuredurability/corrosionproblems, and may not performproperlyin subsequent collisions. Aftermarketpartsarenot covered by the GMNewVehicle Limited Warranty, and any vehicle failurerelatedtosuchpartsis not covered by that warranty.

RepairFacility

GMalsorecommendsthatyou chooseacollisionrepairfacilitythat meetsyourneedsbeforeyouever needcollisionrepairs. Yourdealer mayhaveacollisionrepaircenter withGM-trainedtechniciansand state-of-the-artequipment,orbe abletorecommendacollisionrepair centerthathasGM-trained techniciansandcomparable equipment.

InsuringtheVehicle

ProtectyourinvestmentintheGM vehiclewithcomprehensiveand collisioninsurancecoverage.There aresignificantdifferencesinthe qualityofcoverageaffordedby variousinsurancepolicyterms. Manyinsurancepoliciesprovide reducedprotectiontotheGM vehiclebylimitingcompensationfor damagerepairstroughtheuseof aftermarketcollisionparts.Some insurancecompanieswillnot specifyaftermarketcollisionparts. Whenpurchasinginsurance,we recommendthatyouensurethatthe vehiclewillberepairedwithGM originalequipmentcollisionparts. Ifsuchinsurancecoverageisnot availablefromyourcurrent insurancecarrier,considerswitching toanotherinsurancecarrier.

Ifthevehicleisleased,theleasing companymayrequireyoutohave insurancethatensuresrepairswith GenuineGMOriginalEquipment Manufacturer(OEM)partsor Genuine Manufacturer replacement

parts.Readtheleasecarefully,as youmaybechargedattheendof theleaseforpoorqualityrepairs.

IfaCrashOccurs

Iftherehasbeenaninjury,call emergencyservicesforhelp.Donot leavethesceneofacrashuntilall mattershavebeentakencareof. Movethevehicleonlyifitsposition putsyouindanger,oryouare instructedtomoveitbyapolice officer.

Giveonlythenecessaryinformation topoliceandotherpartiesinvolved inthecrash.

Foremergencytowingsee RoadsideAssistanceProgram 338.

Gatherthefollowinginformation:

• Drivename, address, and telephonenumber
• Driverlicensenumber
• Ownername, address, and telephonenumber
  • Vehiclelicenseplatenumber

CustomerInformation343

• Vehiclemake,model,and modelyear
• VehicleIdentification Number(VIN)
  • Insurancecompanyandpolicy number
• Generaldescriptionofthe damagetotheothervehicle

Choose areputablerepairfacility that uses quality replacement parts. See "CollisionParts" earlier in this section.

If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates?→65.

ManagingtheVehicleDamage RepairProcess

Intheeventthatthevehiclerequires damagerepairs, GMrecommends thatyoutakeanactiveroleinits repair. If you have apre-determined repair facility of choice, takethe vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be originalequipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled originalGMparts.Remember, recycledpartswillnotbecovered by theGMvehiclewarranty.

Insurancepaysthebillfortherepair, butyoumustlivewiththerepair. Dependingonyourpolicylimits, yourinsurancecompanymay initiallyvaluetherepairusing aftermarketparts.Discussthiswith therepairprofessional,andinsiston GenuineGMparts.Remember, ifthevehicleisleased,youmaybe obligatedtohavethevehicle repairedwithGenuineGMparts, evenifyourinsurancecoverage doesnotpaythefullcost.

Ifanotherparty'sinsurance companyispayingfortherepairs, youarenotobligatedtoaccepta repairvaluationbasedonthat insurancecompany'scollisionpolicy repairlimits,asyouhaveno contractuallimitswiththatcompany. Insuchcases,youcanhavecontrol oftherepairandpartschoicesas longasthecoststayswithin reasonablelimits.

PublicationOrdering Information

ServiceManuals

Servicemanualshavethediagnosis andrepairinformationonthe engine,transmission,axle, suspension,brakes,electrical system,steeringsystem,body,etc.

CustomerLiterature

Owner'smanualsarewritten specificallyforownersandare intendedtoprovidebasic operationalinformationaboutthe vehicle. Theowner'smanual includestheMaintenanceSchedule forallmodels.

Customerliteraturepublications availableforpurchaseinclude owner'smanuals,warranty manuals,infotainmentmanuals,and portfolios.Portfoliosincludean owner'smanual,warrantymanual, infotainmentmanual,ifapplicable, andziplockbagorpouch.

344CustomerInformation

CurrentandPastModels

Servicemanualsandcustomer literatureareavailableformany currentandpastmodelyearGM vehicles.

Toorder, call 1-800-551-4123

Monday–Friday, 8:00a.m.–6:00p.m. easterntime

Forcreditcardordersonly(VISA, MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Toorderbymail, writeto:

Helm, Incorporated

Attention:CustomerService

47911HalyardDrive

Plymouth, MI48170

MakecheckspayableinU.S.funds.

RadioFrequency Statement

This vehiclehassystemsthat operateonaradiofrequencythat complieswithPart15/Part18ofthe FederalCommunications Commission(FCC)rulesandwith Innovation,ScienceandEconomic Development(ISED)Canada's RSP-100/license-exemptRSS's/ICES-001.

Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:

1. Thedevicemaynotcause harmfulinterference.

2. Thedevicemustacceptany interferencereceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Changesormodificationstoanyof thesesystemsbyotherthanan authorizedservicefacilitycouldvoid authorizationtousethisequipment.

ReportingSafety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government

If you believethat your vehicle has a defect which could cause acrashor could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors.

IfNHTSAreceivessimilar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it find that as safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors.

CustomerInformation345

TocontactNHTSA,youmaycall theVehicleSafetyHotline toll-freeat1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153);gotohttp://www.safercar.gov;orwriteto:

Administrator, NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington, D.C. 20590

Youcanalsoobtainother informationaboutmotorvehicle safetyfromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

ReportingSafetyDefects totheCanadian Government

IfyouliveinCanada, and you believethatthevehiclehasa safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canadaat1-800-333-0510; goto:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls(English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels(French)

orwriteto:

TransportCanada MotorVehicleSafetyDirectorate DefectInvestigationsand RecallsDivision 80NoelStreet Gatineau, QCJ8Z0A1

ReportingSafetyDefects toGeneralMotors

In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in asituation like this, notify General Motors.

Call1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782), orwrite:

GMCCustomerAssistanceCenter P.O.Box33172 Detroit,MI48232-5172

InCanada, call 1-800-263-3777

(English)or1-800-263-7854 (French), orwrite:

General Motors of Canada

Company CustomerCareCentre,MailCode: CA1-163-005 1908ColonelSamDrive Oshawa,OntarioL1H8P7

VehicleData Recordingand Privacy

The vehicle has a number of computer that record information about the vehicle's performance and how it is driven. Fore example, the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the conditions for air bag deployment and deploy them in crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules may stored at to help the dealer technicians servic the vehicle. Somemodules may also stored data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate off fuel consumption or averagespeed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radiopresets, seat positions, and temperatures settings.

EventDataRecorders

Thisvehicleisequippedwithan eventdatarecorder(EDR).The mainpurposeofanEDRisto record,incertaincrashornear crash-likesituations,suchasanair bagdeploymentorhittingaroad obstacle,datathatwillassistin understandinghowavehicle's systemsperformed.TheEDRis designedtorecorddatarelatedto vehicledynamicsandsafety systemsforashortperiodoftime, typically30secondsorless.The EDRinthisvehicleisdesignedto recordsuchdataas:

• Howvariousystemsinyour vehiclewereoperating;
• Whetherornotthedriverand passengersafetybeltswere buckled/fastened;
• Howfar(ifatall)thedriverwas depressingtheacceleratorand/orbrakepedal;and,
• Howfastthevehiclewas traveling.

Thesedatacanhelpprovidea betterunderstandingofthe circumstancesinwhichcrashesand injuriesoccur.

Note

EDRdataarerecordedbyyour vehicleonlyifanon-trivialcrash situationoccurs;nodataare recordedbytheEDRundernormal drivingconditionsandnopersonal data(e.g.,name,gender,age,and crashlocation)arerecorded. However,otherparties,suchaslaw enforcement,couldcombinethe EDRdatawiththetypeof personallyidentifyingdataroutinely acquiredduringacrash investigation.

ToreaddatarecordedbyanEDR, specialequipmentisrequired, and accesstothevehicleortheEDRis needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as lawenforcement, that havethe specialequipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

GMwillnotaccessthesedataor shareitwithothersexcept:withthe consentofthevehicleowneror, ifthevehicleisleased, withthe consentofthelessee;inresponse toanofficialrequestbypoliceor similargovernmentoffice;aspartof GM'sdefenseoflitigationthrough thediscoveryprocess;or,as requiredbylaw.DatathatGM collectsorreceivesmayalsobe usedforGMresearchneedsormay bemadeavailabletoothersfor researchpurposes,whereaneedis shownandthedataisnottiedtoa specificvehicleorvehicleowner.

OnStar

Ifthevehicleisequipped with OnStarandhasanactiveservice plan, additional datamaybe collected through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle's operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features; and, incertainsituations, the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Referto the

OnStarTermsandConditionsand PrivacyStatementontheOnStar website.

See On Star Additional Information ⇒350.

InfotainmentSystem

If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. Seethe infotainment manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions.

348OnStar

OnStar

OnStarOverview

OnStarOverview......348

OnStarServices

Emergency......349

Security......350

OnStarAdditionallInformation

OnStarAdditional

Information......350

OnStarOverview

VoiceCommandButton

BlueOnStarButton

SOS RedEmergencyButton

This vehicle may be equipped with comprehensive, in-vehiclesystem that can connect to an Star Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Diagnostics Services. On Star services may require paid service plan and data plan. On Star requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS satellites signal to be available and operating. On Star acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. On Starmay collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See On Star User

Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms formoredetails including system limitations at www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca(Canada).

TheOnStarsystemstatuslightis nexttotheOnStarbuttons.Ifthe statuslightis:

• SolidGreen:Systemisready.
• FlashingGreen:Onacall.
  • Red:Indicatesaproblem.
• Off:Systemisoff.Press twicetospeakwithanOnStar Advisor.

Press 📊orcall1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)tospeaktoan Advisor.

FunctionalityoftheVoiceCommand buttonmayvarybyvehicleand region.

Press to:

- OpentheOnStarapponthe infotainmentdisplay.Seethe infotainmentmanualfor informationonhowtousethe OnStarapp.

Or

• Makeacall, endacall, oransweranincomingcall.
- GiveOnStarHands-FreeCalling voicecommands.
- GiveOnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigationvoicecommands.
- ObtainandcustomizetheWi-Fi hotspotnameorSSIDand password,ifequipped.

Press 🟠 toconnecttoan Advisorto:

• Verifyaccountinformationor updatecontactinformation.
  • Getdrivingdirections.

• ReceiveaDiagnosticcheckof thevehicle'skeyoperating systems.

• ReceiveRoadsideAssistance.
• ManageWi-FiSettings, ifequipped.

Press 🟢 togetapriorityconnection toanOnStarAdvisoravailable24/7to:

• Gethelpforanemergency.
- BeaGoodSamaritanor respondtoanAMBERAlert.
- Getassistanceinsevere weatherorothercrisissituations andfindevacuationroutes.

OnStarServices

Emergency

EmergencyServicesrequirean activesafetyandsecurityplan.With AutomaticCrashResponse,built-in sensorscanautomaticallyalerta speciallytrainedOnStarAdvisor whoisimmediatelyconnectedinto thevehicletohelp.

Press SOS for a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to you exact location, and relay important information.

WithOnStarCrisisAssist, specially trainedAdvisorsareavailable 24hoursaday,7daysaweek,to provideacentralpointofcontact, assistance,andinformationduringa crisis.

WithRoadsideAssistance,Advisors canlocateanearbyserviceprovider tohelpwithaflattire,abattery jump,oranemptygastank.

350OnStar

Security

Ifequipped, OnStarprovidesthese services:

• WithStolenVehicleAssistance, OnStarAdvisorscanuseGPSto pinpointthevehicleandhelp authoritiesquicklyrecoverit.
• With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, On Starcan block the engine from being restarted.
• WithStolenVehicleSlowdown, ifequipped, OnStarcanwork withlawenforcement to graduallyslowthevehicledown.

TheftAlarmNotification

Ifequipped,ifthedoorsarelocked andthevehiclealarmsounds,a notificationbytext,e-mail,orphone callwillbesent.Ifthevehicleis stolen,anOnStarAdvisorcanwork withauthoritiestorecoverthe vehicle.

OnStarAdditional Information

In-VehicleAudioMessages

Audiomessagesmayplayimportant informationatthefollowingtimes:

• Priortovehiclepurchase.
  Press 📊 tosetupanaccount.
• Afterchangeinownership and at90days.

TransferringService

Press on torequestaccounttransfer eligibilityinformation. The Advisor cancancelorchangeaccount information.

Selling/Transferringthe Vehicle

Call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)immediately to terminate your On Star or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.

ReactivationforSubsequent Owners

Press on and follow the prompt to speak to an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update vehicle records and explain On Star or connected service options.

HowOnStarServiceWorks

AutomaticCrashResponse, EmergencyServices,CrisisAssist, StolenVehicleAssistance,Remote Services,RoadsideAssistance,and Hands-FreeCallingareavailableon mostvehicles.NotallOnStar servicesareavailableeverywhere oronallvehicles.Formore information,afulldescriptionof OnStarservices,systemlimitations, andOnStarUserTerms,Privacy Statement,andSoftwareTerms:

• Call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
  • Seewww.onstar.com(U.S.).
  • Seewww.onstar.ca(Canada).
• CallTTY1-877-248-2080.

- Press 📊 tospeakwithan Advisor.

OnStarorconnectedservices cannotworkunlesssthevehicleisin aplacewhereOnStarhasan agreementwithawirelessservice providerforserviceinthatarea. The wirelessserviceprovidermustalso havecoverage,networkcapacity, reception,andtechnology compatiblewithOnStaror connectedservices.Service involvinglocationinformationabout thevehiclecannotworkunlessGPS signalsareavailable,unobstructed, andcompatiblewiththeOnStar hardware.OnStarorconnected servicesmaynotworkiftheOnStar equipmentisnotproperlyinstalled orithasnotbeenproperly maintained.Ifequipmentorsoftware isadded,connected,ormodified, OnStarorconnectedservicesmay notwork.Otherproblemsbeyond thecontrolofOnStar—suchas hills,tallbuildings,tunnels,weather, electricalsystemdesignand architectureofthevehicle,damage tothevehicleinacrash,orwireless phonenetworkcongestionor jamming—maypreventservice.

SeeRadioFrequencyStatement 344.

ServicesforPeoplewith Disabilities

Advisorsprovideservicestohelp withphysicaldisabilitiesand medicalconditions.

Press 📄 to help:

• Locateagasstationwithan attendanttopumpgas.
• Findahotel,restaurant,etc., thatmeetsaccessibilityneeds.
• Providedirectionstotheclosest hospitalorpharmacyinurgent situations.

TTYUsers

OnStarhastheabilityto communicatetodeaf, hard-of-hearing,orspeech-impaired customerswhileinthevehicle.The availabledealer-installedTTY system can provide in-vehicle

accesstoallOnStarservices, exceptVirtualAdvisorandOnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation.

Ifequipped,TTYmodecanbe turnedonoroffbytouching Settings,thenApps,andthen Phone.WhenTTYmodeison, phonecallscanbemadeor receivedwithOnStarusingthe infotainmentdisplay.

OnStarPersonalIdentification Number(PIN)

APINisneededtoaccesssome OnStarservices. The PINwillneed tobechangedthefirsttimewhen speakingwithanAdvisor.To changetheOnStarPIN,contactan

OnStarAdvisorbypassing 📷 or calling1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStarequipmentmaybe warrantedaspartofthevehicle warranty.

352OnStar

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed to respond in multiple languages.

Press 🟢 and ask for an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, Spanish, and French. Available languages may vary by country.

PotentialIssues

OnStarcannotperformRemote DoorUnlockorStolenVehicle Assistanceafterthevehiclehas beenoffcontinuouslyfor10days withoutanignitioncycle.Ifthe vehiclehasnotbeenstartedfor 10days,OnStarcancontact RoadsideAssistanceoralocksmith tohelpgainaccesstothevehicle.

GlobalPositioning System(GPS)

- ObstructionoftheGPScan occurinalargecitywithtall buildings;inparkinggarages;aroundairports;intunnelsand underpasses;orinanareawith verydensetrees.IfGPSsignals arenotavailable,theOnStar systemshouldstilloperateto

callOnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the exact location.

- Inemergencysituations, OnStar canusethelaststoredGPS locationtosendtoemergency responders.

AtemporarylossofGPScancause lossoftheabilitytosenda Turn-by-TurnNavigationroute. The Advisormaygiveaverbalrouteor mayaskforacallbackafterthe vehicleisdrivenintoanopenarea.

CellularandGPSAntennas

Cellularreceptionisrequiredfor OnStartosendremotesignalsto thevehicle.Donotplaceitemsover orneartheantennatoprevent blockingcellularandGPSsignal reception.

UnabletoConnecttoOnStar Message

If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached maximum capacity, this message

maycomeon.Press ☐totrythe callagainortryagainafterdrivinga fewmilesintoanothercellulararea.

VehicleandPowerIssues

OnStarservicesrequireavehicle electricalsystem,wirelessservice, andGPSsatellitetechnologiestobe availableandoperatingforfeatures tofunctionproperly. Thesesystems maynotoperateifthebatteryis dischargedordisconnected.

Add-onElectricalEquipment

TheOnStarsystemisintegrated intotheelectricalarchitectureofthe vehicle.Donotaddanyelectrical equipment.SeeAdd-OnElectrical Equipment→227.Addedelectrical equipmentmayinterferewiththe operationoftheOnStarsystemand causeittonotoperate.

VehicleSoftwareUpdates

OnStarorGMmayremotelydeliver softwareupdatesorchangestothe vehiclewithoutfurthernoticeor consent. Theseupdatesorchanges mayenhanceormaintainsafety,

security, ortheoperationofthe vehicleorthevehiclesystems. Softwareupdatesorchangesmay affectorerasedataorsettingsthat arestoredinthevehicle,suchas OnStarHands-FreeCallingname tags,savednavigationdestinations, orpre-setradiostations.Neither OnStarnorGMisresponsiblefor anyaffectedoreraseddataor settings.Theseupdatesorchanges mayalsocollectpersonal information.Suchcollectionis describedintheOnStarprivacy statementorseparatelydisclosedat thetimeofinstallation.These updatesorchangesmayalsocause asystemtoautomatically communicatewithGMserversto collectinformationaboutvehicle systemstatus,identifywhether updatesorchangesareavailable, ordeliverupdatesorchanges.An activeOnStaragreementconstitutes consenttothesesoftwareupdates orchangesandagreementthat eitherOnStarorGMmayremotely deliverthemtothevehicle.

Privacy

ThecompleteOnStarPrivacy Statementmaybefoundat www.onstar.com(U.S.), orwww.onstar.ca(Canada).We recommendthatyoureviewit.Ifyou haveanyquestions,call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827)

orpress 🔗tospeakwithan Advisor.Usersofwireless communicationsarecautionedthat theprivacyofanyinformationsent viawirelesscellularcommunications cannotbeassured.Thirdparties mayunlawfullyinterceptoraccess transmissionsandprivate communicationswithoutconsent.

OnStar-Software Acknowledgements

CertainOnStarcomponentsinclude libcurlandunzipsoftwareandother thirdpartysoftware.Belowarethe noticesandlicensesassociatedwith libcurlandunzipandforotherthird partysoftwarepleaseseehttp://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHTANDPERMISSION NOTICE

Copyright(c)1996-2010, Daniel Stenberg, [e-mail].

Allrightsreserved.

Permissiontouse, copy, modify, and distributethissoftwareforany purposewithorwithoutfees herebygranted, providedthatthe abovecopyrightnoticeandthis permissionnoticeappearinall copies.

THESOFTWAREISPROVIDED "ASIS,"WITHOUTWARRANTYOF ANYKIND,EXPRESSOR IMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOT LIMITEDTOTHEWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY,FITNESS FORAPARTICULARPURPOSE ANDNONINFRINGEMENTOF THIRDPARTYRIGHTS.INNO EVENTSHALLTHEAUTHORSOR COPYRIGHTHOLDERSBE LIABLEFORANYCLAIM, DAMAGESOROTHERLIABILITY, WHETHERINANACTIONOF CONTRACT,TORTOR

354OnStar

OTHERWISE,ARISINGFROM, OUTOFORINCONNECTION WITHTHESOFTWAREORTHE USEOROTHERDEALINGSIN THESOFTWARE.

Exceptascontainedinthisnotice, thenameofacopyrightholdershall notbeusedinadvertisingor otherwisetopromotethesale,use orotherdealingsinthisSoftware withoutpriorwrittenauthorizationof thecopyrightholder.

unzip:

Thisisversion2005-Feb-10ofthe Info-ZIPcopyrightandlicense.The definitiveversionofthisdocument shouldbeavailableatftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.htmlindefinitely.

Copyright(c)1990-2005Info-ZIP.All rightsreserved.

Forthepurposesofthiscopyright andlicense, "Info-ZIP"isdefinedas thefollowingsetofindividuals:

MarkAdler, John Bush, Karl Davis, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onnovander Linden, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, Rich Wales, Mike White.

Thissoftwareisprovided“asis,” withoutwarrantyofanykind, expressorimplied.Innoeventshall Info-ZIPoritscontributorsbeheld liableforanydirect,indirect, incidental,specialorconsequential damagesarisingoutoftheuseofor inabilitytousethissoftware.

Permissionisgrantedtoanyoneto usethissoftwareforanypurpose, includingcommercialapplications,

andtoalteritandredistributeit freely,subjecttothefollowing restrictions:

1. Redistributionsofsourcecode mustretaintheabovecopyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and thislistofconditions.

2. Redistributionsinbinaryform (compiledexecutables) must reproducetheabovecopyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and thislistofconditions in documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. Thesole exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZip SFX binary (including SFX Wiz) as part of a self-extracting archive; that is permitted without inclusion of this license, as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from the binary or disabled.

3. Altered versions—including, but not limited to, portstonew operating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces, and dynamic,

shared,orstaticlibrary versions—mustbeplainly markedassuchandmustnot bemisrepresentedasbeing theoriginalsource.Such alteredversionsalsomustnot bemisrepresentedasbeing Info-ZIPreleases—including, butnotlimitedto,labelingof thealteredversionswiththe names“Info-ZIP”(orany variationthereof,including,but notlimitedto,different capitalizations),“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip” withouttheexplicitpermission ofInfo-ZIP.Suchaltered versionsarefurtherprohibited frommisrepresentativeuseof theZip-BugsorInfo-ZIPe-mail addressesorofthe Info-ZIPURL(s).

1. Info-ZIPretainstherighttouse thenames "Info-ZIP," "Zip," "UnZip," "UnZipSFX," "WiZ," "PocketUnZip," "PocketZip," and "MacZip" for its own source and binary releases.

Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Navigation......356

Connections......357

Diagnostics....359

ConnectedServices

Navigation

Navigationrequiresaspecific OnStarorconnectedserviceplan.

Press ☐toreceiveTurn-by-Turn directionsorhavethemsenttothe vehicle'snavigationscreen, ifequipped.

Turn-by-TurnNavigation

1. Press on toconnecttoan Advisor.
2. Requestdirectionstobe downloadedtothevehicle.
3. Followthevoice-guided commands.

UsingVoiceCommands DuringaPlannedRoute

FunctionalityoftheVoiceCommand button,ifequipped,mayvaryby vehicleandregion.Forsome vehicles,press 📋toopenthe

OnStarappontheinfotainment display. For other vehicles press as follows.

CancelRoute

1. Press 🎨. Systemresponds: "OnStarready," thenatone.
2. Say "Cancelroute." System responds: "Doyouwantto canceldirections?"
3. Say "Yes." System responds: "OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye."

RoutePreview

1. Press 📋. Systemresponds: "OnStarready," thenatone.
2. Say "Routepreview." System respond with then next three maneuvers.

Repeat

1. Press 📋. Systemresponds: "OnStarready," thenatone.

2. Say "Repeat." System respond with the last direction given, then respond with "OnStarready," then at one.

GetMyDestination

1. Press

"OnStarready," thenatone.

1. Say "Getmydestination." Systemrespondswiththe addressanddistancetothe destination, thenrespondswith "OnStarready," thenatone.

SendDestinationtoVehicle

Directionscanbesenttothe vehicle'snavigationscreen, ifequipped.

Press 📄, thenasktheAdvisorto downloaddirectionstothevehicle's navigationsystem, ifequipped. After thecallends, thenavigationscreen will provide promptstobegindriving directions. Routesthataresentto thenavigationscreencanonlybe canceled through thenavigation system.

Seewww.onstar.com(U.S.)or www.onstar.ca(Canada).

Connections

The following services help with staying connected.

Forcoveragemaps, see www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca(Canada).

EnsuringSecurity

• Changethedefaultpasswords fortheWi-Fihotspotand myGMCmobileapplication. Makethesepasswordsdifferent fromeachotherandusea combinationofletters,numbers, andsymbolstoincreasethe security.
• Changethedefaultnameofthe SSID(ServiceSetIdentifier). Thisisyournetwork'snamethat isvisibletootherwireless devices.Chooseauniquename andavoidfamilynamesor vehicledescriptions.

Wi-FiHotspot(IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have been built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access to the Internet and web content at 4GLTE speed. Uptoseven mobile devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle control only when it is safe to do so.

1. ToretrieveWi-Fihotspot information, press 📋 toopen theOnStarapponthe infotainmentdisplay, then selectWi-FiHotspot.Onsome vehicles, touchWi-FiorWi-Fi Settingsonthescreen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), password, and some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4GLTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent).
3. TochangetheSSIDor password, press 📄 orcall 1-888-4ONSTARtoconnect withanAdvisor.Onsome

358ConnectedServices

vehicles,theSSIDand passwordcanbechangedin theWi-FiHotspotmenu.

Afterinitialset-up,yourvehicle's Wi-Fihotspotwillconnect automaticallytoyourmobile devices.Managedatausageby turningWi-Fionoroffonyour mobiledevice,usingthemyGMC mobileapp,orbycontactingan OnStarAdvisor.Onsomevehicles, Wi-Ficanalsobemanagedfromthe Wi-FiHotspotmenu.

MyGMCMobileApp(IfAvailable)

DownloadthemyGMCmobileapp tocompatibleAppleandAndroid smartphones.GMCuserscan accessthefollowingservicesfroma smartphone:

• Remotelystart/stopthevehicle, iffactory-equipped.
• Lock/unlockdoors, if equipped with automatic clocks.

• Activatethehornandlamps.

• Checkthevehicle'sfuellevel, oil life, ortirepressure, iffactory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System.

• Senddestinationstothevehicle.
• Locatethevehicleonamap (U.S.marketonly).
• Turnthevehicle'sWi-Fihotspot on/off,managesettings,and monitordataconsumption, ifequipped.
• Locateadealerandschedule service.
• Requestroadsideassistance.
• Setaparkingreminderwithpin drop, takeaphoto, makeanote, andsetatimer.
• ConnectwithGMConsocial media.

Featuresaresubjecttochange. For myGMCmobileappinformation and compatibility,seemy.gmc.com.

AnactiveOnStarorconnected serviceplanmayberequired. Acompa tible device, factory-installed remote start, and

powerlocksarerequired.Datarates apply.Seewww.onstar.comfor detailsandsystemlimitations.

RemoteServices

ContactanOnStarAdvisorto unlockthedoorsorsoundthehorn andflashthelamps.

Marketplace

OnStarAdvisorscanprovideoffers fromrestaurantsandretailerson yourroute, helplocatehotels, orbookaroom.Theseservices varybymarket.

OnStarHands-FreeCalling

Makeandreceivecallswiththe built-inwirelesscallingservice, whichrequiresavailableminutes. FunctionalityoftheVoiceCommand buttonmayvarybyvehicleand region.Forsomevehicles,press toopentheOnStarapponthe infotainmentdisplay,thenselect Hands-Freecalling.Forother vehiclespress 📍asfollows.

MakeaCall

1. Press 📋. Systemresponds: "OnStarready."
2. Say "Call." Systemresponds: "Call.Please say then a name or numbertocall."
3. Saytheentirenumberwithout pausing,includinga"1"andthe areacode.Systemresponds: "OK, calling."

Calling911Emergency

1. Press 📋. Systemresponds: "OnStarready."
2. Say "Call." Systemresponds: "Call.Please say thename or numbertocall."
3. Say "911" without pausing. System responds: "911."
4. Say "Call." Systemresponds: "OK, dialing911."

RetrieveMyNumber

1. Press 📋. Systemresponds: "OnStarready."
2. Say "Mynumber." System responds: "YourOnStar Hands-FreeCallingnumberis," thensaysthenumber.

EndaCall

Press 📄. Systemresponds: "Call ended."

VerifyMinutesandExpiration

Press 📋 and say "Minutes" then "Verify" to check how many minutes remain and theirexpirationdate.

lfequipped, press 📋andtouch AccountServicestoviewthe numberofremainingminutes, availableWi-Fidata, andother accountinformation.

Diagnostics

Bymonitoringandreportingonthe vehicle'skeysystems,OnStar AdvancedDiagnostics,ifequipped, providesawaytokeepupon maintenance.Capabilitiesvaryby model.Seewww.onstar.comfor detailsandsystemlimitations. Featuresaresubjecttochange.For updatesonfeaturecapabilities,see my.gmc.com.Messageanddata ratesmayapply.

Index

A

Accessoriesand

Modifications......230

AccessoryPower......180

Add-OnElectricalEquipment...227

Additional Information

OnStar....350

Additional Maintenance

andCare....323

AirCleaner/Filter,Engine.....242

AirConditioning......159,161

AirVents....164

AirbagSystem

Check....71

HowDoesanAirbag

Restrain?......65

WhatMakesanAirbag

Inflate?......65

WhatWillYouSeeafteran

AirbagInflates?......65

WhenShouldanAirbag

Inflate?......64

WhereAretheAirbags?......62

Airbags

AddingEquipmenttothe

Vehicle....70

Light On-Off 106

On-Off Light 106

Airbags(cont'd)

On-OffSwitch......67

ReadinessLight......105

ServicingAirbag-Equipped

Vehicles....70

SystemCheck......60

Alarm

VehicleSecurity......36

Alert

SideBlindZone(SBZA).....202

All-SeasonTires......270

AM-FMRadio....138

Antenna

FixedMast......141

Multi-band....141

AntilockBrakeSystem(ABS)...190

WarningLight......110

AppearanceCare

Exterior......307

Interior......312

Ashtrays....100

AssistanceProgram,

Roadside....338

Audio

Theft-DeterrentFeature.....133

AudioPlayers

CD....141

Index361

Automatic

DoorLocks....32

HeadlampSystem......127

Transmission......185

TransmissionFluid.....238,241

AutomaticTransmission

ManualMode......188

ShiftLockControlFunction

Check......256

Auxiliary

Devices....146

AvoidingUntrustedMedia

Devices....141

Axle,Rear....254

B

Battery

ExteriorLightingBattery

Saver....131

LoadManagement......130

PowerProtection......131

Battery-NorthAmerica....253,301

BladeReplacement,Wiper.....257

Bluetooth

Overview......151

Brake

SystemWarningLight.....109

Brakes....251

Antilock....190

Assist....191

Fluid....252

Parking....191

Braking....167

Break-In, NewVehicle......176

BulbReplacement

CenterHigh-Mounted

Stoplamp(CHMSL).....261

FrontTurnSignal,

Sidemarker, and Parking

Lamps....260

HalogenBulbs......259

HeadlampAiming......259

Headlamps....259

LicensePlateLamps......262

Taillamps....260

BuyingNewTires......285

C

Calibration....96

California

PerchlorateMaterials

Requirements......230

DEALER ePROCESS

California

Proposition

65Warning......229,253,301,

BackCover

Camera

RearVision(RVC)......198

CanadianVehicleOwners.....2

Capacitiesand

Specifications......331

CarbonMonoxide

EngineExhaust.....184

WinterDriving......170

Cargo

Tie-Downs....92

CargoDoorRelocking......31

Caution, Danger, and Warning....2

CDPlayer 141

CenterHigh-Mounted

Stoplamp(CHMSL)......261

Chains,Tire......289

ChargingSystemLight.....107

Check

EngineLight(Malfunction

Indicator)......108

IgnitionTransmissionLock...256

ChildRestraints

InfantsandYoungChildren.....73

362Index

ChildRestraints(cont'd)

LowerAnchorsandTethers forChildren....79

OlderChildren....72

Securing......85,87

Systems....76

CigaretteLighter....99

CircuitBreakers.....263

Cleaning ExteriorCare....307 InteriorCare....312

ClimateControlSystems.....159

AirConditioning....159

Heating....159 Rear....161

RearHeatingSystem......161

Clock....98

Cluster,Instrument......101

CollisionDamageRepair......341

Compartments Storage....91

Compass......96

ConnectedServices Connections......357 Diagnostics......359 Navigation......356

Connections ConnectedServices......357

Control

TractionandElectronic Stability....192

ControlofaVehicle......167

ConvexMirrors....38

Coolant Engine Temperature Gauge..104

Cooling....159,161

CoolingSystem......243

Courtesy Transportation Program....340

CruiseControl....194 Light....114

CustomerAssistance......337

Offices....336 TextTelephone(TTY) Users....337

CustomerInformation PublicationsOrdering Information......343

CustomerSatisfaction Procedure....334

D

DamageRepair, Collision.....341

Danger, Warning, and Caution....2

DataCollection Infotainment System .... 347

DataCollection(cont'd)

OnStar....347

DataRecorders,Event......346

DaytimeRunning Lamps(DRL)....127

DefensiveDriving......166

DelayedLocking....32

Devices Auxiliary....146

Diagnostics ConnectedServices......359

DistractedDriving......166

DomeLamps....129

Door CargoDoorRelocking....31 DelayedLocking....32 Locks....30

PowerLocks......31

RearDoors....35 Side....33

Sliding....34

DriveBeltRouting,Engine.....333

DriverAssistanceSystems .....197

DriverInformation Center(DIC) ......114

Driving Characteristicsand TowingTips......210

Driving(cont'd)

Defensive....166

Drunk......167

ForBetterFuelEconomy......23

HillandMountainRoads.....170

IftheVehicleisStuck......172

LossofControl......168

Off-RoadRecovery......168

VehicleLoadLimits......172

WetRoads......169

Winter....170

DualTire

Rotation....284

E

E85orFlexFuel......207

Electrical Equipment,

Add-On....227

ElectricalSystem

EngineCompartmentFuse Block....263

FloorConsoleFuseBlock....267

FusesandCircuitBreakers...263

Overload....262

Emergency

OnStar....349

Engine

AirCleaner/Filter......242

Engine(cont'd)

CheckLight(Malfunction

Indicator)......108

CompartmentOverview......232

CoolantHeater......180

CoolantTemperature

Gauge....104

CoolingSystem......243

DriveBeltRouting......333

Exhaust......184

Fan......249

OilLifeSystem......237

OilPressureGauge......103

OilPressureLight......112

Overheating.....248

PowerMessages......119

RunningWhileParked......185

Starting....178

EnhancedTechnologyGlass....41

EntryLighting....130

Entry/ExitLighting......130

Equipment, Towing......222

EventDataRecorders......346

ExitLighting....130

Extender, SeatBelt.....58

ExteriorLampControls......125

DEALER ePROCESS

ExteriorLampsOffReminder...126

ExteriorLightingBattery

Saver....131

F

Fan

Engine......249

FastIdleSystem......180

Filter,

EngineAirCleaner......242

FixedMastAntenna.....141

Flash-to-Pass......126

Flashers,HazardWarning.....128

FlatTire....290

Changing....291

FlexFuel

E85....207

FloorMats....315

Fluid

Automatic

Transmission ......238,241

Brakes....252

PowerSteering......249

Washer....250

FoldingMirrors....39

ForwardCollisionAlert

(FCA)System......201

364Index

FrequencyStatement

Radio....344

FrontSeats

Adjustment......44

FrontStorage....91

FrontTurnSignal

BulbReplacement......260

Fuel

Additives......207

EconomyDriving......23

FillingaPortableFuel

Container.....209

FillingtheTank......208

ForeignCountries......207

Gauge....102

LowFuelWarningLight.....113

ProhibitedFuels......206

Recommended......206

TopTier......206

Full-SizeSpareTire......300

Fuses

EngineCompartmentFuse

Block....263

FloorConsoleFuseBlock....267

FusesandCircuitBreakers...263

G

GasStrut(s)......258

Gauges

EngineCoolant

Temperature......104

EngineOilPressure......103

Fuel....102

Odometer....102

Speedometer....102

TripOdometer....102

Voltmeter....105

WarningLightsand

Indicators......100

GeneralInformation

ServiceandMaintenance.....316

Towing......210

VehicleCare....229

Glass,EnhancedTechnology....41

GMMobilityReimbursement

Program......338

H

HalogenBulbs....259

HazardWarningFlashers.....128

HeadRestraints......44

Headlamps

Aiming....259

Automatic 127

Headlamps(cont'd)

BulbReplacement......259

DaytimeRunning

Lamps(DRL)....127

Flash-to-Pass......126

High-BeamOnLight......113

High/LowBeamChanger.....126

HeatedMirrors....39

Heater

EngineCoolant 180

Heating....159,161

High-BeamOnLight......113

HillandMountain Roads......170

HillStartAssist (HSA)......192

Hood....231

Horn....95

HowtoWearSeat Belts

Properly....51

HVAC....159, 161

|

IdleSystem

Fast.... 180

IgnitionPositions......176

IgnitionTransmissionLock

Check......256

Immobilizer 37

DEALER ePROCESS

Indicator

VehicleAhead......111

InfantsandYoungChildren,

Restraints....73

Information

PublicationOrdering......343

Infotainment......132

InfotainmentSystem......347

InstrumentCluster.....101

InteriorRearviewMirrors......39

Introduction......2

J

JumpStarting-North

America....301

K

KeylessEntry

Remote(RKE)System......27

Keys......25

L

Labeling, TireSidewall.....271

Lamps

DaytimeRunning(DRL).....127

Dome....129

ExteriorControls......125

ExteriorLampsOff

Reminder......126

Lamps(cont'd)

ExteriorLightingBattery

Saver....131

LicensePlate......262

MalfunctionIndicator

(CheckEngine)......108

Reading......130

Taillamps....260

Lamps,BulbReplacement.....260

LaneDeparture

Warning(LDW)......204

LaneDepartureWarning

Light....111

Lap-ShoulderBelt....53

LATCHSystem

ReplacingPartsaftera

Crash......85

LATCH, LowerAnchorsand

TethersforChildren......79

Lighter, Cigarette....99

Lighting

Entry....130

Entry/Exit......130

Exit....130

IlluminationControl......129

Lights

Airbag On-Off.... 106

Airbag Readiness.... 105

Lights(cont'd)

AntilockBrakeSystem

(ABS)Warning......110

BrakeSystemWarning......109

ChargingSystem......107

CheckEngine(Malfunction Indicator)....10

CruiseControl.....114

EngineOilPressure......112

Flash-to-Pass......126

High-BeamOn....113

High/LowBeamChanger.....126

LaneDepartureWarning......111

LowFuelWarning......113

SeatBeltReminders......105

Security......113

StabiliTrakOFF....111

TirePressure....112

Tow/HaulMode......111

TractionControlSystem

(TCS)/StabiliTrak......112

LockingRearAxle....194

Locks

AutomaticDoor....32

CargoDoorRelocking......31

DelayedLocking....32

Door....30

LockoutProtection......32

366Index

Locks(cont'd)

PowerDoor....31

Safety....32

LossofControl......168

LowFuelWarningLight.....113

LowerAnchorsandTethers forChildren(LATCH

System)....79

M

Maintenance

Records......329

MaintenanceandCare

Additional....323

MaintenanceSchedule......318

RecommendedFluidsand

Lubricants....326

MalfunctionIndicatorLamp.....108

ManualMirrors....38

ManualMode......188

ManualWindows......40

Media

AvoidingUntrustedDevices..141

Messages

EnginePower......119

Vehicle....119

VehicleSpeed......119

Mirrors

Convex....38

Folding....39

Heated....39

Manual....38

ManualRearview......39

Power....39

TrailerTow....38

Mirrors,InteriorRearview......39

MonitorSystem, Tire

Pressure....278

Multi-bandAntenna....141

N

Navigation

ConnectedServices......356

NewVehicleBreak-In......176

NoiseControlSystem......254

0

Odometer....102

Trip....102

Off-Road

Recovery......168

Oil

Engine....235

EngineOilLifeSystem.....237

Oil(cont'd)

EngineOilPressureGauge...103

PressureLight......112

OlderChildren,Restraints......72

OnlineOwnerCenter ......337

OnStar....347

OnStarAdditional

Information......350

OnStarEmergency......349

OnStarOverview......348

OnStarSecurity......350

OnStarSystem 151

Operation

InfotainmentSystem......136

Outlets

Power....98

Overheating,Engine......248

Overview 133,135

P

Park

ShiftingInto......182

ShiftingOutof ....183

ParkAssist 199

Parking

Brake....191

DEALER ePROCESS

Parking(cont'd)

BrakeandP(Park)

MechanismCheck......257

OverThingsThatBurn......184

PerchlorateMaterials

Requirements, California.....230

Personalization

Vehicle....120

Phone

Bluetooth....151

Power

DoorLocks......31

Mirrors....39

Outlets....98

Protection,Battery......131

RetainedAccessory(RAP)...180

SeatAdjustment......44

SteeringFluid......249

Windows......40

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts....57

Privacy

VehicleDataRecording......346

Program

CourtesyTransportation.....340

ProhibitedFuels......206

Proposition

65Warning,

California......229,253,301,

BackCover

PublicationOrdering

Information......343

R

RadioFrequencyStatement....344

RadioReception......140

Radios

AM-FMRadio....138

Satellite....139

ReadingLamps....130

RearAxle....254

Locking....194

RearClimateControlSystem...161

RearDoors....35

RearHeatingSystem......161

RearSeats......46

RearVisionCamera(RVC).....198

RearWindows......42

RearviewMirrors......39

RecliningSeatbacks......45

Recommended

Fuel....206

RecommendedFluidsand

Lubricants 326

Records

Maintenance....329

RecreationalVehicleTowing....305

ReimbursementProgram,

GMMobility......338

RemoteKeylessEntry(RKE)

System......27

RemoteVehicleStart......29

ReplacementParts

Airbags....71

Maintenance....328

ReplacingAirbagSystem......71

ReplacingLATCHSystem

PartsafteraCrash......85

ReplacingSeatBeltSystem

PartsafteraCrash......59

ReportingSafetyDefects

CanadianGovernment......345

GeneralMotors......345

U.S.Government......344

Restraints

WheretoPut....77

RetainedAccessory

Power(RAP)....180

Roads

Driving,Wet......169

Roadside Assistance

Program....338

368Index

Rotation, Tires.....282

Routing,EngineDriveBelt.....333

RunningtheVehicleWhile

Parked....185

s

SafetyDefectsReporting

CanadianGovernment......345

GeneralMotors......345

U.S.Government......344

SafetyLocks......32

SafetySystemCheck......58

SatelliteRadio....139

SchedulingAppointments......340

SeatBelts....50

Care....58

Extender....58

HowtoWearSeatBelts

Properly....51

Lap-ShoulderBelt......53

Reminders......105

ReplacingafteraCrash......59

UseDuringPregnancy......57

Seats

Adjustment, Front......44

HeadRestraints......44

PowerAdjustment, Front.....44

Rear....46

Seats(cont'd)

RecliningSeatbacks......45

SecuringChildRestraints....85,87

Security

Light....113

OnStar....350

Vehicle....36

VehicleAlarm....36

Service....164

Accessoriesand

Modifications......230

ClimateControlSystem......159

DoingYourOwnWork......230

MaintenanceRecords......329

Maintenance, General

Information......316

PartsIdentificationLabel.....330

SchedulingAppointments.....340

Services

SpecialApplication......323

ServicingtheAirbag......70

ShiftLockControlFunction

Check, Automatic

Transmission......256

Shifting

IntoPark......182

Out of Park 183

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ... 202

SideDoor 33

Sidemarker

BulbReplacement .....260

Signals, Turnand

Lane-Change......128

SlidingDoor....34

SpecialApplicationServices....323

Specificationsand

Capacities....331

Speedometer 102

StabiliTrak

OFFLight....111

StartAssist,Hill....192

StartVehicle,Remote......29

StarterSwitchCheck......256

StartingtheEngine......178

Steering....167

Fluid,Power 249

WheelAdjustment......94

WheelControls....94

StorageAreas

Front......91

StorageCompartments......91

Struts

Gas....258

StuckVehicle......172

SunVisors......42

Swing-outWindows......41

Switches

AirbagOn-Off......67

Symbols......3

System

ForwardCollision

Alert(FCA)......201

Infotainment......132,347

NoiseControl.....254

Systems

DriverAssistance......197

T

Taillamps....260

TextTelephone(TTY)Users....337

Theft-DeterrentSystems......37

Immobilizer....37

Time....98

Tires....269

All-Season......270

BuyingNewTires......285

Chains....289

Changing....291

Designations......273

DifferentSize......286

DualRotation.....284

Full-SizeSpare......300

IfaTireGoesFlat......290

Inspection......282

Tires(cont'd)

Pressure....277

PressureLight......112

PressureMonitorOperation..279

PressureMonitorSystem.....278

Rotation 282

SidewallLabeling......271

TerminologyandDefinitions..274

UniformTireQuality

Grading....287

WheelAlignmentandTire

Balance......288

WheelReplacement......288

WhenItIsTimeforNew

Tires....284

Winter....270

TopTierFuel......206

Tow/HaulMode......189

Tow/HaulModeLight .....111

Towing

DrivingCharacteristics......210

Equipment......222

GeneralInformation......210

RecreationalVehicle......305

Trailer......215

TrailerSwayControl(TSC)...225

Vehicle 305

Traction

ControlSystem

(TCS)/StabiliTrakLight.....112

TractionControl/Electronic

StabilityControl......192

Trailer

SwayControl(TSC)......225

TowMirrors......38

Towing......215

Transmission

Automatic....185

Fluid,Automatic ......238,241

TransportationProgram,

Courtesy....340

TripOdometer....102

TurnandLane-Change

Signals......128

U

UniformTireQualityGrading...287

UsingThisManual......2

V

Vehicle

AlarmSystem......36

CanadianOwners......2

Control......167

IdentificationNumber(VIN)...330

LoadLimits....172

DEALER ePROCESS

370Index

Vehicle(cont'd)

Messages......119

Personalization......120

RemoteStart......29

Security......36

SpeedMessages......119

Towing....305

VehicleAheadIndicator.....111

VehicleCare

TirePressure......277

VehicleDataRecordingand

Privacy....346

Ventilation,Air......164

Visors......42

VoltmeterGauge......105

W

Warning

BrakeSystemLight......109

CautionandDanger......2

LaneDeparture(LDW) .....204

WarningLights, Gauges, and

Indicators......100

Warnings

HazardFlashers......128

WasherFluid....250

Wheels

AlignmentandTireBalance..288

Wheels(cont'd)

DifferentSize......286

Replacement......288

WhenItIsTimeforNew

Tires....284

WheretoPuttheRestraint .....77

Windows......40

EnhancedTechnologyGlass...41

Manual......40

Power......40

Rear....42

Swing-outWindows......41

Windshield

Replacement......258

Wiper/Washer....95

Winter

Driving....170

WinterTires....270

WiperBladeReplacement.....257

WARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

U.S. Only

84144863 A

DEALER ePROCESS